Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2013-2014 Biennial Specifications and Management Measures, 67973-68041 [2012-27338]
Download as PDF
Vol. 77
Wednesday,
No. 220
November 14, 2012
Part III
Department of Commerce
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 660
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific
Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2013–2014 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures; Proposed Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67974
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 120814338–2338–01]
RIN 0648–BC35
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions;
Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery;
2013–2014 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
This proposed rule would
establish the 2013–2014 harvest
specifications and management
measures for groundfish taken in the
U.S. exclusive economic zone off the
coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA) and the Pacific Coast Groundfish
Fishery Management Plan (PCGFMP).
This proposed rule would also revise
the collection of management measures
in the groundfish fishery regulations
that are intended to keep the total catch
of each groundfish species or species
complex within the harvest
specifications.
DATES: Comments must be received no
later than December 5, 2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments
on this document, identified by NOAA–
NMFS–2012–0202, by any of the
following methods:
• Electronic Submission: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal e-Rulemaking Portal www.
regulations.gov. To submit comments
via the e-Rulemaking Portal, first click
the ‘‘submit a comment’’ icon, then
enter NOAA–NMFS–2012–0202 in the
keyword search. Locate the document
you wish to comment on from the
resulting list and click on the ‘‘Submit
a Comment’’ icon on the right of that
line.
• Mail: Submit written comments to
William Stele, Administrator, Northwest
Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way
NE., Seattle, WA 98115–0070, Attn:
Sarah Williams.
• Fax: 206–526–6736, Attn: Sarah
Williams.
Instructions: Comments must be
submitted by one of the above methods
to ensure that the comments are
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
received, documented, and considered
by NMFS. Comments sent by any other
method, to any other address or
individual, or received after the end of
the comment period, may not be
considered. All comments received are
a part of the public record and will
generally be posted for public viewing
on www.regulations.gov without change.
All personal identifying information
(e.g., name, address, etc.) submitted
voluntarily by the sender will be
publicly accessible. Do not submit
confidential business information, or
otherwise sensitive or protected
information. NMFS will accept
anonymous comments (enter ‘‘N/A’’ in
the required fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe
PDF file formats only.
Information relevant to this proposed
rule, which includes a draft
environmental impact statement (EIS), a
regulatory impact review (RIR), and an
initial regulatory flexibility analysis
(IRFA) are available for public review
during business hours at the office of
the Pacific Fishery Management Council
(Council), at 7700 NE. Ambassador
Place, Portland, OR 97220, phone: 503–
820–2280. Copies of additional reports
referred to in this document may also be
obtained from the Council.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Sarah Williams, phone: 206–526–4646,
fax: 206–526–6736, or email: sarah.
williams@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This rule is accessible via the Internet
at the Office of the Federal Register Web
site at https://www.federalregister.gov.
Background information and documents
are available at the NMFS Northwest
Region Web site at https://www.nwr.
noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Fishery-Management/index.
cfm and at the Council’s Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org.
Executive Summary
I. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
This proposed rule is needed to
implement the 2013–2014 harvest
specifications and management
measures for groundfish species taken
in the U.S. exclusive economic zone off
the coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California. The purpose of the proposed
action is to conserve and manage Pacific
Coast groundfish fishery resources to
prevent overfishing, to rebuild
overfished stocks, to ensure
conservation, to facilitate long-term
protection of essential fish habitats
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(EFH), and to realize the full potential
of the Nation’s fishery resources. The
need for this proposed action is to set
catch limit specifications and
management measures for 2013–2014
that are consistent with existing or
revised overfished species target
rebuilding years and harvest control
rules for all stocks. These harvest
specifications are set consistent with the
optimum yield (OY) harvest
management framework described in
Chapter 4 of the PCGFMP. This rule is
authorized by 16 U.S.C. 1854–55 and by
the PCGFMP.
II. Major Provisions
This proposed rule contains two types
of major provisions. The first are the
harvest specifications (overfishing limits
(OFLs), acceptable biological catches
(ABCs), and annual catch limits (ACLs)),
and the second are management
measures designed to keep fishing
mortality within the ACLs. The harvest
specifications (OFLs, ABCs, and ACLs)
in this rule have been developed
through a rigorous scientific review and
decision-making process, which is
described in detail later in this proposed
rule.
In summary, the OFL is the maximum
sustainable yield (MSY) harvest level
and is an estimate of the catch level
above which overfishing is occurring.
OFLs are based on recommendations by
the Council’s Scientific and Statistical
Committee (SSC) as the best scientific
information available. The ABC is an
annual catch specification that is the
stock or stock complex’s OFL reduced
by an amount associated with scientific
uncertainty. The SSC-recommended
method for incorporating scientific
uncertainty is referred to as the P starsigma approach and is discussed in
more detail below and in the proposed
and final rules for the 2011–2012
biennial specifications and management
measures (75 FR 67810, November 3,
2010 and 76 FR 27508, May 11, 2011).
The ACL is a harvest specification set
equal to or below the ABC. The ACLs
are decided in a manner to achieve OY
from the fishery, which is the amount of
fish that will provide the greatest overall
benefit to the Nation, particularly with
respect to food production and
recreational opportunities and taking
into account the protection of marine
ecosystems. The ACLs are based on
consideration of conservation
objectives, socio-economic concerns,
management uncertainty, and other
factors. All known sources of fishing
and research catch are counted against
the ACL.
This proposed rule includes ACLs for
the seven overfished species managed
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
under the PCGFMP. For the 2013–2014
biennium two species, canary rockfish
and Pacific ocean perch (POP), require
rebuilding plan changes. These changes
are necessary because the rebuilding
analyses prepared showed that even in
the absence of fishing, these two species
were unlikely to rebuild by the current
target rebuilding year (TTARGET) in their
rebuilding plans. The EIS prepared for
this action analyzed a range of POP and
canary rockfish ACLs arrayed in
different configurations along with the
ACLs for other stocks and the
management measures needed to
prevent ACLs from being exceeded.
These ‘‘integrated alternatives’’ are
designed to help demonstrate how
changes in POP and canary rockfish
ACLs affect access to target stocks or
influence projected mortalities of
overfished species, among other factors.
This integrated approach is also
described in the proposed rule for the
2011–2012 harvest specifications and
management measures (75 FR 67810,
November 3, 2010). However, unlike the
integrated alternatives from the last
biennium, for 2013–2014 the integrated
alternatives varied mainly with respect
to the ACLs for canary rockfish and
POP, as those were the only species for
which new scientific information
required changes to rebuilding plans.
Because of the multispecies nature of
the groundfish fishery (the ACL of one
species can influence the ACL and/or
access to another species), the choice of
canary rockfish and POP harvest rates,
and the resulting ACLs and TTARGETS,
were carefully considered by the
Council. In their final recommendation,
the Council weighed many factors
including rebuilding progress, biology
of the stock, economic impacts,
allocations, and the need for new or
more restrictive management measures.
Ultimately, the Council recommended
maintaining the harvest rate in the
existing rebuilding plans for POP and
canary rockfish and establishing revised
TTARGETS.
In order to keep mortality of the
species managed under the PCGFMP
within the ACLs the Council also
recommended management measures.
Generally speaking, management
measures are intended to rebuild
overfished species, prevent ACLs from
being exceeded, and allow for the
harvest of healthy stocks. Management
measures include time and area
restrictions, gear restrictions, trip or bag
limits, size limits, and other
management tools. Management
measures may vary by fishing sector
because different fishing sectors require
different types of management to control
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
catch. The groundfish fishery is also
managed with a variety of other
regulatory requirements, many of which
are not proposed to be changed through
this rulemaking. Most of the
management measures the Council
recommended for 2013–2014 were
slight variations to existing management
measures and do not represent a change
from current management practices.
These types of changes include changes
to trip limits, bag limits, closed areas,
etc. However, several new management
measures were recommended by the
Council including: Changes to latitude
and longitude coordinates that define
the boundaries of the Rockfish
Conservation Areas (RCA)s; the ability
to routinely modify deductions from the
ACL to assign fish to different sectors
that would otherwise go unharvested
while still preventing ACLs from being
exceeded; a requirement that all fish
from a landing be offloaded before a
new trip begins to improve catch
accounting; a new sorting requirement
for blackgill rockfish so mortality can be
accounted against the new speciesspecific blackgill rockfish harvest
guideline (HG); the ability for NMFS to
modify the percentage of surplus
carryover in the Shorebased Individual
Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program, as an
inseason action based on a Council
recommendation; and a clarification to
the threshold at which participants in
the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
primary fishery would transition from
fishing their tier limits and begin fishing
against trip limits.
Background
The Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery
is managed under the PCGFMP. The
PCGFMP was prepared by the Council,
approved on July 30, 1984, and has been
amended numerous times. Regulations
at 50 CFR part 660, subparts C through
G, implement the provisions of the
PCGFMP.
The PCGFMP requires the harvest
specifications and management
measures for groundfish to be set at least
biennially. This proposed rule is based
on the Council’s final recommendations
that were made at its June 2012 meeting.
Specification and Management Measure
Development Process
The process for setting the 2013 and
2014 biennial harvest specifications
began in 2011 with the preparation of
stock assessments. A stock assessment is
the scientific and statistical process
where the status of a fish population or
subpopulation (stock) is assessed in
terms of population size, reproductive
status, fishing mortality, and
sustainability. In the terms of the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67975
PCGFMP, stock assessments generally
provide: (1) An estimate of the current
biomass (reproductive potential); (2) an
FMSY or proxy (a default harvest rate for
the fishing mortality rate that is
expected to achieve the maximum
sustainable yield), translated into
exploitation rate; (3) an estimate of the
biomass that produces the maximum
sustainable yield (BMSY); and, (4) a
precision estimate (e.g., confidence
interval) for current biomass. Each stock
assessment is reviewed by the Council’s
stock assessment review panel (STAR
panel). The STAR panel is designed to
review the technical merits of stock
assessments and is responsible for
determining if a stock assessment
document is sufficiently complete.
Finally, the SSC reviews the stock
assessment and STAR panel reports and
makes recommendations to the Council.
In addition to full stock assessments,
stock assessment updates that run new
data through existing models without
changing the model are also prepared.
When spawning stock biomass falls
below the minimum stock size
threshold (MSST), a stock is declared
overfished and a rebuilding plan must
be developed that determines the
strategy for rebuilding the stock to BMSY
in the shortest time possible while
considering needs of fishing
communities and other factors (16
U.S.C. 1854(e)). The current MSST
reference point for assessed flatfish
stocks is 12.5 percent of initial biomass
or B12.5%. For all other assessed
groundfish stocks, the current MSST
reference point is 25 percent of initial
biomass or B25%. The following
overfished groundfish stocks would be
managed under rebuilding plans in 2013
and 2014: bocaccio south of 40°10′ N.
lat.; canary rockfish; cowcod south of
40°10′ N. lat.; darkblotched rockfish;
Pacific Ocean Perch (POP); petrale sole;
and yelloweye rockfish. NMFS declared
widow rockfish rebuilt based on the
most recent stocks assessment and
therefore widow rockfish will not be
managed under a rebuilding plan after
2012.
For overfished stocks, in addition to
any stock assessments or stock
assessment updates, rebuilding analyses
are also prepared. The rebuilding
analysis is used to project the future
status of the overfished resource under
a variety of alternative harvest strategies
and to determine the probability of
recovering to BMSY or its proxy within
a specified time-frame. The SSC
establishes minimum requirements for
rebuilding analyses and encourages
analysts to explore alternative
calculations and projections that may
more accurately capture uncertainties in
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
67976
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
stock rebuilding and better represent
stock-specific concerns. The SSC
groundfish subcommittee reviews the
rebuilding analyses and associated
modeling issues, and makes
recommendations relative to the best
available information for management
decisions. The SSC also encourages
explicit consideration of uncertainty in
projections of stock rebuilding for
individual stocks, including
comparisons of alternative states of
nature using decision tables to quantify
the impact of model uncertainty. Each
rebuilding analysis includes: An
estimation of B0 (the unfished biomass)
and BMSY or its proxy; the selection of
a method to generate future recruitment;
the specification of the mean generation
time; a calculation of the minimum
possible rebuilding time (TMIN), which
is the time to rebuild to BMSY with a 50
percent probability starting from the
time when the rebuilding plan was first
implemented assuming no fishing
occurs; TF=0, which is the number of
years needed to rebuild to BMSY with a
50 percent probability if all future
fishing mortality was eliminated from
the first year of the biennium, in this
case 2013; and the identification and
analysis of alternative harvest strategies
and rebuilding times.
The Council considered new stock
assessments, stock assessment updates,
rebuilding analyses, public comment,
and advice from its advisory bodies over
the course of six Council meetings
during development of its
recommendations for the 2013–2014
harvest specifications and management
measures. At each Council meeting
between September 2011 and June 2012,
the Council made a series of decisions
and recommendations that were in some
cases refined after further analysis and
discussion. Detailed information,
including the supporting documentation
the Council considered at each meeting
is available at the Council’s Web site,
www.pcouncil.org.
A draft EIS identifying the
preliminary preferred alternative for
each decision point was made available
to the public, the Council, and the
Council’s advisory bodies prior to the
June 2012 Council meeting. At that
meeting, following public comment and
Council consideration, the Council
made its final recommendations on the
2013 and 2014 harvest specifications
and management measures as well as
Amendment 21–2 to the PCGFMP.
Amendment 21–2 would reinstate
previous catch accounting
methodologies that were inadvertently
removed through Amendment 21. This
proposed rule does not contain
regulations to implement Amendment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
21–2 to the PCGFMP. The amendment
was analyzed in the EIS and was part of
the Council’s final action. However, in
consultation with NMFS, the Council
chose not to transmit the FMP
amendment at this time because
additional work on the implementing
regulations was necessary. It is
anticipated that the FMP amendment,
and any necessary implementing
regulations, will be transmitted at a later
date.
Additional information regarding the
OFLs, ABCs, and ACLs being proposed
for groundfish stocks and stock
complexes in 2013–2014 is presented
below, followed by a description of the
proposed management measures for
commercial and recreational groundfish
fisheries.
Harvest Specifications
Proposed OFLs for 2013 and 2014
The OFL is the MSY harvest level
associated with the current stock
abundance and is an estimate of the
level of total catch of a stock or stock
complex above which overfishing is
occurring. The OFLs for groundfish
species with stock assessments are
derived by multiplying the FMSY harvest
rate proxy by the current estimated
biomass. Fx% harvest rates are the rates
of fishing mortality that will reduce the
female spawning biomass per recruit
(SPR) to X percent of its unfished level.
A rate of F40% is a more aggressive
harvest rate than F45% or F50%.
For 2013 and 2014, the Council
maintained a policy of using a default
harvest rate as a proxy for the fishing
mortality rate that is expected to achieve
the maximum sustainable yield (FMSY).
A proxy is used because there is
insufficient information for most Pacific
Coast groundfish stocks to estimate
species-specific FMSY values. Taxonspecific proxy fishing mortality rates are
used due to perceived differences in the
productivity among different taxa of
groundfish. A lower value is used for
stocks with relatively high resilience to
fishing while higher values are used for
less resilient stocks with low
productivity. In 2013 and 2014, the
following default harvest rate proxies,
based on the SSC’s recommendations,
were used: F30% for flatfish, F50% for
rockfish (including thornyheads), and
F45% for other groundfish such as
sablefish and lingcod.
For the 2013 and 2014 biennial
specification process, eight stock
assessments and four stock assessment
updates were prepared. Full stock
assessments, those that consider the
appropriateness of the assessment
model and that revise the model as
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
necessary, were prepared for the
following stocks: POP, widow rockfish,
petrale sole, Dover sole, blackgill
rockfish, sablefish, spiny dogfish, and
greenspotted rockfish. Stock assessment
updates, those that run new data
through an existing model, were
prepared for bocaccio, canary rockfish,
darkblotched rockfish, and yelloweye
rockfish. Because the bocaccio and
darkblotched assessment updates
encountered data anomalies, some
modifications to the models were
required and these were therefore not
strictly updates.
Each new stock assessment includes a
base model and two alternative models.
The alternative models are developed
from the base model by bracketing the
dominant dimension of uncertainty
(e.g., stock-recruitment steepness,
natural mortality rate, survey
catchability, recent year-class strength,
weights on conflicting catch per unit
effort series, etc.) and are intended to be
a means of expressing uncertainty
within the model by showing the
contrast in management implications.
Once a base model has been bracketed
on either side by alternative model
scenarios, capturing the overall degree
of uncertainty in the assessment, a twoway decision table analysis (states-ofnature versus management action) is
used to present the repercussions of
uncertainty to decision makers. As
noted above, the SSC makes
recommendations to the Council on the
appropriateness of using the different
stock assessments for management
purposes, after which the Council
considers adoption of the stock
assessments, use of the stock assessment
for the development of rebuilding
analysis, and the OFLs resulting from
the base model runs of the stock
assessments.
The following summaries pertain to
the proposed 2013 and 2014 OFLs for
stocks that were overfished in 2011.
Bocaccio (Sebastes paucispinis)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for the bocaccio stock between
the U.S.-Mexico border and Cape
Blanco, OR. The bocaccio OFLs of 884
mt for 2013 and 881 mt for 2014 are
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F50% as applied to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment update. For setting harvest
specifications, six percent of the
assessed biomass was estimated to occur
north of 40°10′ N. lat. The projected
OFLs from the assessment were adjusted
accordingly.
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Canary Rockfish (Sebastes pinniger)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for the coastwide canary
rockfish stock. The canary rockfish
OFLs of 592 mt for 2013 and 741 mt for
2014 are based on the FMSY harvest rate
proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the
2011 stock assessment update.
Darkblotched Rockfish (Sebastes
crameri)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for darkblotched rockfish in
the U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka,
and Monterey areas. The darkblotched
rockfish OFLs of 541 mt for 2013 and
553 mt for 2014 are based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment update.
Petrale Sole (Eopsetta jordani)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for petrale sole. The
assessment treats the U.S. petrale sole
resource from the Mexican border to the
Canadian border as a single coastwide
stock. The petrale sole OFLs of 2,711 mt
for 2013 and 2,774 mt for 2014 are based
on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F30%
as applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment.
POP (Sebastes alutus)
A new stock assessment was prepared
for POP north of 40°10′ north latitude.
This is the first full assessment of POP
since 2003. The POP OFLs of 844 mt for
2013 and 838 mt for 2014 are based on
the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Widow Rockfish (Sebastes entomelas)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for widow rockfish in the
U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka,
Monterey, and Conception areas. The
widow rockfish OFLs of 4,841 mt for
2013 and 4,435 mt for 2014 are based on
the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment.
Yelloweye Rockfish (Sebastes
ruberrimus)
A coastwide stock assessment update
was prepared for yelloweye rockfish.
The yelloweye rockfish OFLs of 51 mt
for 2013 and 2014 are based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment update.
The following summaries pertain to
the proposed OFLs for individually
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
managed non-overfished stocks with
new stock assessments or stock
assessment updates in 2011.
Dover Sole (Microstomus pacificus)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for Dover sole. The Dover
sole OFLs of 92,955 mt in 2013 and
77,774 mt in 2014 are based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F30% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment.
Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for sablefish. The
sablefish OFLs of 6,621 mt in 2013 and
7,158 mt in 2014 are based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F45% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment.
For individually managed species that
did not have new stock assessments or
updates prepared, the Council
recommended OFLs derived from
applying the FMSY harvest rate proxy to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the most recent stock assessment or
update, the results of rudimentary stock
assessments, or the historical landings
data approved by the Council for use in
setting harvest specifications. These
stocks include: Arrowtooth flounder,
English sole, starry flounder, black
rockfish south, black rockfish north,
California scorpionfish, chilipeper
rockfish south, longnose skate,
longspine thornyhead Pacific cod,
shortbelly rockfish, shortspine
thornyhead, splitnose rockfish south,
yellowtail rockfish, cabezon (off
California), cabezon (off Oregon), and
lingcod north and south. Proposed OFLs
for these species can be found in Tables
1a and 2a.
There are currently eight stock
complexes used to manage groundfish
stocks pursuant to the PCGFMP. These
stock complexes are: (1) Minor
nearshore rockfish north; (2) minor shelf
rockfish north; (3) minor slope rockfish
north; (4) minor nearshore rockfish
south; (5) minor shelf rockfish south; (6)
minor slope rockfish south; (7) other
flatfish; and (8) other fish. Stock
complexes are used to manage the
harvest of many of the unassessed
groundfish stocks. The proposed OFLs
for stock complexes are the sum of the
OFL contributions for the component
stocks, when known. For the 2013–2014
biennial specification process, similar to
what was done in 2011–2012,
Depletion-Corrected Average Catch
(DCAC), Depletion-Based Stock
Reduction Analysis (DB–SRA), or other
SSC-endorsed methodologies were used
to determine the OFL contributions
made by category three species (data
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67977
limited species). Stock assessment
scientists from the Northwest Fisheries
Science Center and the Southwest
Fisheries Science Center developed the
DCAC and DB–SRA methodologies. The
DCAC and DB–SRA provide an estimate
of sustainable yield for data-poor stocks
of uncertain status. The Council and the
SSC recognized these methods as
improvements upon previous catchbased methods for estimating
sustainable yield. While OFL
contribution estimates should not vary
from year to year for the category three
stocks, a bias was discovered and
corrected in both the DB–SRA and
DCAC estimates. The 2011 estimates
were generally biased somewhat high
and the revised 2013 estimates were
more precise. The corrected 2013 and
2014 OFL contribution estimates
decreased an average of 6 percent
relative to the 2011 estimates. For
further information see https://
www.pcouncil.org/resources/archives/
briefing-books/september-2011-briefingbook/#groundfish, Agenda Item G.5.a
Supplemental Attachment 8.
The proposed OFLs for complexes can
be found at in tables 1a and 2a of this
proposed rule. In addition to OFL
contributions derived by DCAC, DB–
SRA, or other SSC approved estimates,
OFL contributions for the following
stocks were determined by applying the
FMSY harvest rate proxy to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the most
recent stock assessments: Blackgill
rockfish, blue rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish north, greenstriped rockfish,
greenspotted rockfish, gopher rockfish,
splitnose rockfish north, and spiny
dogfish. As summarized below, three of
the stocks with OFL contributions
determined by applying the FMSY
harvest rate proxy to the estimated
exploitable biomass from stock
assessments had new stock assessments
this cycle.
Blackgill Rockfish (Sebastes
melanostomus)
A new stock assessment was prepared
for the portion of the blackgill rockfish
stock south of 40°10′ N. lat. Blackgill
rockfish contributes 130 mt in 2013 and
134 mt in 2014 to the minor slope
rockfish south OFL. The blackgill
rockfish contributions to the 2013 and
2014 minor slope rockfish south OFLs
are based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy
of F50% as applied to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment.
Greenspotted Rockfish (Sebastes
chlorostictus)
A new assessment was prepared for
the portion of the greenspotted rockfish
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67978
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
stock off California. The assessment
modeled greenspotted rockfish as two
independent stocks, one off southern
California, and one off northern
California. Greenspotted rockfish
contributes 80.3 mt in 2013 and 80.3 mt
in 2014 to the minor shelf rockfish
south OFLs and contributes 15.5 mt in
2013 and 15.5 mt in 2014 to the minor
shelf rockfish north OFLs. The
greenspotted rockfish contributions to
the 2013–2014 minor shelf rockfish
south OFLs are based on a FMSY harvest
rate proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the
2011 stock assessment, and as
apportioned to the minor shelf rockfish
south complex. Greenspotted rockfish
contributions to the 2013–2014 minor
shelf rockfish north OFLs are based on
the application of the of the same FMSY
harvest rate proxy as described above
and as apportioned to the minor shelf
rockfish north complex. The DCAC
estimate of 6.1 mt for the portion of the
greenspotted rockfish stock off Oregon
and Washington also contributes to the
minor shelf rockfish north OFLs.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Spiny Dogfish (Squalus acanthias)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for spiny dogfish. Spiny
dogfish contributes 2,980 mt in 2013
and 2,950 mt in 2014 to the other fish
complex OFLs. Spiny dogfish
contributions to the other fish complex
OFLs are based on the FMSY harvest rate
proxy of F45% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the
2011 stock assessment.
Proposed ABCs for 2013 and 2014
The ABC is the stock or stock
complex’s OFL reduced by an amount
associated with scientific uncertainty.
The SSC-recommended P star-Sigma
approach determines the amount by
which the OFL is reduced to establish
the ABC. Under this approach, the SSC
recommends a sigma (s) value. The s
value is generally based on the scientific
uncertainty in the biomass estimates
generated from stock assessments. After
the SSC determines the appropriate s
value the Council chooses a P star (P*)
based on its chosen level of risk
aversion considering the scientific
uncertainties. As the P* value is
reduced, the probability of the ABC
being greater than the ‘‘true’’ OFL
becomes lower. In combination, the P*
and s values determine the amount by
which the OFL will be reduced to
establish the SSC-endorsed ABC.
The SSC has quantified major sources
of scientific uncertainty in the estimate
of OFL for category one stocks (stocks
with relatively data-rich quantitative
assessments) and recommended a s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
value of 0.36. For category two stocks
(stocks with relatively data-poor
quantitative or non-quantitative
assessments) the SSC recommended a s
value of 0.72 and for category three
stocks (data-limited stocks with OFL
contributions usually determined with
DCAC or DB–SRA), the SSC recommend
a s value of 1.44. For stocks with datapoor stock assessments or no stock
assessments (category two and three
stocks), there is typically greater
scientific uncertainty in the estimate of
OFL. Therefore, the scientific
uncertainty buffer is generally greater
than that recommended for stocks with
quantitative stock assessments.
Assuming the same P* is applied, a
larger s value results in a larger
reduction from the OFL.
For 2013 and 2014, the Council
continued the general policy of using
the SSC-recommended s values for each
species category. However, an exception
to the general s policy was made for
widow rockfish. For widow rockfish,
the SSC recommended a larger s value
of 0.41 rather than the 0.36 that would
typically be used for category one stocks
to better represent uncertainty in stockrecruit steepness, which is considered
the major source of uncertainty in the
widow rockfish assessment. In addition,
several species changed categories in
2013–2014 as a result of updated stock
assessments or due to being assessed for
the first time. The s value for these
species was updated accordingly when
determining the proposed ABCs for
2013 and 2014, as described below.
The species categories for yelloweye
rockfish and blackgill rockfish south of
40°10′N. lat. were revised for 2013 and
2014 from category one to category two
stocks. The yelloweye rockfish
assessment was not able to estimate
relative year class strength and the SSC
recommended, yelloweye rockfish be
considered a category two stock, and the
s value of 0.72 was used. Similarly,
based on the stock assessment, the SSC
recommended that blackgill rockfish be
treated as a category two stock and the
s value of 0.72 was used. As a result of
new stock assessments the species
categories for spiny dogfish and
greenspotted rockfish were revised for
2013 and 2014 from category three
stocks to category two stocks.
Accordingly, the s values of 0.72 were
used. Additional information about the
s values used for different species
categories as well as the P*- s approach
can be found in the proposed and final
rules from the 2011–2012 biennium. (75
FR 67810, November 3, 2010; 76 FR
27508, May 11, 2011). A discussion of
the P* values used in combination with
the s values follows.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The PCGFMP specifies that the upper
limit of P* will be 0.45. A P* of 0.5
equates to no additional reduction for
scientific uncertainty beyond the sigma
value reduction. A lower P* is more risk
averse than a higher value, meaning that
the probability of the ABC being greater
than the ‘‘true’’ OFL is lower. For 2013
and 2014, the Council largely
maintained the P* policies it established
for the 2011–2012 biennium.
Specifically, the Council recommended
using P* values of 0.45 for all category
one species, expect sablefish, which is
described below. Combining the s value
of 0.36 the P* value of 0.45 results in
a reduction of 4.4 percent from the OFL
when deriving the ABC. For category
two and three stocks, the Council’s
general policy was to use a P* of 0.4.
When combined with the s values of
0.72 and 1.44 for category two and three
stocks, a P* value of 0.40 corresponds
to 16.7 percent and 30.6 percent
reductions, respectively.
The Council recommended more
precautionary P* values in 2013–2014
for spiny dogfish and sablefish in order
to account for uncertainty regarding the
stock assessments. Spiny dogfish is a
category two stock due to the model
structure (fixed key parameters and no
recruitment deviations) and sensitivity
of the model results. The Council
recommended a P* of 0.3 for spiny
dogfish, which results in a 31.4 percent
reduction from the OFL, in recognition
of the uncertain catch history of the
stock, which are largely discarded in
west coast fisheries. The Council also
expressed the need for precaution in
managing spiny dogfish, pending a
meta-analysis of elasmobranch FMSY
harvest rates due to the indication in the
stock assessment that the current FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F45% may be too
aggressive. Regarding the 2011 sablefish
assessment, the level of uncertainty in
estimates of both depletion and absolute
biomass is greater than in earlier
assessments, in particular because
allowance was made for uncertainty in
key parameters such as natural
mortality, growth, and survey
catchability. Additionally, sablefish
steepness cannot be estimated reliably
given the currently available data, and
steepness had to be set to an assumed
value (0.6) in the assessment. Therefore,
the Council recommended a P* of 0.4
for sablefish, which results in a 8.7
percent reduction from the OFL.
The Council also applied the two-step
s and P* approach for stocks managed
in stock complexes. The Council’s SSC
categorized and applied the appropriate
s value for individual stocks managed
in stock complexes. For the six minor
rockfish complexes, which are
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
comprised of a mix of all three
categories of stocks, the Council
recommended a P* of 0.45. For the other
flatfish, and other fish stock complexes,
which is composed of category three
stocks (except for spiny dogfish in the
Other Fish which is category 2) a more
precautionary P* of 0.40 was
recommended. For each of the stock
complexes, the component species ABC
contributions were calculated and
summed to derive the complex ABC.
Tables 1a and 2a of this proposed rule
present the harvest specifications for
each stock and stock complex, including
the proposed ABCs, while the footnotes
to these tables describe how the
proposed specifications where derived.
Details regarding this can also be found
in Chapter 2.1.2 of the DEIS (see
Supplementary Information section
above).
Proposed ACLs for 2013 and 2014
ACLs are specified for each stock and
stock complex that is ‘‘in the fishery’’.
An ACL is a harvest specification set
equal to or below the ABC to address
conservation objectives, socioeconomic
concerns, management uncertainty, or
other factors necessary to meet
management objectives. All sources of
fishing related mortality (tribal,
commercial groundfish and non
groundfish, recreational, and EFP),
including retained and discard
mortality, plus research catch are
counted against an ACL. The ACL
serves as the basis for invoking
accountability measures (AMs). If ACLs
are exceeded more than one time in four
years, then improvements to or
additional AMs, for example catch
monitoring and inseason adjustments to
fisheries, may need to be implemented.
Under the PCGFMP harvest policies,
when a stocks depletion level falls
below BMSY or the proxy for BMSY,
which is the biomass level that
produces MSY (B25% for assessed
flatfish, B40% for all other groundfish
stocks), but is above the overfished level
(MSST- B12.5% for assessed flatfish,
B25% for all other groundfish stocks),
the stock is said to be in the
‘‘precautionary zone’’ or below the
precautionary threshold. In general,
when recommending ACLs, the Council
follows a risk-averse policy by
recommending an ACL that is below the
ABC when there is a perception the
stock is below its BMSY, or to
accommodate management uncertainty,
socioeconomic concerns, or other
considerations. When a stock is below
the precautionary threshold the harvest
policies reduce the fishing mortality
rate. The further the stock biomass is
below the precautionary threshold, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
greater the reduction in ACL relative to
the ABC, until at B10% for a stock with
a BMSY proxy of B40% or B5% for a stock
with a BMSY proxy of B25%, the ACL
would be set at zero. These policies,
known as the 40–10 and 25–5 harvest
control rules, respectively, are designed
to prevent stocks from becoming
overfished and serve as an interim
rebuilding policy for stocks that are
below the overfished threshold. For
stock complexes, the ACL is set for the
complex in its entirety and is less than
or equal to the sum of the individual
component ABCs. The ACL may be
adjusted below the sum of component
ABCs to address the factors described
above.
Under the PCGFMP, the Council may
recommend setting the ACL at a
different level than what the default
ACL harvest control rule specifies as
long as the ACL does not exceed the
ABC and complies with the
requirements of the MSA. The ACLs
proposed for 2013–2014 are discussed
below.
ACLs for ‘‘Healthy’’ and ‘‘Precautionary
Zone’’ Individually Managed Species
For the following individually
managed species there was no new
scientific information or change in
management policy from the 2011–2012
biennium for establishing 2013 and
2014 ACLs: arrowtooth flounder (ACLs
set equal to the ABCs); black rockfish
(OR–CA) (ACLs set below the ABCs);
black rockfish (WA) (ACLs set equal to
the ABCs); cabezon (CA) (ACLs set
equal to the ABCs); cabezon (OR) (ACLs
set equal to the ABCs); California
scorpionfish (ACLs set equal to the
ABCs); chilipepper south of 40°10′ N.
lat. (ACLs set equal to the ABCs);
English sole (ACLs set equal to the
ABCs); longspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ N. lat. (ACLs set below the
ABCs); longspine thornyhead south of
34°27′ N. lat. (ACLs set below the
ABCs); Pacific cod (ACLs set below the
ABCs); shortbelly rockfish (ACLs set
below the ABCs); shortspine thornyhead
north of 34°27′ N. lat. (ACLs set below
the ABCs); shortspine thornyhead south
of 34°27′ N. lat. (ACLs set below the
ABCs); splitnose south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ACLs set equal to the ABCs); starry
flounder (ACLs set equal to the ABCs);
and yellowtail north of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ACLs set equal to the ABCs).
The Council considered new policies
or information relative to the ACLs for
the following healthy and precautionary
zone species: Dover sole, lingcod north
of 42° N. lat., lingcod south of 42° N.
lat., longnose skate, sablefish north of
36° N. lat., sablefish south of 36° N. lat.,
and widow rockfish.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67979
Dover Sole
A new Dover sole assessment was
done in 2011, which indicated the stock
was healthy with a 2011 spawning stock
biomass depletion of 83.7 percent of
unfished biomass. Rather than set the
ACLs equal to the ABCs of 88,865 mt in
2013 and 74,352 mt in 2014, the
proposed 2013 and 2014 ACL of 25,000
mt is a re-specification of the 2012 ACL.
The stock is projected to remain healthy
while accommodating the current level
of catch. Lower sablefish ACLs are
proposed for 2013 and 2014 and, given
that the trawl sablefish allocation can
dictate the amount of Dover sole that
can be accessed in the IFQ fishery, the
Council did not recommend higher
Dover sole ACLs.
Lingcod
Lingcod are distributed coastwide
with harvest specifications based on two
area stock assessments that were
conducted in 2009 for the areas north
and south of the California-Oregon
border at 42° N. latitude. The stock
assessments indicate west coast lingcod
stocks are healthy with the stock
depletion estimated for lingcod off
Washington and Oregon to be at 62
percent of its unfished biomass, and
lingcod off California estimated to be at
74 percent of its unfished biomass at the
start of 2009. The lingcod ACLs for
2013–14 are being proposed for the
areas north and south of the current
40°10′ N. lat. management line rather
than north and south of the CaliforniaOregon border (42° N. lat.), which is
where the stock assessment splits the
stocks. Current regulations at
§ 660.112(b)(1)(vii) prohibit vessels
participating in the shorebased IFQ
program from fishing in more than one
IFQ management area on the same trip.
Therefore, if lingcod were to have a
geographic split at 42° N. lat. it would
create a new IFQ management area that
could unnecessarily restrict IFQ
program participants. Dividing the
lingcod specifications at 40°10′ N. lat.
has no biological implications yet is
consistent with the management of most
other species with north-south
specifications. The adjusted
specifications for lingcod were based on
the NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science
Center trawl survey. The swept area
biomass estimates calculated annually
(2003–2010) in the NMFS Northwest
Fisheries Science Center trawl survey
indicated that 48 percent of the lingcod
biomass for the stock south of 42° N. lat.
occurred between 40°10′ N. lat. and 42°
N. lat, and the specifications were
adjusted accordingly. The 2013 and
2014 lingcod ACLs are 3,187 mt in 2013
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67980
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and 3,023 mt in 2014 for the stock north
of 40°10′ N. latitude and 1,111 mt in
2013 and 1,063 mt in 2014 for the stock
south of 40°10′ N. lat., with the ACLs set
equal to the ABCs.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Longnose Skate
The west coast longnose skate stock
was assessed in 2007. The spawning
stock biomass was estimated to be at 66
percent of its unfished biomass at the
start of 2007. The Council considered
two 2013 and 2014 longnose skate ACL
alternatives. The alternatives were an
ACL of 1,349 mt, which was the 2012
ACL and was based on a 50 percent
increase in the average 2004–2006 total
catch mortality, and an ACL of 2,000 mt.
The Council recommended an ACL of
2,000 mt to accommodate the increased
landings in the non-whiting trawl
fishery seen in recent years and limit
potential disruption of current fisheries.
An ACL of 2,000 mt is well below the
2013 and 2014 ABCs for the stock of
2,774 mt and 2,692 mt. The proposed
ACL is within a level of harvest
projected to maintain the population at
a healthy level as projected in the 10year forecast for longnose skate in the
2007 stock assessment.
Sablefish
A new coastwide sablefish stock
assessment was conducted in 2011. The
spawning stock biomass was estimated
to be at 33 percent of its unfished
biomass at the beginning of 2011.
Because the sablefish stock is in the
precautionary zone with a stock biomass
below the B40≠ target MSY biomass, the
40–10 harvest control rule was applied
to the ABC to determine the proposed
ACL. The coastwide ACL was then
apportioned north and south of 36° N.
lat., using the average 2003–2010
proportions derived from the swept-area
biomass estimates of sablefish from the
NWFSC shelf-slope trawl survey (73.6
percent north; 26.4 percent south). The
apportionments used to determine 2013
and 2014 sablefish ACLs included
updated information from the 2011
stock assessment. The proportions differ
slightly from those used to apportion in
2012 ACLs.
To account for the uncertainty
inherent in the abundance estimates of
sablefish south of 36° N. lat. (due to the
short time-series of survey data from the
southern area and advisory body
advice), the Council recommended
southern area ACL apportionments that
were reduced by 50 percent for 2011
and 2012. For 2013 and 2014, the SSC
advised the Council that a fuller time
series of trawl survey and catch data
informing stock biomass in the
Conception area reduced the scientific
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
uncertainty in estimating biomass in
that area in the 2011 assessment making
the added 50 percent reduction
unnecessary. The 2013 and 2014
proposed sablefish ACLs are 4,012 mt in
2013 and 4,349 mt in 2014 for the stock
north of 36° N. lat. and 1,439 mt in 2013
and 1,560 mt in 2014 for the stock south
of 36° N. lat. The ACLs are set below the
ABCs based on the 40–10 harvest
control rule. The 2013 and 2014 ACLs
are a 25 percent reduction from the
2011–2012 ACLs for sablefish north of
36° N. lat. Sablefish is an economically
important species in all commercial
fisheries. The effects of the sablefish
ACL on projected ex-vessel revenues in
2013 and 2014 are further discussed in
the Classification section below.
Widow Rockfish
A new full assessment of widow
rockfish was conducted in 2011. The
new stock assessment indicated the
spawning stock biomass was at 51
percent of its unfished biomass at the
start of 2011 and above the rebuilding
threshold. Beginning in 2013 and 2014,
widow rockfish will be managed as a
healthy stock. Although the base model
is considered to be the best available
science, there was considerable
uncertainty regarding the new stock
assessment’s findings. The Council took
this into consideration when making the
ACL recommendations. For 2013–2014,
the Council recommended ACLs of
1,500 mt to accommodate increased
opportunity in the trawl fishery while
keeping the spawning stock biomass
above the target B40≠ level for the next
10 years according to the base model.
The ACL of 1,500 mt adds more
precaution given the uncertainty
associated with the results of the stock
assessment and is set below the ABC of
4,598 mt in 2013 and 4,212 mt in 2014.
ACLs for Stock Complexes
For the eight stock complexes
managed under the PCGFMP, the
Council recommended maintaining the
2013 and 2014 ACLs as close as possible
to the 2012 ACLs. Maintaining ACLs as
similar as possible to 2012 will help
provide stability to fisheries in 2013 and
2014 while the trawl fishery continues
to adjust to IFQ management and while
NMFS and the Council consider
changes to how stock complexes are
structured. All of the ACLs for stock
complexes are less than or equal to the
summed ABC contribution of each
component stock in each complex as
described in the following paragraphs.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Minor Nearshore Rockfish North and
South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
For minor nearshore rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., the preferred 2013 and
2014 complex ACL is set equal to the
ABC, at 94 mt each year. The 2013 and
2014 complex ABC is the summed
contribution of the component stocks′
ABCs. For minor nearshore rockfish
south of 40°10′ N. lat., the preferred
2013 and 2014 complex ACL of 990 mt
is the same as the 2012 ACL and is less
than the 2013 ABC for the complex.
Minor Shelf Rockfish North and South
of 40°10′ N. lat.
For minor shelf rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., the preferred 2013 and
2014 complex ACL of 968 mt is the
same as the 2012 ACL and is less than
the 2013 ABC of 1,920 and the 2014
ABC of 1,932 mt, for the complex. For
minor shelf rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., the preferred 2013 and 2014
complex ACL of 714 mt is the same as
the 2012 ACL and is less than the 2013
and 2014 ABCs for the complex.
Greenspotted rockfish is managed
within the minor shelf rockfish
complexes. The 2011 assessment
indicated the stock is in the
precautionary zone with spawning
biomass depletions of 30.6 percent and
37.4 percent for the stocks north and
south of Point Conception, respectively.
However, the stocks have shown
substantial biomass increases since
implementation of the rock fish
conservation areas (RCAs) in 2003. Shelf
rockfish are particularly well-protected
by the RCAs, and greenspotted rockfish
catches have been negligible since 2003.
Minor Slope Rockfish North and South
of 40°10′ N. Lat.
For minor slope rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., the preferred 2013 and
2014 complex ACL of 1,160 mt is the
same as the 2012 ACL and is less than
the 2013 ABC of 1,381 mt and the 2014
ABC of 1,414 mt, for the complex. For
minor slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., the preferred 2013 and 2014
complex ACL is set equal to the ABC,
at 618 mt in 2013 and 622 mt in 2014.
Blackgill rockfish is managed within
the minor slope rockfish complexes.
The 2011 assessment for the stock south
of 40°10′ N. lat. indicated the stock was
in the precautionary zone with
spawning biomass depletion estimated
to be 30 percent of its unfished biomass
at the start of 2011. The Council
recommended and NMFS is proposing
to establish 2013 and 2014 HGs equal to
the 40–10 adjusted ACLs calculated for
the southern blackgill rockfish stock of
106 mt and 110 mt in 2013 and 2014,
respectively.
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Other Flatfish
The preferred 2013 and 2014 ACL for
the other flatfish complex of 4,884 mt is
equal to 2012 ACL. The 2013–2014
ACLs are set below the ABC of 6,982 mt.
Other Fish
The preferred 2013 and 2014 ACLs for
the other fish complex of 4,717 mt and
4,697 mt, respectively, are equal to the
preferred 2013 and 2014 ABCs, which
are lower than the No Action 2012 ACL
of 5,575 mt.
Spiny dogfish is managed within the
other fish complex. The 2011
assessment indicated that spiny dogfish
stock was healthy with an estimated
spawning biomass at 63 percent of its
unfished biomass. Although the Council
initially considered managing spiny
dogfish with a species specific harvest
specifications, the final
recommendation was to continue
managing it within the other fish
complex ACL for 2013 and 2014.
Reconsideration of species specific
specifications would be made in the
2015–2016 specifications cycle when a
thorough analysis on complex
management is expected to be
completed as described below.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Stock Complex Composition
The Council and NMFS have
recognized the need to revisit the
composition of the stock complexes to
ensure that stocks grouped together are
sufficiently similar in geographic
distribution, life history, productivity,
and susceptibility to the fishery.
However, recognizing that additional
scientific work and management
consideration is necessary to
comprehensively address the issue, the
Council recommended maintaining the
current stock complexes for 2013 and
2014. NMFS is prioritizing completion
of an analysis to inform changes to stock
complexes in time for the 2015–2016
biennium due to information indicating
that the harvest of some stocks may be
out of proportion to their contribution to
the complex specifications. The DEIS
indicates that routine modifications to
existing management measures could be
effective at controlling catch of stock
complexes if it becomes necessary.
Rebuilding Plan ACLs for Overfished
Species
When a stock has been declared
overfished a rebuilding plan must be
developed and the stock must be
managed in accordance with the
rebuilding plan. ACLs for these stocks
are therefore set according to the
rebuilding plans. The following seven
overfished groundfish stocks would be
managed under rebuilding plans in 2013
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
and 2014: Bocaccio south of 40°10′ N.
lat.; canary rockfish; cowcod south of
40°10′ N. lat.; darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean Perch (POP), petrale sole,
and yelloweye rockfish. Section
304(e)(4) of the MSA provides that any
fishery management plan, plan
amendment, or proposed regulations for
rebuilding an overfished fishery shall:
‘‘(A) specify a time period for rebuilding
the fishery that shall—(i) be as short as
possible, taking into account the status
and biology of any overfished stocks of
fish, the needs of fishing communities,
recommendations by international
organizations in which the United
States participates, and the interaction
of the overfished stock of fish within the
marine ecosystem; and (ii) not exceed
ten years, except in cases where the
biology of the stock of fish, other
environmental conditions, or
management measures under an
international agreement in which the
United States participates dictates
otherwise’’ (16 U.S.C. 1854(e)(4)).
The Council and NMFS rely on
rebuilding analyses to develop
rebuilding plans, particularly to
determine the amount of time needed to
rebuild stocks given varying levels of
fishing mortality. An overfished
groundfish stock is considered rebuilt
once its biomass reaches BMSY.
Rebuilding analyses are used to project
the status of the overfished resource into
the future under a variety of alternative
harvest strategies to determine the
probability of recovering to BMSY (or its
proxy) within a specified time frame.
Life history characteristics (e.g., age of
reproductive maturity, relative
productivity at different ages and sizes,
etc.) and the effects of environmental
conditions on abundance (e.g., relative
productivity under inter-annual and
inter-decadal climate variability,
availability of suitable food and habitat
for different life stages, etc.) are taken
into account in the stock assessment
and the rebuilding analysis. A
rebuilding analysis for an overfished
species uses the information in the stock
assessment for that species to determine
TMIN, the minimum time to rebuild to
BMSY with a 50 percent probability
starting at the time the rebuilding plan
was implemented, in the absence of
fishing-caused mortality. Also included
in the rebuilding analysis and
rebuilding plan is TF=0 which is the
minimum time to rebuild to BMSY with
a 50 percent probability in the absence
of fishing-caused mortality starting from
the beginning of the next biennial cycle,
in this case 2013. The value of TF=0 is
therefore, in effect, TMIN based on our
current understanding of the stock. For
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67981
purposes of this section and its
description of the canary rockfish and
POP rebuilding plans, TF=0 can thus be
considered as TMIN. The rebuilding
analyses are used to predict TMIN for
each overfished species and, in doing
so, answer the question of what time
period for rebuilding is ‘‘as short as
possible’’ for each of the overfished
species. The amount of time between
TMIN and the target rebuilding year
(TTARGET), is used to measure the time
period that the MSA requires to be as
‘‘short as possible,’’ when taking into
account the required factors, including
the needs of fishing communities. The
TTARGET parameter is discussed in more
detail below.
TTARGET is the year in which the
Council expects the stock to rebuild
with at least a 50 percent probability
under the chosen rebuilding strategy
and is set between TMIN and TMAX. TMAX
is TMIN plus the length of time
associated with one mean generation
time for that stock. A particular TTARGET
is determined by the productivity of the
stock, its current status, and the
allowable harvest associated with a
particular rebuilding strategy
established based on consideration of
the required factors. To rebuild a stock
by the TMIN date would require
elimination of human-induced mortality
on a stock (the complete absence of
fishing mortality is referred to as F=0).
Even if incidental fishing mortality of
overfished species, that occurs as the
result of fishing for target groundfish
species is ended, this does not
necessarily result in the complete
absence of human-induced fishing
mortality. To rebuild by the TMIN date
would require elimination of extractive
scientific research, such as surveys, in
addition to any target or incidental
commercial, recreational, or ceremonial
and subsistence fishing that results in
overfished species mortality.
Eliminating extractive scientific
research would eliminate a significant
portion of the data used to inform stock
assessments and better understand the
biological condition of groundfish
stocks. Thus, the Council’s rebuilding
strategies allow for these sources of
scientific research-related mortality.
Also, as discussed above, the MSA
requires that rebuilding plans take into
account the needs of fishing
communities. The rebuilding strategy
for each overfished stock, and the
resulting TTARGET, is determined in
consideration of the statutory factors.
When an SPR harvest rate is used as
the rebuilding strategy, the Council’s
preference is to maintain a constant SPR
harvest rate during the rebuilding
period for a stock, if appropriate. The
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
67982
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
SPR is the expected lifetime
contribution to the spawning stock
biomass for a recruit (a fish of specific
spawning age or greater). Harvest rates
are presented in terms of the SPR. This
is a percent value indicating an effective
harvest rate that would return the
population to a given level of spawning
potential (reproductive output) in
relation to the spawning potential of the
unfished population. The SPR harvest
rate specifies the proportion of the
spawning stock that can be removed
each year while allowing the stock to
rebuild by TTARGET and inherently takes
into account the productivity of the
stock. The harvest rate, or harvest
control rule, determines the ACLs for
overfished species. The exploitation
pattern, rate of growth, and natural
mortality can be given consideration
when calculating an SPR harvest rate.
Applying a constant SPR harvest rate is
more precautionary in an uncertain
environment as it reduces the effect of
changes in variability in the scale of
biomass (a change in the entire
trajectory of biomass from the first
biomass estimate forward to the current
biomass estimate). When a new stock
assessment results in a change in the
understanding of stock scale or absolute
stock abundance, a constant harvest rate
strategy is expected to keep the stock on
track towards rebuilding. In addition,
the ‘‘rebuilding paradox’’ (the fishing
interaction for a stock increases as the
stock biomass increases) is addressed
within a constant SPR approach. This is
because the ACL would change in
relation to changes in biomass. In
contrast, constant catch rebuilding
strategies do not adjust in relation to
changes in biomass, which can be
problematic when there is a downward
change in abundance. In this case, the
catch may become too large relative to
the size of the biomass population and
adjustments would become necessary to
meet the same TTARGET. Although the
biennial management cycle requires
focus on ACLs for a two year period, an
SPR harvest strategy is based on a
rebuilding trajectory over time. For
stocks with slow trajectories, the
differences between two alternatives
considered during a single biennial
management cycle need to be compared
in relation to how they rebuild the stock
over time.
As explained in the preamble to the
proposed specifications and
management measures for the 2011–
2012 biennium (75 FR 67810, November
3, 2010), new information or changes in
perception of stock status and biology
can result in variability in stock
assessments and rebuilding analyses. In
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
some cases, this variability requires
revisions to existing rebuilding plans in
order to account for new estimates of
TMIN. Given the changes in perception
of stock status and biology, the Council
tracks rebuilding progress in three
dimensions: Stock productivity;
absolute stock abundance or stock scale;
and relative stock abundance or stock
status. Stock productivity is referred to
as recruitment and means the ability of
a stock to generate new individuals of
harvestable size. Stock scale is the total
number of individuals in a population.
This value is rarely known, but is
usually estimated from relative
abundance or through other methods.
Absolute stock abundance is an estimate
of the current biomass usually measured
by indices that track trends in
population biomass over time. Stock
status is the current biomass relative to
the unfished biomass. Each of these
dimensions is subject to considerable
scientific uncertainty and can change
the overall rebuilding outlook from
cycle to cycle. To determine whether a
stock is better or worse off compared to
a previous assessment, all three
dimensions must be examined. Changes
in the understanding of stock
productivity can affect rebuilding plans
by altering our perception of how
quickly a stock can increase. Changes in
our understanding of life history traits
(e.g. mortality, maturity, fecundity, or
growth) can change the evaluation of
stock productivity. In the case of many
groundfish, recruitment is highly
variable and sporadic or poorly
understood. Age or length data, along
with survey biomass estimates and
removal histories, all inform
recruitment patterns, but to varying
degrees of resolution. The most recent
few years of recruitment are often the
most uncertain.
Absolute stock abundance, or stock
scale, has also demonstrated
considerable variability across
assessments. This variability is often a
result of uncertainty in catch histories,
which scales the biomass via estimates
of fishing mortality, but is also sensitive
to life history parameters such as growth
and mortality. Any changes in these
estimates can have large effects in
perceived biomass. These changes in
scale are commonly seen in estimates of
unfished biomass, as the scale of the
entire population trajectory can shift up
or down. Changes in population scale
will affect the level of catch needed to
achieve the rebuilding goals if harvest
levels are not based on harvest rates.
Stock status or depletion is expressed as
an estimate of current biomass relative
to the estimate of unfished biomass.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Importantly, changes in the estimate of
unfished biomass can change with new
data, even though the current
population biomass stays the same.
Likewise, as more data becomes
available on productivity in current
years it may alter our understanding of
current year biomass relative to an
unfished biomass. Because stock status
is the basis for determining when a
stock is rebuilt, subsequent estimates of
when a stock is projected to rebuild at
a specific SPR may change as estimates
of stock status change.
For two stocks, POP and canary
rockfish, new scientific information
revealed that it is unlikely that the
stocks can be rebuilt by their current
TTARGET even if all catch of these stocks
was prohibited. To avoid disastrous
short-term consequences for fishing
communities, harvest levels above the
TMIN level were considered. Section
4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP provides the
following general guidance on the needs
of the fishing communities: ‘‘Fishing
communities need a sustainable fishery
that: is safe, well-managed, and
profitable; provides jobs and incomes;
contributes to the local social fabric,
culture, and image of the community;
and helps market the community and its
services and products.’’ Because so
many of the groundfish stocks are
intermixed in different proportions,
making adjustments to protect one stock
may increase the mortality of other
stocks. This intermixing makes rockfish
rebuilding plans particularly
challenging. Reducing catch of
overfished rockfish indirectly affects
fishing opportunity by constraining the
harvest of target stocks in multiple
commercial and recreational fishery
sectors. The Council has approached
this challenging situation using a
comprehensive approach to analyzing
rebuilding alternatives and impacts to
fishing communities by taking into
account the biology of the stocks and
the needs of fishing communities in a
holistic fashion that simultaneously
considers all rebuilding species and
groundfish fishing sectors.
The EIS prepared for this action
analyzed a range of POP and canary
rockfish ACLs arrayed in different
configurations along with the ACLs for
other stocks and the management
measures needed to prevent ACLs from
being exceeded. These ‘‘integrated
alternatives’’ are designed to help
demonstrate how changes in POP and
canary rockfish ACLs affect access to
target stocks or influence projected
mortalities of overfished species, among
other factors. Because of the
multispecies nature of the groundfish
fishery (the ACL of one species can
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
influence the ACL and/or access to
another species), the choice of canary
rockfish and POP harvest rates, and the
resulting ACLs and TTARGETS, were
carefully considered by the Council. In
their final recommendation, the Council
weighed many factors including
rebuilding progress, biology of the stock,
economic impacts, allocations, and the
need for new or more restrictive
management measures. Ultimately, the
Council recommended maintaining the
harvest rate in the existing rebuilding
plans for POP and canary rockfish and
establishing revised TTARGETS, and
maintaining the existing rebuilding
plans, including the TTARGETS, for the
other five overfished species. The
proposed SPR or harvest control rule for
each stock managed under a rebuilding
plan, the resulting ACLs, and
summarized information about
rebuilding progress are presented below.
Detailed information is also available in
the relevant stock assessments, stock
assessment updates, rebuilding
analyses, and the EIS for this action,
which are all available from NMFS and
the Pacific Fishery Management Council
(See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION).
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Bocaccio
The 2011 rebuilding analysis
indicated that bocaccio is showing
steady progress towards rebuilt status
under the current rebuilding plan
described in 50 CFR 660.40(a). Applying
the current rebuilding harvest control
rule to new information from the 2011
stock assessment update, the rebuilding
analysis projects bocaccio to rebuild to
BMSY one year earlier than the TTARGET
of 2022 specified in the current
rebuilding plan.
When an SPR harvest rate of 77.7
percent from the current rebuilding plan
is applied to the biomass estimate from
the 2011 assessment update, it results in
the proposed ACLs of 320 mt in 2013
and 337 mt in 2014. Because rebuilding
progress is considered adequate, and the
2011 assessment update supports our
fundamental understanding of the stock,
the Council’s recommendation was to
maintain the rebuilding plan currently
in the FMP and 50 CFR 660.40(a) (i.e.,
no modifications to TTARGET or SPR
harvest rate).
Canary Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis
indicated that the point estimate for the
canary rockfish biomass is slightly
below the rebuilding trajectory from the
previous (2009) rebuilding analysis. The
estimated unfished spawning biomass
increased by 7 percent resulting in a
change in the depletion estimate (the
metric used to gauge stock status
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
expressed as the ratio of current to
unfished spawning biomass) from 23.7
to 23.3 percent. Given changes in the
relative status and productivity of the
canary rockfish stock, the median time
to rebuild the canary rockfish stock in
the absence of fishing, TF=0, would be
2028, which is one year longer than the
TTARGET of 2027 specified in the current
rebuilding plan at 50 CFR 660.40(b).
Because the canary rockfish stock
cannot rebuild by the current TTARGET of
2027 even in the absence of fishing, the
rebuilding plan must be modified.
The No Action or 2012 ACL for
canary rockfish is 107 mt. Given the
results of the 2011 stock assessment
update and rebuilding analysis, the No
Action ACL corresponds with an SPR of
89.5 percent and a median time to
rebuild of 2030. In addition to the No
Action ACL, the Council considered five
ACLs that extend the median time to
rebuild by one, two, three and four years
from TF=0. The additional ACLs
included: 48 mt in 2013 and 49 mt in
2014, which corresponds to a median
time to rebuild of 2028 and an SPR of
95.1 percent; 101 mt in 2013 and 104 mt
in 2014, which corresponds to a median
time to rebuild of 2029 and an SPR of
90 percent; 116 mt in 2013 and 119 mt
in 2014, which corresponds to a median
time to rebuild of 2030 and an SPR of
88.7 percent; 147 mt in 2013 and 151 mt
in 2014, which corresponds to a median
time to rebuild of 2030 and an SPR of
85.9 percent; and, 216 mt in 2013 and
220 mt in 2014, which corresponds to
a median time to rebuild of 2030 and an
SPR of 80.3 percent.
The ACLs of 116 mt in 2013 and 119
mt in 2014 were included in integrated
alternatives one and three and would
maintain the Council’s existing policies
and the SPR specified in the existing
rebuilding plan (88.7 percent). Although
estimates of unfished biomass increased
for canary rockfish, the increase was
relatively small compared to the
increase in estimated unfished biomass
for POP (discussed below). In addition,
the estimated ending year spawning
biomass increased. Due to the estimated
increase in population size and different
assumption used in the most recent
rebuilding analysis about the relative
catch by different gear types, the 2013–
2014 ACLs resulting from the SPR 88.7
percent harvest rate are slightly higher
than the No Action ACLs. The ACLs of
101 mt in 2013 and 104 mt in 2014 were
included in integrated alternatives two
and six and are most similar to the 2012
ACL (No Action ACL). The ACLs of 48
mt in 2013 and 49 mt in 2014, included
in integrated alternative four, are the
most restrictive, and are similar to the
OYs that were in place between 2003
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67983
and 2008. The alternative five ACLs of
216 mt in 2013 and 220 mt in 2014, and
the alternative seven and alternative
eight ACLs, which are the same, of 147
mt and 151 mt, are increases that are
expected to provide increased fishing
opportunity particularly for widow
rockfish.
Despite very restrictive management
measures being in place from 2003 to
2008 (prior to implementation of the
trawl rationalization program, for more
information on this program see 75 FR
78344, December 15, 2010 and 75 FR
60868, October 1, 2010), total mortality
of canary rockfish exceeded the OYs in
every year during this time period
except in 2008. Effectively controlling
catch of canary rockfish has proven
difficult, particularly at low harvest
levels that were in place between 2003
and 2008. The low canary rockfish ACL
alternative, alternative four, would
require a combination of shortened
recreational fishing seasons or lower
commercial fishery trip limits, and
depth restrictions. Providing a higher
ACL as under alternatives five, seven, or
eight could allow some fishing effort to
shift off of the slope areas resulting in
reduced catch of POP.
The Council’s recommended ACLs are
116 mt in 2013 and 119 mt in 2014,
which maintains the current SPR
harvest rate of 88.7. The target
rebuilding year for canary rockfish is
changed by three years (from 2027 to
2030). However, the target rebuilding
year is only two years longer than TF=0;
the same length of time as in the
previous rebuilding plan. Under the
2011 rebuilding analysis, the probability
of rebuilding to TTARGET in 2030 using
an SPR harvest rate of 88.7 percent is
54.6 percent (see https://www.pcouncil.
org/wp-content/uploads/D5b_SUP_
GMT_JUN2012BB.pdf). The preferred
ACLs are intended to provide a level of
harvest that rebuilds quickly, yet takes
into account the needs of fishing
communities. Also, the proposed
management measures and catch
allocations are projected to result in
canary rockfish total catch mortality less
than the annual ACLs. Managing the
fishery to a level that is less than the
annual ACLs is intended help ensure
total mortality stays below the ACL, to
allow the stock to rebuild faster, and to
reduce the likelihood that inseason
management changes will be needed to
ensure that ACLs are not exceeded.
Cowcod
The proposed 2013 and 2014 harvest
specifications are consistent with the
current rebuilding plan. No new
assessment was done for cowcod
because there was not enough new
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67984
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
information on which to base an
assessment. However, rebuilding
progress is considered adequate, the
Council’s recommendation was to
maintain the rebuilding plan currently
in the FMP, and at 50 CFR 660.40 (i.e.,
no modifications to TTARGET of 2068 or
SPR harvest rate). The three mt ACLs
proposed for 2013 and 2014 are based
on an SPR harvest rate of 82.7 percent
and result in a median time to rebuild
of 2068, which is eight years longer than
TF=0. As in previous biennial harvest
specifications, the Conception area ACL
was doubled as an appropriate harvest
contribution for the unassessed
Monterey area.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Darkblotched Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis
indicates that darkblotched rockfish is
showing steady progress towards
rebuilding under the current rebuilding
plan (50 CFR 660.40(d)). The revised
estimates from the new rebuilding
analysis indicate that darkblotched
rockfish will rebuild to BMSY eight years
earlier than the TTARGET of 2025
specified in the current rebuilding plan
if the existing harvest control rule (SPR
= 64.9 percent) remains in place. The
proposed ACLs of 317 mt in 2013 and
330 mt in 2014 result from application
of the SPR harvest rate of 64.9 percent
to information from the 2011 stock
assessment and has a median time to
rebuild of 2017, which is one year
longer than TF=0. Because the rebuilding
progress indicated in the 2011
assessment and rebuilding analysis was
considered adequate, and supports our
fundamental understanding of the stock,
the Council recommendation was to
maintain the rebuilding plan currently
in the FMP and regulation (i.e., no
modifications to TTARGET or SPR harvest
rate).
Petrale Sole
The 2011 stock assessment and
rebuilding analysis projected the petrale
sole biomass to be at 18 percent of its
unfished biomass and showing strong
progress towards rebuilt status. The new
rebuilding analysis estimates that
petrale sole will rebuild to BMSY three
years earlier than the TTARGET of 2016
specified in the current rebuilding plan
if the 25–5 harvest control rule included
in the rebuilding plan continues to be
used as the rebuilding strategy. The
ACLs derived by applying the 25–5
harvest control rule and being proposed
are 2,592 mt and 2,652 mt in 2013 and
2014, respectively. The minimum time
to rebuild petrale sole is 2014 (TMIN).
The ACLs derived from the 25–5 harvest
control rule are projected to rebuild the
stock by 2013, the same year as TF=0.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
Because the rebuilding progress was
considered adequate, and the 2011
assessment supports our fundamental
understanding of the stock, the Council
recommendation was to maintain the
rebuilding plan currently in the FMP
and at 50 CFR 660.40(f) (i.e., no
modifications to TTARGET or harvest
control rule).
POP
The 2011 rebuilding analysis showed
the POP biomass to be below the
rebuilding trajectory from the previous
(2009) rebuilding analysis. The change
is primarily due to a revised estimate of
initial unfished biomass (B0) and
depletion, rather than a change to the
current biomass level. The new estimate
of unfished stock size is higher than
previously thought. This represented a
fundamental revision to our
understanding of the status of this
species, which in turn warranted
revisions to the rebuilding plan. Even if
harvest of POP were prohibited (F=0)
the median time to rebuild would be
2043, which is 23 years past the current
TTARGET of 2020.
The No Action or 2012 ACL for POP
is 183 mt. In 2012, an annual catch
target (ACT) of 157 mt was also
specified. In addition to the No Action
ACL and ACT, the Council considered
four ACLs for the 2013–14 cycle that
would extend the median time to
rebuild beyond TF=0 by three, eight, 14,
and 17 years. The alternative ACLs
considered by the Council included: 74
mt in 2013 and 76 mt in 2014, which
corresponds to a median time to rebuild
of 2046 and an SPR of 92.9 percent; 150
mt in 2013 and 153 mt in 2014, which
corresponds to a median time to rebuild
of 2051and an SPR of 86.4 percent; 222
mt in 2013 and 226 mt in 2014, which
corresponds to a median time to rebuild
of 2057 and an SPR or 80.9 percent; and,
247 mt in 2013 and 251 mt in 2014,
which corresponds to a median time to
rebuild of 2060 and an SPR or 79.2
percent.
The Council considered this broad
range of POP ACL alternatives in order
to examine the effects of varying levels
of POP mortality on the ‘‘needs of
fishing communities’’ and the POP
rebuilding trajectory. The ACLs of 150
mt in 2013 and 153 mt in 2014 were
included in integrated alternatives one,
two, and eight and would maintain the
SPR harvest rate policy in the existing
rebuilding plan (86.4 percent). The
ACLs of 74 mt in 2013 and 76 mt in
2014 were included in integrated
alternatives three and five and are
similar to the lowest single year (2005)
catch seen since 2004. The alternative
four ACLs of 247 mt and 251 mt are the
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
most liberal followed by alternative six
and seven with ACLs of 222 mt in 2013
and 226 mt in 2014. The larger ACL
alternatives would allow targeting
opportunity for widow rockfish and
increases in the harvest of Pacific
whiting. POP is a slope rockfish species
that is primarily taken in the trawl
fishery. Generally, lower ACLs for POP
would reduce the flexibility of trawl
vessels to fish deeper when targeting
Pacific whiting and non-whiting stocks
on slope fishing grounds north of 40°10′
N. lat. In recent years, POP catch has
increased later in the season when the
Pacific whiting fishery operated deeper
and more northerly than earlier in the
season. However, the bulk of POP catch
is taken in the bottom trawl sector and
has increased in recent years as more
effort has shifted to areas seaward of the
trawl RCA. For the commercial and
tribal fisheries, the primary common
factor limiting commercial groundfish
fisheries under integrated alternatives
one, two, three, five, seven, and eight
were the POP ACLs under each
alternative. In other words, management
measures necessary to keep the
commercial fisheries within the POP
ACLs limited access to other stocks
under alternatives one, two, three, five,
seven, and eight. This was not the case
for alternative four because of the higher
POP ACL and the very low canary
rockfish ACL. Under alternative four,
canary rockfish becomes the limiting
factor and even more effort is shifted
offshore.
The Council has recommended
maintaining the rebuilding strategy in
the current rebuilding plan, with an SPR
harvest rate of 86.4 percent, resulting in
ACLs of 150 mt in 2013 and 153 mt in
2014. This is a reduction from the 2012
POP ACL of 183 mt. The revised
TTARGET is 2051, which is eight years
longer than TF=0. The proposed
management measures and catch
allocations for 2013 and 2014 are
projected to result in POP total catch
mortality less than the annual ACLs.
Managing the fishery to a level that is
less than the annual ACLs is intended
to help ensure total mortality stays
below the ACL, to allow the stock to
rebuild faster, and to reduce the
likelihood that inseason management
changes will be needed to keep
mortality within the ACL. The ACL for
POP has the greatest effect on the
northern trawl fishery (both the at-sea
whiting sectors and the shorebased IFQ
sector).
Yelloweye Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis
indicates that yelloweye rockfish is
showing steady progress towards rebuilt
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
status under the current rebuilding plan.
The new rebuilding analysis estimates
that yelloweye rockfish will rebuild to
BMSY seven years earlier than the
TTARGET of 2074 specified in the current
rebuilding plan if the existing harvest
control rule (SPR = 76.0 percent)
remains in place. The proposed ACL of
18 mt in 2013 and 2014 results from
applying an SPR harvest rate of 76.0
percent to current biomass and has a
predicted median time to rebuild of
2067 (yelloweye rockfish now has 62.1
percent probability of rebuilding by the
TTARGET specified in the current
rebuilding plan. Because rebuilding
progress was considered adequate, and
the assessment supports our
fundamental understanding of the stock,
the Council recommended maintaining
the rebuilding plan currently in the
FMP and at specified at § 660.40 (i.e., no
modifications to TTARGET or SPR harvest
rate).
Management Measures
New management measures being
proposed for the 2013–2014 biennial
cycle would work in combination with
management measures in existing
regulations to create a management
structure intended to control fishing.
This management structure should
ensure that the catch of overfished
groundfish species does not exceed the
rebuilding ACLs while allowing harvest
of healthier groundfish stocks to occur
to the extent possible. Routine
management measures are used to
modify fishing behavior during the
fishing year. Routine management
measures for the commercial fisheries
include trip and cumulative landing
limits, time/area closures, size limits,
and gear restrictions. Routine
management measures for the
recreational fisheries include bag limits,
size limits, gear restrictions, fish
dressing requirements, and time/area
closures. The groundfish fishery is
managed with a variety of other
regulatory requirements that are not
routinely adjusted, many of which are
not changed through this rulemaking,
and are found at 50 CFR 660, subparts
C through G. The regulations at 50 CFR
660, subparts C through G, include, but
are not limited to, long-term harvest
allocations, recordkeeping and reporting
requirements, monitoring requirements,
license limitation programs, and
essential fish habitat (EFH) protection
measures. The routine management
measures specified at 50 CFR 660.60 (c),
in combination with the entire
collection of groundfish regulations, are
used to manage the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery during the biennium
to achieve harvest guidelines, quotas, or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
allocations, that result from the harvest
specifications identified in this
proposed rule, while protecting
overfished and depleted stocks.
This section describes biennial fishery
allocations and new management
measures proposed for 2013–2014
including: changes to latitude and
longitude coordinates that define the
boundaries of the Rockfish Conservation
Areas (RCA)s; the ability to routinely
modify deductions from the ACL to
provide fishing opportunities but not
exceed ACLs; requirements to
completely offload before starting a new
trip; updating sorting requirements; and
management measures to control the
harvest, if needed, of longnose skate and
spiny dogfish.
Biennial Fishery Allocations
Two-year trawl and nontrawl
allocations are decided during the
biennial process for those species
without long-term allocations or species
where the long-term allocation is
suspended because the species was
declared overfished. For all species,
except sablefish north of 36° N. lat.,
allocations for the trawl and nontrawl
sectors are calculated from the fishery
harvest guideline. The term ‘‘fishery
harvest guideline’’ is defined at
§ 660.11, and is the tonnage that
remains after subtracting from the ACL,
or ACT when specified, harvest in
Tribal fisheries, scientific research
activities, non-groundfish fisheries and
activities conducted under exempted
fishing permits. The two-year
allocations and recreational harvest
guidelines are designed to accommodate
anticipated mortality in each sector as
well as to accommodate variability and
uncertainty in those estimates of
mortality. Allocations described below
are specified in the harvest specification
tables appended to part 660, subpart C.
Longnose Skate
The Council recommended a two-year
trawl and nontrawl HG for longnose
skate of 90 percent to the trawl fishery
and 10 percent to the nontrawl fishery.
The allocation percentages reflect
historical catch of longnose skate
between the two sectors.
Bocaccio
The following are the Council’s
recommended allocations for bocaccio
in 2013: Limited entry trawl, 76.9 mt;
limited entry and open access nonnearshore fixed gears, 74.2 mt; limited
entry and open access nearshore fixed
gear, 0.9 mt; and California recreational
167.9 mt. The following are the
Council’s recommended allocations for
bocaccio in 2014: Limited entry trawl,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67985
79.8 mt; limited entry and open access
non-nearshore fixed gears, 77 mt;
limited entry and open access nearshore
fixed gear, 0.9 mt; California
recreational 174.2 mt. These allocations
are anticipated to accommodate
estimates of mortality of bocaccio by
sector in 2013–2014.
Canary Rockfish
The following are the Council’s
recommended allocations for canary
rockfish in 2013: Shorebased IFQ
Program, 40.3 mt; at-sea sectors of the
Pacific whiting fishery, 12.8 mt
(catcher/processor 7.5 mt and
mothership 5.3 mt); limited entry and
open access non-nearshore fixed gears,
3.6 mt; limited entry and open access
nearshore fixed gear, 6.2 mt;
Washington recreational, 3.1 mt; Oregon
recreational 10.9 mt; and California
recreational 22.6 mt. The following are
the Council’s recommended allocations
for canary rockfish in 2014: Shorebased
IFQ Program, 41.5 mt; at-sea sectors of
the Pacific whiting fishery, 13.2 mt
(catcher/processor 7.7 mt and
mothership 5.5 mt); limited entry and
open access non-nearshore fixed gears,
3.7 mt; limited entry and open access
nearshore fixed gear, 6.4 mt;
Washington recreational, 3.2 mt; Oregon
recreational 11.2 mt; and California
recreational 23.3 mt. These allocations
are anticipated to accommodate
estimates of mortality of canary rockfish
by sector in 2013–2014.
Cowcod
The trawl/non-trawl allocations of
cowcod for the first years of the IFQ
fishery were 66 percent to the trawl
fishery and 34 percent to the non-trawl
fisheries. The trawl fishery had a higher
allocation to account for the uncertainty
in how much cowcod IFQ fishery
participants would encounter. Catch of
cowcod in the IFQ fishery during 2011
was only 39 pounds while best available
estimates for cowcod catch in non-trawl
fisheries was almost 1 mt. If the nontrawl allocation is not increased, and
catches of cowcod continue at levels
similar to those estimated for 2011, trip
limit reductions and/or RCA
modifications may be required in
southern California to address the
higher-than-expected catch levels in
non-trawl fisheries. Rather than
imposing such restrictions, the Council
recommended a change in the
allocation, making less cowcod
available to trawl fisheries and more
available to non-trawl fisheries. The
cowcod allocation is proposed to be 34
percent trawl and 66 percent non-trawl
for 2013–2014. NMFS anticipates the
proposed allocation structure will keep
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67986
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
catch below the 2013–2014 cowcod
ACLs without having to make changes
to fishery management measures.
Minor Shelf Rockfish
For minor shelf rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., 560 mt (60.2 percent of
the fishery harvest guideline) is
allocated to the trawl fishery and 370 mt
(39.8 percent of the fishery harvest
guideline) is allocated to the nontrawl
fishery for 2013 and 2014. For minor
shelf rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat., 82
mt (12.2 percent of the fishery harvest
guideline) is allocated to the trawl
fishery and 587 mt (87.8 percent of the
fishery harvest guideline) is allocated to
the nontrawl fishery for 2013–2014. For
both minor slope rockfish north and
minor slope rockfish south, this
maintains the same allocation
percentages as were in place for these
complexes in 2012.
Petrale Sole
For petrale sole, 35 mt is allocated to
the nontrawl fishery and the remainder
of the fishery HG is allocated to the
trawl fishery. This maintains the same
allocation scheme that was in place for
petrale sole in 2012.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Yelloweye Rockfish
The following are the Council’s
recommended allocations for yelloweye
rockfish in 2013 and 2014: limited entry
trawl, 1 mt; limited entry and open
access non-nearshore fixed gears, 1.1;
limited entry and open access nearshore
fixed gear, 1.2; Washington recreational,
2.9; Oregon recreational 2.6 mt; and
California recreational 3.4 mt. These
allocations are anticipated to
accommodate estimates of mortality of
yelloweye by sector in 2013–2014.
Modifications to the Boundaries
Defining RCAs
RCAs are large area closures intended
to reduce the catch of a species or
species complex, by restricting fishing
activity at specific depths. The
boundaries for RCAs are defined by
straight lines connecting a series of
latitude and longitude coordinates that
approximate depth contours. A set of
coordinates define lines that
approximate various depth contours.
These sets of coordinates, or lines, in
and of themselves, are not gear or
fishery specific, but are used in
combination to define an area. That area
may then be described with fishing
restrictions implemented for a specific
gear and/or fishery (e.g., between the
boundary line approximating the 75 fm
depth contour and the boundary line
approximating the 150 fm depth contour
is the trawl RCA, and fishing with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
bottom trawl gear is prohibited in this
area). For the 2013–2014 cycle, changes
to refine selected coordinates to more
closely approximate the depth contour
are being proposed for the 150 fm line
off Washington, the 200 fm line off
Washington and Oregon and the 150 fm
line defining the Usal and Noyo
Canyons off California. These changes
refine the lines that approximate the
depth contours and makes no regulatory
changes to how, or for which fisheries,
those lines may be used.
Deductions From the ACL
Background
Before allocations are made to
groundfish fisheries, deductions are
made from ACLs to set fish aside fish for
certain types of activities. The
deductions from the ACL are associated
with four distinct sources of groundfish
mortality: Harvest in Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribal fisheries; harvest in
scientific research activities; harvest in
non-groundfish fisheries; and harvest
that occurs under exempted fishing
permits (EFPs). These deductions from
the ACL are described at § 660.55(b) and
specified in the footnotes to Tables 1a
and 2a to subpart C. Under current
regulations if any of these sources came
in under the amounts deducted from the
ACL, for example because a research
activity was canceled, the leftover was
generally not available to other fisheries.
In order to make any unharvested fish
available for harvest in other sectors, the
Council recommended formalizing a
process for allowing groundfish that are
set aside for harvest in scientific
research, non-groundfish fisheries, and
for EFPs, to be harvested in other
groundfish fisheries if those fish would
otherwise go unharvested (fish
unharvested in the tribal fisheries are
not part of this change). In order to keep
the public informed about these
changes, any movement of fish from the
deductions from the ACL to other
fisheries will be announced in the
Federal Register. This additional
flexibility for 2013–2014, and beyond, is
intended to allow unused yield to be
redistributed to other sectors of the
groundfish fishery, as needed.
This rule proposes revising
regulations to allow more flexibility and
is not proposing changes to how setasides that come off an allocation for a
specific fishery are managed.
Additionally, for clarity this rule makes
changes to definitions and descriptions
at § 660.55(k), § 660.55(b) and (b)(4) to
distinguish between off the top
deductions and set-asides.
To implement this change the Council
recommended and NMFS is proposing
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to allow the non-tribal deductions from
the ACL for any groundfish species to be
modified inseason, however this
movement of fish is discretionary and
not automatic. Therefore, the Council
will consider various factors before
recommending that fish be moved from
the non-tribal deductions from the ACL,
including: Status of the activities for
which the yield was initially intended
and the level of certainty that there will
be unharvested fish; potential benefits
to groundfish fishery sectors; risk of
exceeding ACLs; and other appropriate
factors. For 2013–2014, the Council
recommended that fish that would go
unharvested be available to be
distributed among the sectors in
proportion to the allocations made at
the start of the year, but that the Council
may make modifications to those
proportions based on sector needs. The
Council will consider various factors
when making recommendations for
changing the proportions by which fish
would be distributed including:
Whether sectors are closed and
additional fish would not provide
enough yield to re-open the fishery;
whether sectors are not anticipated to
catch their existing allocation of the
species that is to be redistributed; and
the timing and feasibility of how
additional yield could be released to
and used by a given sector. Allowing
changes to the proportions based on
sector needs will help maximize the
socioeconomic benefits of moving
unused yield into a fishery sector.
Regulations that describe routine
management measures, at § 660.60(c),
and that describe the types of
deductions that are made from the ACL,
at § 660.55(b), are proposed to be
revised to allow the non-tribal
deductions from the ACL to be modified
as a routine action.
Special consideration must be made
for the shorebased IFQ program because
these species are allocated differently
than non-IFQ species. An IFQ species
that has yield available may be made
available for harvest in the Shorebased
IFQ Program. Shorebased IFQ program
participants would be notified of any
changes through the Federal Register.
NMFS is proposing regulations to allow
quota pounds (QP) made available after
September 1 due to changes in the nontribal deductions from the ACL to be
transferred from a quota share (QS)
account to a vessel account in a similar
manner as Pacific whiting
reapportionment: NMFS will credit the
QS account with additional QP
proportionally, based on the increase in
the shorebased trawl allocation; the QS
account transfer function will be
reactivated for species with additional
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
QP; and after December 15 the transfer
function will again be inactivated.
Therefore, changes to regulations at
§ 660.140(d)(3)(ii)(B)(3) are proposed to
expand the regulations for Pacific
whiting reapportionment after
September 1 so they may also apply to
QP that are released to the Shorebased
IFQ Program due to changes in the nontribal deductions from the ACL.
QP made available to the Shorebased
IFQ Program from the non-tribal
deductions from the ACL will count
towards calculations for accumulation
limits: Both QS and QP accumulation
limits. Any movement of fish from the
deductions from the ACL into the
Shorebased IFQ Program would change
allocations, and therefore would also
affect the individual amounts associated
with the QS and QP accumulation
limits. There would be no change in the
percentage that applies; the existing
percentage would be applying to a larger
poundage that may result in a higher
poundage at the individual level.
In contrast, QP made available to the
Shorebased IFQ Program from the nontribal deductions from the ACL will not
count towards calculations for
carryover. The Pacific whiting final rule
(77 FR 28497, May 15, 2012, comment
15) addressed this issue in the context
of reapportionment of whiting to the
Shorebased IFQ Program. Any release of
additional QP resulting from deductions
from the ACL is similar to
reapportionment of whiting in that both
may be added to the shorebased trawl
allocation during the year but were not
part of the annual allocation. Because
reapportionment of whiting is not
included in the calculation for the
carryover limit in the Shorebased IFQ
Program, and because release of
additional QP is a similar provision,
NMFS proposes that that release of
additional QP resulting from changes to
the non-tribal deductions from the ACL
would also not count toward the
carryover limit. Language has been
added to § 660.140(e)(5) stating that
these additional amounts do not count
toward calculation of the carryover
limit. No changes to the regulations at
§ 660.140(e)(5)(ii) regarding deficit
carryover are proposed. Therefore, if a
vessel has already opted out of the
fishery, it would not have the option of
covering its deficit with the additional
QP that were released due to changes to
the non-tribal deductions from the ACL.
Also at § 660.140(e)(5)(i), NMFS
proposes clarifying language stating that
surplus carryover QP or IBQ pounds are
deposited straight into vessel accounts
and do not change the shorebased trawl
allocation.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
Offloading Requirements
The trawl rationalization program, in
part, implemented sector allocations
and the management measures to track
catches against those sector allocations.
Initially, regulations were established
for the shorebased IFQ fishery such that,
once the transfer of fish begins, all fish
on board a vessel count toward a
landing and the offload must be
completed prior to the start of a
subsequent trip. The purpose of this
measure was to ensure all fish harvested
on a shorebased IFQ trip were clearly
associated with the landings receipts
and permit status. The information on
the landing receipts, combined with the
permit status of the vessel making the
landing, provides fishery managers with
the tools to accurately account for catch
against the sector allocation. During
development of the 2013–2014 harvest
specifications and management
measures, the Council and NMFS
identified a need for similar offloading
requirements in other sectors of the
fishery to ensure accurate catch
accounting between other sector
allocations.
At its June 2012 meeting, the Council
recommended a change to regulations
that would require all fish from any trip
be offloaded prior to beginning a new
trip. Based on that recommendation,
every sector of the groundfish fishery,
including landings in the limited entry
fixed gear and open access fisheries, and
would be required to completely remove
all fish from the vessel once landing had
begun, in order for them to be allowed
to start a subsequent trip. Therefore, in
particular, NMFS is seeking comments
from participants in the limited entry
fixed gear and open access sectors, on
the proposed action to require all fish
from any trip, except for vessels fishing
in the at-sea sectors of the Pacific
whiting fishery, be offloaded prior to
beginning a new trip.
While developing regulations for this
new requirement, NMFS noted that the
complete offloading requirements for
the shorebased IFQ program that are
currently in place do not apply to
vessels participating in the primary
whiting fishery as part of the
mothership or catcher/processor sectors.
However, there is already a provision at
§ 660.112(d)(8) requiring MS CVs to
offload all catch to a single MS before
resetting the net. Therefore, NMFS is
not proposing changes to the offload
requirements for the mothership or
catcher/processor sectors.
Sorting Requirements
In the non-whiting groundfish fishery,
catch is sorted to species or species
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67987
group in order to account for catch
against the various harvest
specifications and management
measures that are specific to those
species or species groups. Except for
vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting fishery (see § 660.130(d)(2)(ii)
and (d)(3)), groundfish regulations
require that species or species groups
with a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, ACT, ACL or OY, be sorted
(see § 660.12(a)(8)). Whenever a new
species is given its own harvest
specification or management measure,
as described in the list above, that
species must then be sorted. For the first
time, blackgill rockfish is given a
species specific harvest guideline for the
area south of 40°10′ N. lat.; therefore,
blackgill rockfish would need to be
sorted in all fisheries, except the Pacific
whiting fishery, beginning in 2013.
Longnose Skate Management Measures
Longnose skate were assessed for the
first time in 2008 and in the 2009–2010
harvest specifications and management
measures longnose skate was removed
from the ‘‘other fish’’ complex and given
its own species specific harvest
specifications. At that time, mortality
estimates from the stock assessment
were below the harvest specifications
and the concern for overfishing was
extremely low so no new management
measures were established. Since
longnose skate is not an IFQ species, the
2011–2012 harvest specifications and
management measures established an
incidental landing limit for the
Shorebased IFQ Program as a
management tool. However, as a
precautionary measure for 2013 and
2014, the Council recommended that
trawl and non-trawl harvest guidelines
be specified for longnose skate.
Therefore, this proposed rule reflects a
fishery harvest guideline for longnose
skate of 1,927.8 mt, of which the trawl
harvest guideline is 90 percent (1,735
mt), and the non-trawl harvest guideline
is 10 percent (192.8 mt) in 2013 and
2014. For vessels using trawl gear,
landing limits for the non-IFQ species,
including longnose skate, are published
in Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South)
to subpart D. Also for 2011–2012,
longnose skate was added to the list of
species for which trip landing and
frequency limits, and size limits could
be implemented or modified routinely
for the Shorebased IFQ Program.
According to West coast groundfish
observer program (WCGOP) data
available at the end of 2011, the
estimates of longnose skate total
mortality in 2009 and 2010 approached
or slightly exceeded the longnose skate
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67988
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
OYs in those years, depending on the
assumptions made about discard
mortality. The assumptions made about
discard mortality of longnose skate have
varied, with 100 percent discard
mortality assumed by WCGOP but the
stock assessment assumed 50 percent
discard mortality. Since the 2008 stock
assessment has been recommended as
the best available science by the SSC,
the SSC has also recommended that the
discard mortality rate that is assumed in
the stock assessment be used by
WCGOP. So, if one were to apply the
best available discard mortality
assumption of 50 percent retroactively,
longnose skate mortality would have
been approximately 88 percent of the
2009 and 2010 OYs. However, the
Council considered that total mortality,
regardless of the assumptions in discard
mortality, has an increasing trend and
recommended that management
measures, including trip limits and
depth-based area restrictions to control
or reduce fishery impacts to longnose
skate be designated as routine for all
fisheries to allow fishery managers to
respond to the best available fishery
data during the year and take action to
make sure that total mortality of
longnose skate does not exceed the
2013–2014 ACLs. Therefore, the Council
recommended and NMFS is proposing
to add longnose skate to the list of
species for which trip landing and
frequency limits, and size limits could
be implemented or modified routinely
for all fisheries.
Lingcod Management Measures
Minimum size limits for lingcod have
been in place since the late 1990s.
Minimum size limits were used as a
rebuilding tool to decrease harvest and
improve stock status after lingcod was
declared overfished in 1999. The
lingcod stock was declared rebuilt in
2005. The Council considered reducing
or removing the minimum size limit for
lingcod in the shorebased IFQ fishery
because all of the catch counts against
a vessel’s IFQ, and fish that are smaller
than the minimum size limit are still
considered marketable but are required
to be discarded. However, the Council’s
Enforcement Consultants (EC)
recommended that if the Council made
changes to lingcod minimum size limits
in the IFQ fishery that they make the
same changes to the non-IFQ fisheries.
Because of the concerns raised by the
EC, the Council recommended no
changes to lingcod size limits for any
commercial or recreational fisheries for
the start of the 2013–2014 biennium.
However, the Council requested
additional analysis of the environmental
effects of reducing or eliminating the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
minimum lingcod size limit for non-IFQ
commercial as well as recreational
fisheries. The Council may use this
analysis in combination with the most
recently available fishery information to
make changes to lingcod minimum size
limits during the biennium. Changes to
lingcod size limits are considered a
routine measure under § 660.60(c) and
may be implemented, if determined
necessary, through inseason action.
Spiny Dogfish Management Measures
Spiny dogfish are a component stock
in the ‘‘other fish’’ complex, and have
species specific trip limits in
commercial groundfish fisheries.
Mortality of spiny dogfish in recent
years has approached, and would have
exceeded in 2008, the 2013–2014 level
of the contribution of this stock to the
‘‘other fish’’ ABC. Therefore, the
Council considered management
measures that could be implemented, if
needed, to decrease catch of spiny
dogfish inseason.
Catch of spiny dogfish in each sector
of the groundfish fishery has been
highly variable, but they are most
commonly encountered by vessels
fishing for groundfish with bottom trawl
gear, midwater trawl gear, or with fixed
gear seaward of the non-trawl RCA (also
referred to as the non-nearshore fishery).
Of these fisheries, two have targeted and
sold spiny dogfish: The bottom trawl
and non-nearshore fixed gear fisheries.
Therefore, if changes to management
measures were necessary to reduce
catch, they would primarily focus on
bottom trawl and non-nearshore fixed
gear fisheries (both limited entry and
open access fixed gear). Based on a
review of catch estimates, landings data,
price per pound, and current fishery
management measures that are likely
affecting the harvest levels of spiny
dogfish, the Council recommended no
changes to fishery management
measures for the start of the biennium,
but noted that adjustments to spiny
dogfish trip limits and changes to RCA
boundaries would be effective tools to
control catch, if needed inseason.
Limited Entry Trawl
Trawl Fishery Management Measures
Amendment 20 established a program
to ‘‘rationalize’’ the groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery. Rationalization
results in a sustainable level of fishing
from both the resource conservation and
economic perspective through the use of
harvest shares and cooperatives. The
program under the PCGFMP uses quota
shares, or catch allocation, to allow
individuals to harvest specific amounts
of groundfish. The trawl rationalization
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
program is intended to increase net
economic benefits, create individual
economic stability, provide full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
consider environmental impacts, and
achieve individual accountability of
catch (retained and discarded).
Since the start of 2011, the limited
entry trawl fishery has been divided
into three distinct sectors (shoreside,
mothership, and catcher/processor). An
individual fishing quota (IFQ) program
is created for the shoreside sector and
harvester cooperatives are created for
the catcher/processor and mothership
sectors. Formal allocations to and
among the trawl sectors to support the
trawl rationalization program are
specified in the PCGFMP and in federal
Pacific coast groundfish regulations at
50 CFR 660, Subparts C and D.
The PCGFMP framework specifies
formal, long term, allocations between
trawl and non-trawl fisheries for many
groundfish species including: lingcod,
Pacific cod, sablefish south of 36° N.
lat., Pacific ocean perch (POP), widow
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead
(north and south of 34°27′ N. lat.),
longspine thornyhead north of 34°27′ N.
lat., darkblotched rockfish, minor slope
rockfish (north and south of 40°10′ N.
lat.), Dover sole, English sole, petrale
sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and other flatfish. Species that
are not formally allocated by the
PCGFMP are addressed through shortterm allocations, decided through the
biennial harvest specifications and
management measure process. Trawl
and non-trawl allocations are
established through the biennial harvest
specifications for canary rockfish,
bocaccio, cowcod, yelloweye rockfish,
and minor shelf rockfish north and
south. In addition to allocations
specified by the PCGFMP and those
mentioned above, trawl and non-trawl
allocations for some additional species
are being specified through the biennial
harvest specifications including: Minor
nearshore rockfish north and south, and
longnose skate. Species being managed
under trip limits and without trawl and
non-trawl allocations are: Shortbelly
rockfish, longspine thornyhead south of
34°27′ N. lat., black rockfish
(Washington-Oregon), California
scorpionfish, cabezon (California only),
kelp greenling, and the ‘‘other fish’’
complex.
Carry-Over
The Shorebased IFQ Program contains
a carryover provision that is specified at
50 CFR part 660.140(e)(5). The carryover
provision allows for two types of
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
carryover. If an individual catches more
fish than is in their corresponding
vessel account, but it is within the 10
percent carryover limit for a deficit,
then this overage in one year can be
covered by the following year’s QP—
called a deficit carryover. Likewise, the
provision also allows up to 10 percent
of QP that were not used in one year to
be carried over into the following year—
called a surplus carryover. Each year
NMFS is required to determine whether
each species can be issued surplus
carryover to individual vessel accounts
within the conservation requirements of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The use of
the deficit carryover provision is the
choice of the vessel account owner and
does not require a direct role for NMFS.
Beginning in 2013, the Council is
recommending a process in which the
Council (rather than NMFS) would
review in the first instance the eligible
surplus carry-over amounts from the
previous year, projected mortality for
the current year, and available AMs to
determine whether issuing the eligible
surplus carry-over QPs would likely
result in exceeding an ACL. If a concern
is identified, the Council would make
recommendations to NMFS to reduce or
eliminate the surplus carryover for the
species in question for that year. The
ability to modify the surplus carry-over
percentages through routine inseason
action is different from the No Action
option where adjustments are made by
NMFS under MSA authority or by the
Council through the biennial cycle.
Considering the amount of surplus
carryover as an inseason action would
increase the Council’s involvement.
NMFS is proposing that the percentage
of surplus carryover may be modified as
a routine action, though the percentage
may not exceed 10 percent.
As an example of how the process
might work, the Council would review
the preliminary data available from the
previous year beginning in the spring
and could make recommendations to
NMFS after any Council meeting, but
likely after the March or April meeting.
The Council could recommend the
surplus carryover limit be adjusted
through an inseason action published in
the Federal Register to a percentage
lower than 10 percent for any individual
IFQ species or all IFQ species (the
deficit carryover limit would remain at
10 percent). If surplus carryover is not
issued for any species (i.e., 0 percent),
that would be included in the Federal
Register notice.
Surplus carryover credits would
function differently than increases to
sector allocations. Increases in sector
allocations (e.g., allocation top-ups,
reapportionment of whiting, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
flexibility of deductions from the ACL),
would be added to the shorebased trawl
allocation, added to the QS
accumulation limits and vessel limits
calculations, and allocated to QS
accounts. However, the surplus
carryover credit to the shorebased sector
would not be added to the shorebased
trawl allocation, and would not be
added to the vessel accumulation limit
calculation. Rather, NMFS would credit
the amount directly to vessel accounts.
NMFS is also proposing that issuance
of surplus carryover to vessel accounts
will be restricted by the vessel limits
(annual and daily limits). Annual and
daily vessel limits are set at a
percentage. Any increase to the sector
allocation during the calendar year, due
to adjustments in the non-tribal
deductions from the ACL, allocation
top-ups in the spring, and whiting
reapportionment in the fall, would
increase the associated QP amount for
those daily and annual vessel limits (as
well as the QS accumulation limits).
Before any credit of surplus carryover
QP to vessel accounts, fishermen may
want to estimate their surplus carryover
and then look at their vessel account
balances to determine whether they
would be able to accept their entire
surplus carryover credit. Fishermen may
be faced with fluctuating surplus
carryover limits if the percentage is
changed inseason. Fishermen may also
face fluctuating vessel limits caused by
increasing allocations.
To ensure that issuance of surplus
carryover would not cause overfishing,
and would be extremely unlikely to
exceed an ACL, the Council also
recommended modifying the regulations
to allow the Shorebased IFQ Program to
be closed automatically. However,
NMFS already has the authority in
current regulations § 660.140(a)(3) to
close all or part of the Shorebased IFQ
Program. Therefore, NMFS is not
proposing to add an automatic action to
close the Shorebased IFQ Program.
Incidental Trip Limits for IFQ Vessels
For vessels fishing IFQ, with either
groundfish trawl gear or non-trawl
gears, the following incidentally caught
species are managed with trip limits:
Minor nearshore rockfish north and
south, black rockfish, cabezon (46°16′ to
42° N. lat. and south of 42° N. lat.),
spiny dogfish, shortbelly rockfish,
Pacific whiting, and the ‘‘other fish’’
category. If determined necessary, trip
limits may also be established for
longnose skate, California scorpionfish,
and as sub-limits within the other fish
category, big skate, California skate,
leopard skate, soupfin shark, finescale
codling, Pacific rattail, kelp greenling,
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67989
and cabezon off Washington. No
changes to trip limits in the IFQ fishery
are proposed for the start of the 2013–
2014 biennium; however, changes to
trip limits are considered a routine
measure under § 660.60(c) and may be
implemented, if determined necessary,
through inseason action.
RCA Configurations for Vessels Using
Groundfish Trawl Gear
Based on analysis of West Coast
Groundfish Observer Data and vessel
logbook data, the boundaries of the
RCAs were developed to prohibit
groundfish fishing within a range of
depths where encounters with
overfished species were most likely to
occur. The RCAs boundaries vary by
season, latitude, and gear group.
Boundaries for limited entry trawl
vessels are different from those for the
limited entry fixed-gear and open access
gears. The trawl RCAs apply to vessels
fishing with groundfish trawl gear. The
non-trawl RCAs apply to the limited
entry fixed-gear and open access gears
other than non-groundfish trawl. The
non-groundfish trawl RCAs are defined
by fishery.
Under Amendment 20 to the
PCGFMP, quota pounds associated with
a limited entry trawl permit may be
harvested with either trawl gear or legal
fixed gear. Groundfish regulations
specify both trawl and non-trawl RCAs.
The type of gear employed determines
the RCA structure. As such, vessels that
harvest IFQ species with groundfish
trawl gear will be held to the trawl RCA
while vessels that harvest IFQ species
with fixed gear will be held to the nontrawl RCA.
No changes to the 2012 trawl RCA
boundaries are proposed for the start of
the 2013–2014 biennium. As the IFQ
fishery proceeds and if catch data
supports reconsideration of the RCAs,
the Council could revise the RCA
boundaries through inseason measures.
Changes to Lingcod QP and QS
Accumulation Limits
Because of the geographic split for
lingcod at 40°10′ N. lat., changes to the
tables that describe the QS control
limits at § 660.140(d)(4)(i)(C) and the QP
vessel limits at § 660.140(e)(4)(i) are
proposed in this rule. Consistent with
current regulations the QS control limit
percent is equally split between north
and south and the percentages remain
the same, i.e. the previous limit was 2.5
percent coastwide and this rule
proposes a 2.5 percent limit north and
a 2.5 percent limit south of 40°10′ N. lat.
QP vessel use limits proposed in this
rule are 5.3 percent north of 40°10′ N.
lat. and 13.3 percent south of 40°10′ N.
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67990
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
lat. The changes would provide vessels
an opportunity to harvest the same
amount of lingcod north and south of
40°10′ N. lat. that would have been
available had the coastwide lingcod
quota not been split. It was noted at the
Council’s June meeting that the QS
accumulation limits may also need to be
revisited in light of the change in the
geographic split being proposed for
lingcod; however, NMFS is not
proposing changes to QS accumulation
limits at this time. Likewise, the
aggregate non-whiting groundfish
species QS accumulation limit and QP
vessel limits may also need to be
revisited in light of the change in the
geographic split being proposed for
lingcod; however, NMFS is not
proposing changes at this time.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Limited-Entry Fixed Gear and Open
Access Non-Trawl Fishery Management
Measures
Management measures for the limited
entry fixed gear (LEFG) and open access
non-trawl fisheries tend to be similar
because the majority of participants in
both fisheries use hook-and-line gear.
Management measures, including area
restrictions and trip limits, in these nontrawl fisheries are generally designed to
allow harvest of target species while
keeping catch of overfished species low.
For 2013–2014, changes to management
measures in these fisheries are primarily
driven by the lower sablefish ACL for
the area north of 36° N. lat. The Council
also considered the tradeoffs in area
restrictions compared to trip limit
restrictions for the non-trawl fishery
that is prosecuted shoreward of the nontrawl RCA.
Non-Trawl RCAs
The non-trawl RCA applies to vessels
that take, retain, possess, or land
groundfish using non-trawl gears, unless
they are incidental fisheries that are
exempt from the non-trawl RCA (e.g. the
pink shrimp non-groundfish trawl
fishery). The seaward and shoreward
boundaries of the non-trawl RCAs vary
along the coast, and are divided at
various commonly used geographic
coordinates, defined in § 660.11, subpart
C. In 2009, the shoreward boundary of
the non-trawl RCA was established
based on fishery information indicating
that fishing in some areas in the nontrawl fishery have higher yelloweye
rockfish bycatch than in others, and the
RCA boundaries were adjusted to
reduce mortality of yelloweye rockfish
in these areas.
The non-trawl RCA boundaries
proposed for 2013–2014 are the same as
those in place for the non-trawl fisheries
in 2011–2012, except for the shoreward
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
boundary of the non-trawl RCA off a
small part of the southern Oregon coast.
The shoreward boundary of the nontrawl RCA, between 43° N. lat.
(Columbia/Eureka line) and 42° N. lat.
(Oregon/California border), is proposed
to be shifted seaward, to open some
additional areas to fishing close to
shore. Under the final preferred
allocations for canary and yelloweye
rockfish for 2013–2014, bycatch species
that limit access to targeted nearshore
stocks, and with the trip limits for
nearshore species that were in place
during 2011–2012 remaining the same,
some additional fishing opportunities
can be provided while keeping
anticipated mortality of canary and
yelloweye rockfish below the nearshore
fishery allocations. Therefore, the
Council recommended and NMFS is
proposing to shift the shoreward
boundary of the non-trawl RCA,
between 43° N. lat. and 42° N. lat., from
the line approximating the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour to the line approximating
the 30 fm (55 m) depth contour. These
boundary lines are defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates found at
§ 660.71, subpart C. The change to the
non-trawl RCA boundary in this area
opens fishing areas that have been
closed since 2009, and may increase
fishing efficiency and reduce gear
conflicts by spreading the nearshore
fleet over a larger fishing area. Opening
this area is anticipated to increase
overall landings of both target and
bycatch species, but mortality is
anticipated to be below the allocations
or harvest limits for all species.
Non-Trawl Fishery Trip Limits
Trip limits proposed for the non-trawl
fisheries in 2013–2014 are similar to
those that applied to these fisheries in
2011–2012 with the exception of the
addition of species-specific limits for
blackgill rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.
To help achieve but not exceed the
allocations of sablefish in the limited
entry fixed gear and open access
fisheries, proposed trip limits for
sablefish in these fisheries are different
between 2013 and 2014, with slightly
higher limits in 2014 because of the
higher sablefish ACL. Proposed 2013
and 2014 trip limits for sablefish in the
non-trawl fisheries are specified in
Table 2 (North), Table 2 (South) to
subpart E and in Table 3 (North) and
Table 3 (South) to subpart F.
Blackgill rockfish is a species in the
slope rockfish complex, coastwide, and
was assessed in 2011. For 2013–2014,
blackgill rockfish will have speciesspecific harvest guidelines for the area
south of 40°10′ N. lat. of 106 mt and 110
mt for 2013 and 2014, respectively. To
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
improve inseason tracking of catch and
keep anticipated catch of blackgill
rockfish within its harvest guideline,
species specific sub-limits are proposed
for the non-IFQ fisheries. For the
limited entry fixed gear fishery south of
40°10′ N. lat., a species-specific sublimit is established, within the minor
slope rockfish limit, for blackgill
rockfish of 1,375 lb (653 kg) per two
months. For the open access fishery
south of 40°10′ N. lat., a species-specific
sub-limit is established, within the
minor slope rockfish limit, for blackgill
rockfish of 480 lb (217 kg) per two
months. These trip limits, when
combined with anticipated catch of
blackgill rockfish in the Shorebased IFQ
Program, are anticipated to keep catch
below the 2013 and 2014 harvest
guidelines. For the Shorebased IFQ
Program, blackgill rockfish will remain
a part of the minor slope rockfish south
of 40°10′ N. lat. complex.
Primary Sablefish Fishery Tier Limits
Some limited entry fixed gear permits
are endorsed to receive annual sablefish
quota, or ‘‘tier limits,’’ and vessels
registered with one, two, or up to three
of these permits may participate in the
primary sablefish fishery, described at
§ 660.231. Tier limits proposed for the
limited entry fixed gear primary
sablefish fleet are lower than in 2011–
2012, reflecting the lower sablefish
harvest specifications for 2013 and
2014. The proposed tier limits are as
follows: In 2013, Tier 1 at 34,513 lb
(15,665 kg), Tier 2 at 15,688 lb (7,116
kg), and Tier 3 at 8,964 lb (4,066 kg). For
2014, Tier 1 at 37,441 lb (16,983 kg),
Tier 2 at 17,019 lb (7,720 kg), and Tier
3 at 9,725 lb (4,411 kg). These tier limits
are found in groundfish regulations at
§ 660.231, Subpart E.
Management measures for the LEFG
fishery are found at § 660.230, subpart
E, with management measures specific
to the primary sablefish season found at
§ 660.231, subpart E. Limited entry fixed
gear trip limits are found in Table 2
(North) and Table 2 (South) of subpart
E of part 660. Management measures for
the open access fishery are found at
§ 660.330, subpart F. Trip limits for the
open access fishery are found in Table
3 (North) and Table 3 (South) of subpart
F of part 660.
Transitioning Between the Limited
Entry Fixed Gear Primary Sablefish
Fishery and the Daily Trip Limit (DTL)
Fishery
After vessels participating in the
limited entry fixed gear primary
sablefish fishery have fished their tier
limit(s), they are then eligible to fish in
the sablefish fishery that is subject to
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
trip limits, also known as the daily trip
limit (DTL) fishery. Prior to 2009, the
threshold by which it was determined
when a vessel’s primary fishery season
was completed was equal to the daily
trip limit in place for the limited entry
fixed gear DTL fishery. In 2009, the
daily trip limit in the limit entry fixed
gear DTL fishery was removed. Removal
of the daily limit in the limited entry
fixed gear DTL fishery incidentally also
changed the threshold by which
completion of the vessels tier was
judged, to the weekly rather than daily
limit that was in place. Therefore,
language is added to remedy the
unintended threshold change that was
made because of removal of the daily
limit. Proposed revised regulations set a
300 lb (136 kg) threshold for the amount
of sablefish that is left on a tier limit
when no daily limit is specified.
Recreational Fisheries Management
Measures
Recreational fisheries management
measures are designed to limit catch of
overfished and nearshore species to
sustainable levels while also allowing
viable fishing seasons. Overfished
species that are taken in recreational
fisheries include bocaccio, cowcod,
canary, and yelloweye rockfish. Because
sport fisheries are more concentrated in
nearshore waters, the 2013–2014
recreational fishery management
measures are intended to constrain
catch of nearshore species such as
minor nearshore rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish, and cabezon.
These protections are particularly
important for fisheries off California,
where the majority of West Coast
recreational fishing occurs. Management
measures for the California recreational
groundfish fishery are designed to
reduce the incidental catch of
overfished rockfish, primarily yelloweye
and canary rockfish, while providing
fishing opportunity for anglers targeting
groundfish. Depth restrictions and RCAs
are the primary tools used to keep
overfished species impacts under the
prescribed harvest levels for the
California recreational fishery.
Washington, Oregon, and California
each proposed, and the Council
recommended, different combinations
of seasons, bag limits, area closures, and
size limits, to best fit the requirements
to rebuild overfished species found in
their regions, and the needs and
constraints of their particular
recreational fisheries, including
responding to a very strong recruitment
event of bocaccio.
Recreational fisheries management
measures for Oregon in 2013–2014 are
proposed to be very similar to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
recreational fishery management
measures that were in place off Oregon
during 2011–2012. Recreational
fisheries off northern California, Oregon,
and Washington are limited by the need
to reduce yelloweye rockfish impacts.
Changes to recreational fishery
management measures off California are
in response to: New methods for
estimating harvest specifications for
data limited species; recent stock
assessment information indicating a
very strong recruitment of juvenile
bocaccio rockfish in California; and the
desire to broadly redistribute effort
displaced by restrictions on fishing in
Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in state
waters.
Washington
Off Washington, recreational fishing
for groundfish and Pacific halibut will
continue to be prohibited inside the
North Coast Recreational YRCA, a Cshaped closed area off the northern
Washington coast, the South Coast
Recreational YRCA, and the Westport
Offshore YRCA. Coordinates for YRCAs
are defined at § 660.70. The RCA for
recreational fishing off Washington will
be the same as in 2012. The aggregate
groundfish bag limits off Washington
will continue to be 12 fish. The rockfish
and lingcod sub-limits will remain the
same as in 2011–2012: 10 rockfish sublimit with no retention of canary or
yelloweye rockfish; 2 lingcod sub-limit,
with the lingcod minimum size of 22
inches (56 cm). Since catches of cabezon
have increased in recent years and the
stock status of cabezon off the
Washington coast is unknown, and to
make cabezon retention regulations off
the West Coast consistent with WDFW
regulations in Puget Sound, this rule
continues a cabezon sub-limit for 2013–
2014 of two cabezon per day. The
lingcod seasons in 2013–2014 will be
slightly changed from those in 2011–
2012, due to minor fluctuations in
differences between calendar years.
Similar to 2012, this proposed rule
includes a Washington State lingcod
recreational fishing closure area off
Washington Marine areas 1 and 2, a
portion of which are closed to lingcod
fishing, except on days that the primary
halibut fishery is open.
Oregon
Off Oregon, recreational fishing for
groundfish in 2013–2014 will have the
same management measures as in 2011–
2012, and the Oregon recreational
fishery marine fish bag limit will
continue to have a seasonal sub-bag
limit for cabezon, as described at
§ 660.360(c)(2)(iii). The seasonal sub-bag
limit for cabezon is intended to reduce
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67991
the projected impacts to cabezon in the
Oregon recreational ocean boat fishery
in order to stay within the recreational
portion of the 2013 and 2014 cabezon
ACLs for Oregon of 50 mt and 48 mt,
respectively.
California
For 2013–2014, recreational fisheries
off California will continue to be
managed as five separate areas, to
reduce complexity while retaining
flexibility in minimizing impacts on
overfished stocks. California
recreational management areas and
regulations can be found at
§ 660.350(c)(3). Minor changes are
proposed to the California recreational
regulations to make references to
management areas consistent.
California updated its recreational
fisheries catch model with data from the
California Recreational Fisheries Survey
to make recommendations to the
Council for the 2013–2014 fisheries.
Season and area closures differ between
California regions to better prevent
incidental catch of overfished species
according to where those species occur
and where fishing effort is greatest,
while providing as much fishing
opportunity as possible. The Californiawide combined bag limit for the
Rockfish-Cabezon-Greenling (RCG)
Complex will continue to be 10 fish per
day when the season is open. RCG
Complex sub-bag limits will also remain
largely the same, including the cabezon
statewide limit of three fish per day,
with a few exceptions pertaining to kelp
greenling and bocaccio.
Kelp greenling in California is
managed as part of the Other Fish
complex, while its harvest
specifications contribute to the complex
as a whole. The ACL contribution for
kelp greenling was substantially
increased in 2011–12 based on new
methods for estimating harvest
specifications for data limited species.
However, more conservative state
regulations including a total allowable
catch (TAC) of 17 mt currently govern
the catch of kelp greenling in California.
A revised kelp greenling contribution to
the other fish complex was analyzed
and adopted for use in management in
2011–2012 (2011–2012 FEIS), and the
kelp greenling contribution to the Other
Fish complex increased for 2013–2014.
In order to conform to the higher federal
ACL contribution, California State will
be implementing a higher recreational
kelp greenling bag limit and increasing
from two fish to 10 fish. No changes to
the minimum size limit are proposed.
No additional impacts are expected on
overfished species compared to 2011–
2012, because kelp greenling are
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
67992
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
commonly encountered in shallower
depths and more than 50 percent of the
catch comes from shore anglers.
Increased mortality as a result of this
action could be accommodated with low
risk of exceeding a harvest guideline,
specifically, the kelp greenling
contribution to the complex.
There is a very strong year class of
bocaccio entering the recreational
fishery, as evidenced from the updated
2011 stock assessment, and increased
encounters of bocaccio entering the
fishery in 2012. In order to reduce
unnecessary discarding as a result of
increased encounters with the new yearclass entrants, the changes to California
recreational bocaccio management
measures being proposed are to: Remove
the recreational bocaccio size limit;
increase the recreational bag limit for
bocaccio; and allow shelf rockfish
retention in the Cowcod Conservation
Area, excluding bronzespotted, canary,
cowcod and yelloweye rockfish, from 0–
20 fathoms when the season is open to
fishing.
Bocaccio are the only rockfish subject
to a recreational size limit (10 inches),
which was initially implemented in
2000. Since 2000, managers have
additional data, which suggests that the
size limit has been ineffective in
reducing mortality. Bocaccio has shown
steady progress toward rebuilding under
the current rebuilding plan, and
application of the constant harvest rate
in the current rebuilding plan
corresponds with an ACL for 2013–2014
that is larger than the ACL in recent
years. Length data from the California
Recreational Fisheries Survey (CRFS)
from 2005 to 2010 was used to analyze
the projected mortality of bocaccio as a
result of removing the recreational size
limit, which is only expected to increase
total bocaccio mortality by 0.36 percent
(0.2 mt), and the projected subsequent
mortality can be accommodated within
the higher proposed 2013–2014 ACLs
and HGs. Under this proposed rule,
recreational anglers will be allowed to
retain all bocaccio, regardless of size,
while abiding by current depth and
season restrictions. This action will
reduce regulatory complexity for a
fishery that already has many
regulations; the overall mortality of
bocaccio is expected to be minimal, and
no additional mortality of overfished
species is expected.
There will also be an increase in the
recreational bag limit for bocaccio in
this proposed rule. The bocaccio
recreational HGs are higher in 2013–
2014 (163.5 mt and 172.5 mt,
respectively) than in 2012 (131 mt).
Currently for 2012, recreational anglers
are allowed two bocaccio within a 10
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
fish Rockfish, Cabezon, Greenling (RCG)
complex bag limit. Because bocaccio
have a high susceptibility to barotrauma
in depths of 40 fathoms or greater,
anglers are often required to discard and
therefore fish longer to achieve their 10
fish bag limit, which in turn can have
the undesired effect of increasing the
likelihood of encounters with
overfished species. Bocaccio mortality is
expected to increase by 11.5 percent (5.8
mt) as a result of the increase in the subbag limit. Given the large magnitude of
the buffer between projected mortality
and the recreational allocation, the HG
is not likely to be exceeded.
This proposed rule would allow shelf
rockfish retention in the Cowcod
Conservation Area, excluding
bronzespotted, canary, cowcod, and
yelloweye rockfish, from 0–20 fathoms
when the season is open to fishing.
Bocaccio, an overfished and desirable
recreational species, could be retained
under this option. Incidental catch of
cowcod in the area south of 34°27’ north
latitude continues to be restricted by the
CCAs. In 2010, the state of California
implemented marine protected areas in
state waters between Point Conception
to U.S. Mexico border, including state
waters adjacent to offshore islands and
rocks. The best available scientific
information on depth distributions of
cowcod indicates that adults primarily
inhabit depths deeper than 60 fm (110
m). The California Recreational
Fisheries Survey (CRFS) is used to
estimate total marine recreational catch
and effort in California. CRFS sample
data from 2005 through 2010 indicating
encounters of nearshore and shelf
rockfish species, stratified by depth and
area were used to analyze rockfish
catch. These data were used to: Evaluate
current fishing activity in depths greater
than 20 fathoms or less; to evaluate
mortality of shelf rockfish; and evaluate
the mortality of overfished species as a
result of allowing retention of shelf
rockfish in the CCA. Allowing retention
in this area may reduce the overall
bycatch of shelf rockfish, since fish
previously discarded would likely be
retained, and effort on-the-grounds
could be reduced. However, public
comments submitted to the National
Marine Fisheries Service on the 2011–
12 FEIS indicate that some increase in
revenue could occur as a result of
allowing shelf rockfish retention within
the CCA. The extent to which this
increase in revenue may increase or
reduce the amount of effort is currently
unknown. Some increase to bocaccio
mortality would be expected as a result
of allowing shelf rockfish retention
inside 20 fathoms, but overall projected
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mortality will not change compared to
2011–2012. Any increase in mortality as
a result of the strong incoming year
class entering the recreational fishery
could still be accommodated without
exceeding the recreational HG, and
especially, the ACL. No changes to
projected mortality of cowcod are
expected to occur compared to 2011–
2012 under this rule. Additionally,
increased shoreside sampling landings
estimates resulting from increased subbag limits are likely to reduce
uncertainty associated with angler
identification, allowing retention of
species that otherwise may have been
discarded, allowing for further species
verification by CRFS dockside samplers.
The preferred recreational depth
restriction in the Southern Management
Area is 50 fathoms for 2013–2014, a
change from 60 fathoms in 2011–2012.
Tradeoffs between depth restrictions in
the Southern Management Area were
explored to reduce cowcod encounters.
Submersible surveys at the Northern
end of the Southern California Bight
indicate that juvenile cowcod were most
common from 49 fm to 82 fm and adults
were most common from 66 fm to 115
fm. The projected mortality under the
50 fm depth option includes a decrease
of 0.9 mt for bocaccio, 0.1 mt for canary
rockfish, and 0.1 mt of cowcod
compared to the No Action alternative
of a 60 fm depth restriction, due to the
reduction of available fishing area. If
cowcod encounters are tracking higher
or lower than projected, inseason action
could be taken to modify the depth
restrictions accordingly.
Management measures for
recreational fisheries off all three West
Coast states are found at § 660.360,
subpart G.
Pacific Coast Treaty Indian fisheries
Management Measures
Tribes implement management
measures for tribal fisheries both
separately and cooperatively with those
management measures that are
described in the Federal regulations.
The tribes may adjust their tribal fishery
management measures, inseason, to stay
within the overall harvest targets and
estimated impacts to overfished species.
Trip limits are the primary management
measure that the tribes specify in
Federal regulations at § 660.50, subpart
C.
Continued from 2011–2012, the tribes
propose trip limit management in tribal
fisheries during 2013–2014 for several
species including: Spiny dogfish;
several rockfish species and species
groups, including thornyheads; and
flatfish species and species groups. For
spiny dogfish, tribal fisheries in 2013–
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
2014 will continue to be restricted to a
cumulative limit of ‘‘60,000 lbs (27,216
kg) per two month period;’’ the same
trip limit that is in place for vessels
fishing in the Shorebased IFQ Program.
For rockfish species, tribal regulations
will continue to require the 2013–2014
tribal fisheries to fully retain all
overfished rockfish species and
marketable non-overfished rockfish
species. Tribal fisheries are restricted to
‘‘17,000 lbs (7,711 kg) per two month
period’’ for shortspine thornyheads and
‘‘22,000 lbs (9,979 kg) per two month
period’’ for longspine thornyheads. As
in 2011–2012, other rockfish, including
minor nearshore, shelf, and slope
rockfish, are restricted to a ‘‘300 lb (136
kg) per trip’’ limit for each species group
in 2013–2014. Also, as in 2011–2012,
rockfish would be restricted to the
limited entry trip limits if those limits
are higher than 300 lb (136 kg) per trip.
For 2013–2014, a new, higher, trip limit
is established for redstripe rockfish
(Sebastes proriger). Redstripe rockfish is
a species in the minor shelf rockfish
complex and makes a relatively large
contribution to the stock complex OFL.
In recent years, large schools of
redstripe rockfish have been
encountered in the tribal midwater
trawl fishery, and allowing these fish to
be landed is not anticipated to have
mortality exceed the OFL contribution.
As in 2011–2012, tribal midwater trawl
fisheries in 2013–2014 are subject to a
cumulative limit for yellowtail rockfish
of 180,000 lb (81,647 kg) per two
months and the landings of widow
rockfish must not exceed 10 percent of
the cumulative poundage of yellowtail
rockfish landed by a given vessel for the
year. As in 2011–2012, trip limits for
canary rockfish and yelloweye rockfish
in 2013–2014 are ‘‘300 lb (136-kg) per
trip’’ and ‘‘100 lbs (45 kg) per trip’’,
respectively. The tribes will continue to
develop management measures,
including depth, area, and time
restrictions, in the directed tribal Pacific
halibut fishery in order to minimize
incidental catch of yelloweye rockfish.
Tribal cumulative limits for most
flatfish species in 2013–2014 are the
same as those that were in place in
2011–2012. As in 2011–2012, the 2013–
2014 tribal cumulative limits are
‘‘110,000 lbs (49,895 kg) per two
months’’ for Dover sole, English sole,
and Other Flatfish, combined; and
‘‘150,000 lbs (68,039 kg) per two
months’’ for arrowtooth flounder. For
2013–2014, the ‘‘50,000 lb (22,680 kg)
per two months’’ tribal cumulative limit
for petrale sole is removed and replaced
with an overall harvest target of 220 mt.
Catches of petrale sole in the tribal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
bottom trawl fishery during 2012 was
higher than anticipated. This restructured management measure is
intended to allow the tribes to modify
their fishery management measures to
control catch of petrale sole without the
need for conforming Federal action.
Tribal fishing regulations, as
recommended by the tribes and the
Council, and adopted by NMFS, are in
Federal regulations at § 660.50, subpart
C.
Housekeeping Measures
Several non-substantive revisions are
made to regulations to improve
consistency, remove unnecessary
redundancies, remove subpart
references, group similar regulations,
and to add clarifying cross-references.
At § 660.11, paragraph (1) of the
definition for ‘‘Conservation area(s)’’ is
revised so the description of the
purpose of the Groundfish Conservation
Areas (GCAs) is consistent with the
description of the uses for invoking
these GCAs at § 660.60(c)(3). The
revision to the definition of
‘‘Conservation area(s)’’ does not change
how or why GCAs are used, but simply
brings consistency between the language
describing the uses in two different
sections of the groundfish regulations.
The definition of ‘‘Fishery harvest
guideline’’ at § 660.11 is revised to
clarify that all anticipated catch in tribal
fisheries, not just those species for
which the tribes have a formal
allocation, is deducted from the ACL.
The same non-substantive changes are
made at § 660.55(b) to the description of
how the fishery harvest guideline is
calculated.
Prior to 2011, groundfish fishing
regulations that pertained to tribal
fisheries were contained in two separate
sections: § 660.324 ‘‘Pacific Coast Treaty
Indian Fisheries’’; and § 660.385
‘‘Washington Coastal Tribal Fisheries
Management Measures’’. During 2011,
groundfish regulations were reorganized and these two sections of
tribal groundfish regulations were
combined into a single section at
§ 660.55. Combining the two sections
without revisions has caused some
confusing inconsistencies,
redundancies, and disorganization
within § 660.55. The two different
naming conventions for the sections
remain in regulation even though they
have identical meanings. NMFS
proposes to eliminate the naming
convention that is used least frequently
in the groundfish regulations in part
660, subparts C through G, and revise
the regulations at § 660.55 to refer to the
tribal fisheries as ‘‘Pacific Coast Treaty
Indian Fisheries.’’ NMFS also proposes
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67993
to separate information on overall tribal
catch levels, such as allocations, harvest
guidelines and set-asides and bring
them together at § 660.55(f). NMFS is
also proposing to separate information
regarding how tribal fisheries will be
managed to achieve but not exceed their
overall catch levels and bring them
together at § 660.55(g). No substantive
changes are made to regulations with
these changes, unless described above
under ‘‘Pacific Coast Treaty Indian
Fisheries’’; provisions are merely being
moved from other paragraphs of
§ 660.55 in order to group similar types
of information.
Also in § 660.55, trip limits for
rockfish in tribal fisheries at
§ 660.55(g)(6) have been described since
2005 as 300 lb per trip, or equal to the
non-tribal limited entry fishery trip
limit for those species, if that limit is
less restrictive than 300 lb per trip. The
reference to limited entry fishery trip
limits intentionally did not distinguish
between limited entry trawl and limited
entry fixed gear fisheries; tribal trip
limits could be raised as high as the
highest trip limit in either limited entry
fishery. However, beginning in 2011,
some of the rockfish species or species
groups for which this trip limit
provision applied were made IFQ
species in the Shorebased IFQ Program
and no longer have limited entry trawl
fishery trip limits: They are now
managed with IFQ. Therefore, a
clarification is proposed at
§ 660.55(g)(6) to distinguish that, for IFQ
species and species groups, only the trip
limits imposed for the limited entry
fixed gear fishery would be applicable
since trip limits for IFQ species are no
longer specified for the limited entry
trawl fishery.
In § 660.60, newly redesignated
paragraph (c)(3)(i) is revised to clarify
that depth-based area restrictions may
be implemented, either automatically or
as an inseason action, in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fishery. This brings
consistency with existing regulations at
§ 660.150(c)(2)(i)(B)(3) and
§ 660.160(c)(3)(iii).
Several sections of the groundfish
regulations are composed of long lists of
latitude and longitude coordinates that
are used to define groundfish
conservation areas and areas designated
as essential fish habitat. In § 660.72(j)
there is a list of 256 subparagraphs, and
they all appear in the appropriate order.
However, there is a mistake in the
paragraph designation at (j)(247), where
an extra digit was added to the
paragraph number and it appears in the
CFR as (j)(2475). Since the content and
the location of the paragraph are correct,
it is apparent that the paragraph should
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
67994
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
have been (j)(247). Therefore, the
paragraph is redesignated so that the
extra digit is removed. This will reduce
confusion that may be caused by the
incorrect paragraph designation that is
currently in the CFR.
On May 15, 2012, NMFS published a
final rule to establish a process to
reapportion Pacific whiting (77 FR
28497) at § 660.131(h). In the
regulations that describe QP allocations
for Pacific whiting, a new paragraph is
added at § 660.140(d)(1)(ii)(B)(4) so that
reapportionment of Pacific whiting is
included as one of the ways that
additional QP may be issued to QS
accounts. The added paragraph does not
change how or why reapportionment of
Pacific whiting may occur, but simply
brings consistency between the language
describing the process in two different
sections of the groundfish regulations.
NMFS also proposes clarifying
language in surplus carryover
regulations at § 660.140(e)(5)(i), which
state that additional surplus carryover
QP or IBQ pounds will not be issued by
NMFS above the vessel limits. This
reiterates existing regulations at
§ 660.140(b)(1)(v) and does not change
the effect or impact of the existing
regulations. Also at § 660.140(e)(5)(i),
NMFS proposes clarifying language
stating that surplus QP or IBQ pounds
are not included as part of the
shorebased trawl allocation.
Classification
At this time, NMFS has made a
preliminary determination that the
2013–2014 groundfish harvest
specifications and management
measures in this proposed rule are
consistent with PCGFMP, the MSA, and
other applicable law. In making its final
determination, NMFS will take into
account the complete record, including
the data, views, and comments received
during the comment period.
A DEIS was prepared for the 2013–
2014 groundfish harvest specifications
and management measures. The DEIS
includes socio-economic information
that was used to prepare the RIR and
IRFA. The Environmental Protection
Agency published a notice of
availability for the draft EIS on June 15,
2012 (77 FR 35961). A copy of the DEIS
is available online at https://www.
pcouncil.org/.
An initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (IRFA) was prepared, as
required by section 603 of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The
IRFA describes the economic impact
this proposed rule, if adopted, would
have on small entities. A description of
the action, why it is being considered,
and the legal basis for this action are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
contained at the beginning of this
section in the preamble and in the
SUMMARY section of the preamble. A
copy of the IRFA is available from
NMFS (see ADDRESSES). A summary of
the analysis follows: The RIR/IRFA
summarizes the key indicators and
analyses used in the DEIS to compare
the alternatives. Among other things,
the DEIS discusses the impacts of the
alternatives on commercial fishermen,
the processors, recreational fishermen
and businesses, and fishing
communities.
The reasons for why agency action is
being considered and the statement of
objectives and legal basis for the
proposed rule are discussed above in
the SUMMARY and in the Executive
Summary. The number of small entities
that are affected is discussed below
along with the other IRFA requirements.
The analysis below suggests that there
are approximately 1,900 small entities
involved in the fishery.
This proposed rule will regulate
businesses that harvest groundfish. This
rule directly affects limited entry fixed
gear permit holders, trawl quota share
and whiting catch history endorsed
permit holders (which includes
shorebased whiting processors), tribal
vessels, charterboat vessels, and open
access vessels. Quota share holders are
directly affected because the amount of
quota pounds they receive based on
their quota shares are affected by the
ACLs. Vessels that fish under the trawl
rationalization program receive their
quota pounds from the quota share
holders, and thus are indirectly affected
if they only own vessel accounts rather
than quota shares. Similarly,
Mothership processors are indirectly
affected as they receive the fish they
process from limited entry permits that
are endorsed with whiting catch history
assignments. According to the Small
Business Administration, a small
commercial harvesting business is one
that has annual receipts under $4.0
million, a small charter boat business is
one that has annual receipts under $7
million, and a small processor is one
that employs 500 employees or fewer.
To determine the number of small
entities potentially affected by this rule,
NMFS reviewed analyses of fish ticket
data and limited entry permit data, the
DEIS associated with this rulemaking,
which includes information on
charterboat, tribal, and open access
fleets, available cost-earnings data
developed by NWFSC, and responses
associated with the permitting process
for the Trawl rationalization program
where applicants were asked if they
considered themselves a small business
based on SBA definitions. This
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposed rule would regulate
businesses that harvest groundfish.
NMFS makes the following
conclusions based primarily on analyses
associated with fish ticket data and
limited entry permit data, available
employment data provided by
processors, information on the
charterboat and tribal fleets, available
industry responses to on-going surveys
on ownership, current permit
information, and the EIS associated with
this rule making. As part of the
permitting process for the Trawl
rationalization program, applicants were
asked if they considered themselves a
small business. Quota shares were
initially allocated to 166 limited entry
trawl permit holders (permits held by
catcher processors did not receive QS,
while one limited entry trawl permit did
not apply to receive QS) and to 10
whiting processors. Thirty-six limited
entry permits also have MS/CV
endorsements and catch history
assignments. Because many of these
permits were owned by the same entity,
these initial allocations were
consolidated into 138 quota share
permits/accounts. Of the 166 limited
entry permits that received quota share,
25 limited entry trawl permits are either
owned or closely associated with a
‘‘large’’ shorebased processing company
or with a non-profit organization who
considers itself a ‘‘large’’ organization.
Nine other permit owners indicated that
they were ‘‘large’’ companies. Almost all
of these large companies are associated
with the shorebased and mothership
whiting fisheries. The remaining 132
limited entry trawl permits are likely
held by ‘‘small’’ companies. Of the 10
shorebased processing companies
(whiting first receivers/processors) that
received whiting QS, three are ‘‘small’’
entities.
There are 222 fixed gear limited entry
permits with 164 of these permits
endorsed for sablefish. Currently 105 of
these sablefish permits are stacked onto
42 vessels. Open access vessels are not
federally permitted so counts based on
landings can provide an estimate of the
fleet. In 2011, 682 directed open access
vessels fished while 284 incidental open
access vessels fished for a total of 966
vessels. Over the 2005–2010 period,
1,583 different directed open access
vessels fished and 837 different
incidental open access vessels fished for
a total of 2,420 different vessels.
According to the DEIS, over the 2008–
2010 period, 447 to 470 charterboats
participated in the groundfish fishery.
The four tribal fleets sum to a total of
54 longline vessels, 5 whiting trawlers,
and 5 non-whiting trawlers, for a grand
total of 64 vessels. Available
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
information on average revenue per
vessel suggests that all the entities in
these groups can be considered small.
There are no new reporting or
recordkeeping requirements. There are
two new compliance requirements: An
offloading requirement and a blackgill
rockfish sorting requirement. As
discussed above (See Sorting
Requirements), current regulations
already authorize the expansion of
sorting requirements. In this instance,
blackgill rockfish need to be sorted to a
species specific level so that its catch
can be matched against the new
blackgill rockfish HG. As discussed
above (See Offloading Requirements),
NMFS is proposing to expand the
offload requirements now used in the
trawl rationalization program to all
other sectors of the fishery. Every sector
of the groundfish fishery, including
landings in the limited entry fixed gear
and open access fisheries, would be
required to completely remove all fish
from the vessel once landing had begun,
in order for them to be allowed to start
a subsequent trip. This requirement will
make matching catch against sector
allocations more accurate. NMFS is
seeking comments from participants in
the limited entry fixed gear and open
access sectors, on the proposed action to
require all fish from any trip, except for
vessels fishing in the at-sea sectors of
the Pacific whiting fishery, be offloaded
prior to beginning a new trip.
There are no relevant Federal rules
that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict
with this action. There are no significant
alternatives to the proposed rule that
accomplish the stated objectives of
applicable statutes and that minimize
any of the significant economic impact
of the proposed rule on small entities.
An analysis of the alternatives follows.
The DEIS compared alternatives based
on time to rebuild, changes in ex-vessel
revenues, recreational trips and amount
of regional impacts generated as
measured by changes in personal
income. The RIR/IRFA and the DEIS
describe the alternatives in more detail
and include the Council’s analysis of
the economic effects associated with the
new management measures and
accounting measures. These new
management measures are not
incorporated into the models used to
project ex-vessel revenue, net revenue,
income impacts, and employment used
in the evaluation of the alternatives.
Except for new recreational shelf
rockfish retention measures, which may
increase annual charterboat revenues by
$3.5 to $7.0 million, generally speaking,
the impacts of these new measures will
have insignificant socio-economic
effects. Several new measures include
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
the elimination of unneeded size limits
or allowing greater opportunity of
harvested fish in one sector to be
reallocated to another. The RIR/IRFA
also contains discussions taken from the
DEIS that address the following: nonmarket values, safety, and effects on
processors. The effects on processors are
generally reflected in the change in exvessel revenues discussed bellowed.
The Council’s conclusion on nonmarket values of groundfish is that there
was no quantitative information to
assess the non-consumptive uses that
range from recreational enjoyment of the
environment, or on the benefits from the
knowledge that these resources will be
available in the future or that the
environmental quality is maintained.
Regardless, even should such
information be available, it is not likely
that there would be substantive
differences among the alternatives. The
differences between the integrated
alternatives in terms of their possible
effects on vessel safety are expected to
be negligible.
The DEIS undertakes comparisons of
the eight integrated action alternatives
that are described above using the no
action alternative as a benchmark. In
comparing the action alternatives to the
no action alternative, much of the
change results from a 25 percent
reduction in the ACL for sablefish north
of 36° north latitude. This reduction
extends across all the 2013 action
alternatives and forms a backdrop
affecting all sectors targeting sablefish.
The affected sectors and projected
respective shares of total groundfish exvessel revenue contributed by sablefish
landings under no action are:
Nonwhiting Trawl (IFQ) 50 percent,
Limited Entry Fixed Gear 79 percent,
Non-nearshore Open Access 88 percent,
and Tribal groundfish (including
shoreside whiting) 35 percent.
As the no action alternative represents
the status quo, the economic analysis of
this alternative provides the main
characteristics of the current fishery.
Under the no action alternative, total
shoreside ex-vessel revenues from
groundfish landings of $93,512 are
projected in 2013. This includes the
following projections for shoreside
groundfish sectors: Whiting Trawl
$23.65 million, Nonwhiting Trawl
$26,912 million, Limited Entry Fixed
Gear $19,068 million, Nearshore Open
Access $4,218 million, Non-nearshore
Open Access $7,687, Tribal groundfish
(including shoreside whiting) $11.825
million, and Incidental Open Access
$0.151 million. In addition $30,890
million ex-vessel revenue equivalent
from the at-sea non-tribal whiting
fisheries (combined motherships and
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67995
catcher processors) and $9.675 million
ex-vessel revenue equivalent from the
at-sea Tribal whiting (mothership)
fisheries are projected under the no
action and all the action alternatives.
Total shoreside and at-sea revenues
including Tribal shoreside and at-sea
revenues, are projected to reach $134
million.
The combined projected revenue
estimate of $134 million is higher than
what actually occurred in 2011. Total
groundfish revenues including tribal
and at-sea fisheries reached $122
million in 2011. The main reason for the
difference concerns Pacific whiting. To
model the socioeconomic impacts of the
alternatives the same Pacific whiting
TAC, U.S. allocation, and sector
allocations—equal to those set for
2011—were used for all of the integrated
alternatives including No Action.
However in 2011, the entire U.S.
allocation was not caught. The analysis
predicts that 287,000 mt of whiting will
be landed under the no action
alternative. During 2011, 230,000 mt of
whiting was landed. The assumption
that whiting landings will approximate
287,000 mt in 2013 and 2014 will
depend on the upcoming stock
assessment in April 2013. However,
recent changes in the ability to
reapportion unharvested whiting from
the tribal sector to the non-tribal sectors
make it more likely that whatever the
allocation, it will be more fully
harvested.
In comparison to the no action
alternative, depending in the indicator,
the range of impacts across the action
alternatives is either negative or
essentially reflects no change: ex-vessel
revenues (¥9.60 percent to ¥16.6
percent), shoreside commercial fishery
net revenues, a measure of effects on
vessel profits (¥14.40 percent to
¥24.70 percent), total recreational trips
(¥1.8 percent to +0.3 percent),
community commercial fishery income
impacts (¥9.8 percent to ¥18.0
percent), employment impacts (¥6.3
percent to ¥19.8 percent), change in
regional unemployment rates (+.001
percent to +.003 percent), recreational
income impacts (¥10.3 percent to +0.2
percent), combined recreational and
commercial income impacts (¥5.3
percent to ¥14.5 percent), and
processor groundfish purchases (¥9.6
percent to ¥16.6 percent).
Of the indicators listed above, the
coastwide income indicator is the most
comprehensive indicator because it
incorporates both recreational and
commercial information including
shoreside tribal fisheries. The action
alternatives do not differ greatly in level
of income generated. Alternatives 1, 2,
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
67996
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and 8 differ from alternatives 6 and 7 by
$235,000. After rounding to the nearest
million, these alternatives all generate
about $155 million in coastwide
income. Coastwide income under
alternatives 3–5 generate income levels
that range from $141 million to $149
million. Alternative 4, as it has the
lowest level of canary, generates the
lowest income level of $141 million.
Adoption of this alternative, would lead
to a 14.5 percent decrease in income
from the no action alternative level of
$165 million.
The range in differences in the action
alternatives summarized above result
from varying levels of POP and canary
rockfish ACLs. The allowable total
mortality of canary rockfish affects all
sectors of the groundfish fishery, while
that for POP affects only the northern
trawl fishery (both the at-sea whiting
sectors and the shorebased IFQ sector,
whiting and non-whiting). However,
differences in nontrawl sector impacts
(both projected total mortality and
socioeconomic impacts) are due solely
to variation of the canary rockfish ACL
across the integrated alternatives. A
substantial amount of total fishing
mortality for canary rockfish also incurs
in the recreational sector. Increased
canary rockfish harvests may lead to
increased harvests of bocaccio and
cowcod, while the petrale sole fishery is
limited by the available amount of
canary and yelloweye rockfish, and
Pacific halibut.
Under the no action alternative, the
following impacts were assessed. A total
of 653,600 groundfish and Pacific
halibut trips are projected coastwide.
Just over half of these are private boat
trips with the remainder taken on
charterboats. The breakdown by state is:
Washington 27,100 trips (14,300 charter
+ 12,800 private), Oregon 92,100 trips
(37,600 charter + 54,400 private, and
California (269,400 charter + 265,100
private). For shoreside communities,
commercial groundfish fishing
coastwide generates income and
employment impacts of $90.249 million
and 3,029 total and full time part-time
jobs. The unemployment rate in coastal
counties coastwide in 2010 according to
the Bureau of Labor Statistics was 11.17
percent. A total of $74.089 million in
income impacts were generated by
recreational groundfish angling. The
total, combined coastwide commercial
plus recreational, income impacts under
no action is $164,518 million. Under no
action, total purchases of groundfish
landings by shoreside processors are
projected in 2013. This total includes
projected purchases of $23.65 million of
whiting and $69.862 million in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
deliveries of combined nonwhiting
groundfish species.
Although not explicitly analyzed, the
combination of low canary rockfish and
POP ACLS would affect the trawl fleets
significantly. Low canary ACLs (i.e.,
<100 mt) and low POP ACLs (i.e., <150
mt) could result in limiting trawl
fisheries to deeper waters outside the
range of canary rockfish and POP. The
low canary rockfish ACL negatively
affects the smaller-sized trawlers that
cannot safely fish the deeper slope
areas, and are limited to fishing on the
shelf shoreward of the RCA. The
whiting fishery is especially challenged
when canary rockfish and POP ACLs are
both low because they have to avoid a
larger area to target whiting without
exceeding a canary rockfish or POP setaside. When canary rockfish allocations
are low, the whiting fleet tends to move
to deeper waters to avoid canary
rockfish at the expense of higher
bycatch rates of darkblotched rockfish
and POP. When POP allocations are
low, the fleet targets whiting on the
shelf to avoid that species. When both
allocations are low, there are few areas
the whiting fleets can go to safely target
whiting.
For purposes of contrast, the impacts
of alternative 1 (The Council preferred
alternative; alternatives 2 and 8 yield
the same impacts), alternative 4 (greatest
negative impact) and alternative 6 (least
negative impact, alternative 7 yields
same impact) are presented. Projected
impacts under alternative 2 are the same
as under alternative 1 for all commercial
groundfish sectors. This is because
measures used to manage commercial
fisheries to stay within the 116 mt
canary rockfish ACL and sector HGs
under alternative 1 are also sufficient to
not exceed the 101 mt canary rockfish
ACL under alternative 2. The primary
common factor limiting commercial
groundfish fisheries modeled under
alternatives 1 and 2 is the fixed ACL for
POP. Impacts under alternative 2 are the
same as alternative 1. This result is
because measures used to manage
cowcod, bocaccio, and yelloweye
rockfish to stay within their common
ACLs and HGs under all the action
alternatives are already sufficient to
manage for the lower canary rockfish
ACL under alternative 2.
Projected impacts under alternative 8
are the same as under alternative 1 (the
preferred alternative). The lack of
difference in projected ex-vessel
revenue impacts may seem surprising
given that management measures to
limit canary rockfish mortality are likely
to affect target species fishing
opportunity. However, measures used to
manage commercial trawl fisheries to
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
stay within the 150 mt POP ACL and
sector HGs under alternative 8 are the
same as those used under alternative 1.
Thus the POP ACL is more limiting of
commercial trawl fisheries modeled
under alternatives 1 and 8 than is the
canary rockfish ACL. Similarly the 3.3
mt of yelloweye rockfish allocated to the
fixed gear fisheries sectors under all the
action alternatives means that
increasing the canary rockfish ACL is
not expected to increase fishing
opportunity for fixed gear sector target
species to any great degree. Projected
impacts under alternative 7 are the same
as under alternative 6 for all commercial
groundfish sectors. This is because
measures used to manage commercial
fisheries to stay within the 222 mt POP
ACL and sector HGs under alternative 7
are the same as those used under
alternative 6. The 222 mt POP ACL is
the main factor limiting commercial
fisheries modeled under both
alternatives 6 and 7.
For recreational impacts, other than
alternative 4, estimates of the impacts
do not differ because of the constant
levels of the other overfished species or
because POP is not a recreational fish.
Projected impacts under alternative 2, 5,
6, 7, and 8 are the same as under
alternative 1. This is because measures
used to manage cowcod, bocaccio and
yelloweye rockfish to stay within their
common ACLs and HGs under the
action alternatives generally override
the effects of the lower canary rockfish
ACL under alternative 6, and changes in
the POP ACL do not impact recreational
fisheries. Impacts under alternative 3
are the same as alternative 1. This is
because POP is not generally caught by
recreational anglers, so changes in the
POP ACL do not impact recreational
fisheries.
The regulations in this proposed rule
would implement the Council’s
preferred alternative; in the discussion
below references are made to options
‘‘B’’ and a distinction between
alternative 1 and the Council preferred
alternative, which is a modification of
alternative 1. Under each of alternatives
1–8, two sub-alternatives (‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’)
were developed for the Nearshore Open
Access sector. The preferred alternative
incorporates the management measures
under sub-alternative B. This treatment
reflects consideration of two different
management options to achieve the
prescribed bycatch levels. In each case,
the ‘‘B’’ option would likely yield lower
harvests and revenues for the Nearshore
Open Access sector than would the ‘‘A’’
option, a difference of about $206,000 to
a fishery projected to earn $4.2 million
in revenues under the no action
alternative.
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
The preferred alternative is very
similar to alternative 1 except that the
fishery harvest guideline is lower for
petrale sole, yellowtail rockfish, and to
a lesser extent, shortspine thornyheads,
to accommodate tribal fisheries set
asides. Increased allowances for
research and at-sea whiting sector catch
of arrowtooth flounder also reduce the
fishery harvest guideline for these
stocks. These changes reduce the fishery
harvest guideline (allocations) for
commercial fisheries for those four
species accordingly. There may be an
increase in tribal landings of petrale sole
under the preferred alternative since
projected tribal petrale sole landings
under No action are slightly higher than
the alternative 1 set aside. If the full
amount of the tribal petrale sole set
aside were landed under the preferred
alternative, the upper bound on possible
additional tribal revenue impact is on
the order of +$0.25 million. All of these
additional landings would be made in
Puget Sound and Washington coast
ports. Any increase in tribal yellowtail
rockfish landings under the preferred
alternative is less certain since projected
tribal yellowtail rockfish landings under
no action are well below the alternative
1 set aside amount. There is no expected
decrease in commercial trawl (IFQ)
fisheries revenue impacts under the
preferred alternative because projected
landings of petrale sole and yellowtail
rockfish under alternative 1B are both
well below the preferred alternative’s
shorebased trawl sector harvest
guideline. There is no expected decrease
in non-trawl sectors’ revenue impacts
under the preferred alternative because
the affected species either are not taken
(arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole), or
projected landings under alternative 1B
are well below the preferred
alternative’s non-trawl sector harvest
guideline (shortspine thornyheads,
yellowtail rockfish). As a result,
preferred alternative may differ slightly
from alternative 1 in the distribution of
revenues between Nonwhiting Trawl
and Tribal fisheries sectors.
Compared with No Action, under the
alternative 1B, total shoreside ex-vessel
revenue is projected to decline by
$9.174 million (¥9.8 percent) and
accounting net revenues by $4.510
(¥14.7 percent). Nearshore Open
Access would see projected revenues
increase by $0.539 million (+12.8
percent) under alternative 1B. These
numbers represent the most favorable
outcome for the Nearshore Open Access
sector and are the same as those
expected under alternatives 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,
and 8. All other shoreside directed
groundfish sectors would experience ex-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
vessel revenue decreases from no action
under this alternative: Whiting Trawl by
$0.278 million (¥1.2 percent),
Nonwhiting Trawl by $3.175 million
(¥11.8 percent), Limited Entry Fixed
Gear by $3.782 million (¥19.8 percent),
Non-nearshore Open Access by $1.436
million (¥18.7 percent), and Tribal
groundfish by $1.042 million (¥8.8
percent). Under alternative 1, Shoreside
Whiting and Nonwhiting Trawl would
experience the second highest ex-vessel
revenues among the action alternatives.
Ex-vessel revenues for Limited Entry
Fixed Gear, Non-nearshore Open Access
and Tribal sectors do not vary across the
action alternatives. Under the preferred
alternative and alternative 1, angler trips
coastwide are projected to increase by
1,700 (+0.3 percent) over no action, with
all of the increase occurring in the
Mendocino and Sonoma County (Fort
Bragg—Bodega Bay) region of California.
No change in angler effort is expected in
Washington or Oregon. Alternative 1
shows the greatest increase in angler
trips under the action.
Compared to the status quo as
measured by the no action alternative,
total ex-vessel revenue under the
proposed regulations is projected to
decline by about 10 percent ($9.2
million) and accounting net revenues
(vessel ‘‘profits’’) by 15 percent ($4.5
million). This is primarily due to the
decline in the sablefish ACLs, which
under no action/status quo alternative
sum to 6,813 mt, versus 5,451 mt under
the proposed regulations. This is a 20
percent decline in the ACL. Based on
sablefish prices used in the analysis,
declining sablefish revenues account for
about 80 percent of the projected
decline of $9 million. Under the
proposed regulations, angler trips
coastwide are projected to increase by
1,700 (+0.3 percent) compared to the
status quo. Under the proposed
regulations, income from commercial
groundfish fishing is projected to
decline by $9.274 million (¥10.3
percent). Income impacts from
recreational groundfish are expected to
increase by $0.136 million (+0.2
percent). Combined coastwide
commercial plus recreational income
impacts are expected to decrease by
$9.138 million (¥5.6 percent) compared
to the no action alternative.
For context, total groundfish revenues
including tribal and at-sea fisheries
reached $122 million in 2011–a 43
percent increase over 2010. Major
causes of the increase can be associated
with a 33 percent increase in sablefish
prices; 43 percent increase in whiting
prices, and 60 percent increase in
whiting harvests. However, prices for all
major species except lingcod increased
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67997
in 2011. For most species, the
percentage increase in ex-vessel prices
was greater than 25 percent. Specific
reasons for these increases are
unknown, but appear correlated with
improvements in U.S. and World
economies, and in particular for
sablefish, the Japanese market. For the
shoreside trawl fishery, the IFQ program
may also have had an influence on
prices. Sablefish now accounts for
almost 40 percent of the entire
groundfish fishery (shoreside, at-sea,
and tribal) revenues. Total groundfish
revenues and total shoreside revenues
in 2011 including whiting are at levels
not seen since 1997. However, despite
these increases, the shoreside nonwhiting fishery has not returned to preoverfished era levels. During the period
1981 to 1998, shoreside non-whiting
revenues averaged $98 million annually
in inflation adjusted revenues. For the
period 1999 to 2011, shoreside nonwhiting revenues have averaged $54
million. Shoreside non-whiting
revenues reached $69 million in 2011,
compared to $58 million in 2010.
With respect to assessing the needs of
communities and choosing the time
period to rebuild, the Council is
recommending keeping to a constant
harvest rate because, as stock biomass
increases, the ACL increases
correspondingly (essentially, a constant
fraction of the population, rather than
quantity, is removed from the
population). Maintaining the no action
ACL of 107 mt for canary would imply
a constant catch policy in which the
ACL would be set at a fixed value for
the duration of the rebuilding period.
This strategy is problematic if, as the
stock becomes more abundant,
harvesters have a harder time avoiding
incidental catch. Fishery managers
would then have to impose even more
restrictive measures to prevent the ACL
from being exceeded. Furthermore, it is
not clear that a harvest rate associated
with this lower ACL would rebuild the
stock any faster than the preferred
alternative since decreasing the SPR
harvest rate from the default 88.7
percent to 90 percent—an ACL of 101
mt in 2013—shortens rebuilding by only
one year. The preferred ACL maintains
the spawning biomass per recruit (SPR)
harvest rate and provides a level of
harvest that is expected to rebuild in a
time period as short as possible, while
taking into account the needs of fishing
communities. For POP, the ACLs of 150
mt and 153 mt in 2013 and 2014,
respectively maintain the SPR harvest
rate and provide a level of harvest that
is reduced from the ACLs in 2011—and
2012 to take into account fundament
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
67998
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
changes in our understanding of the
biology of the stock. Although the target
time to rebuild POP is extended to 2051
due to revised estimates of the unfished
biomass, which is estimated to be much
larger than in previous assessments,
POP limits access to target stocks as
indicated in the integrated alternatives
analyzed in the DEIS. As a result, the
2013 POP ACL is 18 percent lower than
the status quo 2012 POP ACL.
Maintaining a continued constant
harvest strategy allows incidental take
of POP in target fisheries, allowing POP
to rebuild in as short a time as possible,
while also balancing the needs of
fishing communities.
The final preferred alternative
represents the Council’s efforts to
address the MSA’s requirements to
rebuild stocks in as short a time as
possible, taking into account: (1) The
status and biology of the stocks, (2) the
needs of fishing communities, and (3)
interactions of depleted stocks within
the marine ecosystem. By taking into
account the ‘‘needs of fishing
communities’’ the Council was also
simultaneously taking into account the
‘‘needs of small businesses’’ as fishing
communities rely on small businesses as
a source of economic income and
activity and income. During its four
major council meetings, actions and
revisions by the Council in selecting the
preferred alternative can be seen as
means of trying to mitigate impacts of
the proposed rule on small entities. The
DEIS includes analysis of a range of
alternatives that were considered by the
Council, including analysis of the
effects of setting allowable harvest
levels necessary to rebuild groundfish
species that were previously declared
overfished. The Council reviewed these
analyses and read and heard testimony
from Council advisors, fishing industry
representatives, representatives from
non-governmental organizations, and
the general public before deciding the
final Council-preferred alternative in
June 2012. The Council’s final preferred
management measures are intended to
stay within all the final recommended
harvest levels for groundfish species
decided by the Council at their April
and June 2012 meetings.
The above analysis suggests that there
are approximately 1,400 small entities
involved in the fishery. Under the RFA,
an agency does not need to conduct an
IRFA and/or Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), if an agency can
certify that the proposed rule will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
The economic analysis forecasts that
2013–2014 will lead to an increase in
recreational groundfish trips and a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
decline of about 15 percent in
commercial revenues compared to 2011,
largely because of the decline in the
amount of sablefish available to be
harvested. This decline will affect the
profits of both large and small entities.
However, we do not believe that this
rule will place a substantial number of
small entities at a significant
competitive disadvantage compared to
large entities. Nonetheless, NMFS has
prepared an IRFA. Through the
rulemaking process associated with this
action, we are requesting comments on
this conclusion.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions
under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November
26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December
15, 1999, pertaining to the effects of the
Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries
on Chinook salmon (Puget Sound,
Snake River spring/summer, Snake
River fall, upper Columbia River spring,
lower Columbia River, upper Willamette
River, Sacramento River winter, Central
Valley spring, California coastal), coho
salmon (Central California coastal,
southern Oregon/northern California
coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal
summer, Columbia River), sockeye
salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and
steelhead (upper, middle and lower
Columbia River, Snake River Basin,
upper Willamette River, central
California coast, California Central
Valley, south/central California,
northern California, southern
California). These biological opinions
have concluded that implementing the
FMP for the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery is not expected to jeopardize the
continued existence of any endangered
or threatened species under the
jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
critical habitat.
NMFS issued a Supplemental
Biological Opinion on March 11, 2006,
concluding that neither the higher
observed bycatch of Chinook in the
2005 whiting fishery nor new data
regarding salmon bycatch in the
groundfish bottom trawl fishery
required a reconsideration of its prior
‘‘no jeopardy’’ conclusion. NMFS also
reaffirmed its prior determination that
implementation of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery Management Plan
(PCGFMP) is not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of any of the
affected ESUs. Lower Columbia River
coho (70 FR 37160, June 28, 2005) and
Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR 7816,
February 11, 2008) were recently
relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded
that the bycatch of salmonids in the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Pacific whiting fishery were almost
entirely Chinook salmon, with little or
no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and
steelhead.
On February 9, 2012, NMFS’s
Protected Resources Division issued a
Biological Opinion (BO) pursuant to
section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act (ESA) on the effects of the
operation of the Pacific coast groundfish
fishery in 2012. In this Opinion, NMFS
concluded that the operation of the
groundfish fishery is not likely to
jeopardize the continued existence of
green sturgeon (Acipenser medirostris),
eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus),
humpback whales (Megaptera
novaeangliae), Steller sea lions
(Eumetopias jubatus), and leatherback
sea turtles (Dennochelys coriacea).
NMFS also concluded that the operation
of the groundfish fishery is not likely to
destroy or adversely modify designated
critical habitat of green sturgeon or
leatherback sea turtles. Furthermore,
NMFS concluded that the operation of
the groundfish fishery may affect, but is
not likely to adversely affect the
following species and designated
critical habitat: Sei whales
(Balaenoptera borealis); North Pacific
Right whales (Eubalaena japonica); Blue
whales (Balaenoptera musculus); Fin
whales (Balaenoptera physalus); Sperm
whales (Physter macrocephalus);
Southern Resident killer whales
(Orcinus orca); Guadalupe fur seals
(Arctocephalus townsendi); Green sea
turtles (Chelonia mydas); Olive ridley
sea turtles (Lepidochelys olivacea);
Loggerhead sea turtles (Carretta
carretta); critical habitat of Southern
Resident killer whales; and critical
habitat of Steller sea lions.
On August 25, 2011, NMFS’
Sustainable Fisheries Division initiated
consultation with U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS) pursuant to section
7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on the effects of the operation of
the Pacific coast groundfish fishery. The
Biological Assessment (BA) on the
effects of the groundfish fishery on
endangered species was revised and resubmitted to USFWS on January 17,
2012. The BA concludes that the
continued operation of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery is likely to
adversely affect short-tailed albatross;
however, the level of take is not
expected to reduce appreciably the
likelihood of survival or significantly
affect recovery of the species. The BA
preliminarily concludes that continued
operation of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery is not likely to
adversely affect California least terns,
marbled murrelets, bull trout, and
Northern or Southern sea otters. USFWS
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
formally responded with a letter dated
March 29, 2012 and advised NMFS that
formal consultation has been initiated.
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA) impacts resulting from fishing
activities in this final rule are discussed
in the DEIS for the 2013–2014
groundfish fishery specifications and
management measures. As discussed
above, NMFS issued a BO addressing
impacts to ESA listed marine mammals
and is currently completing formal
consultation for the ongoing effects of
prosecution of the groundfish fishery for
2013 and beyond. NMFS is also working
on the process leading to any necessary
authorization of incidental taking under
MMPA section 101(a)(5)(E).
Pursuant to Executive Order 13175,
this proposed rule was developed after
meaningful consultation and
collaboration with tribal officials from
the area covered by the PCGFMP. Under
the Magnuson-Stevens Act at 16 U.S.C.
1852(b)(5), one of the voting members of
the Pacific Council must be a
representative of an Indian tribe with
federally recognized fishing rights from
the area of the Council’s jurisdiction. In
addition, regulations implementing the
PCGFMP establish a procedure by
which the tribes with treaty fishing
rights in the area covered by the
PCGFMP request new allocations or
regulations specific to the tribes, in
writing, before the first of the two
meetings at which the Council considers
groundfish management measures. The
regulations at 50 CFR 660.324(d) further
state ‘‘the Secretary will develop tribal
allocations and regulations under this
paragraph in consultation with the
affected tribe(s) and, insofar as possible,
with tribal consensus’’. The tribal
management measures in this proposed
rule have been developed following
these procedures. The tribal
representative on the Council made a
motion to adopt the non-whiting tribal
management measures, which was
passed by the Council. Those
management measures, which were
developed and proposed by the tribes,
are included in this proposed rule.
This proposed rule has been
determined to be not significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries, Fishing, Indian fisheries.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:55 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
Dated: November 2, 2012.
Samuel D. Rauch III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, performing the
functions and duties of the Assistant
Administrator for Fisheries, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 660 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST
COAST STATES
1. The authority citation for part 660
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 16
U.S.C. 773 et seq.
2. In § 660.11, revise the definitions
for ‘‘Conservation area(s)’’ paragraph (1),
and ‘‘Fishery harvest guideline’’ as
follows:
§ 660.11
General definitions
*
*
*
*
*
Conservation area(s) * * *
(1) Groundfish Conservation Area or
GCA means a geographic area defined
by coordinates expressed in degrees
latitude and longitude, wherein fishing
by a particular gear type or types may
be prohibited. Regulations at
§ 660.60(c)(3) describe the various
purposes for which these GCAs may be
implemented. Regulations at § 660.70
define coordinates for these polygonal
GCAs: Yelloweye Rockfish Conservation
Areas, Cowcod Conservation Areas,
waters encircling the Farallon Islands,
and waters encircling the Cordell Banks.
GCAs also include Bycatch Reduction
Areas or BRAs and Rockfish
Conservation Areas or RCAs, which are
areas closed to fishing by particular gear
types, bounded by lines approximating
particular depth contours. RCA
boundaries may and do change
seasonally according to conservation
needs. Regulations at §§ 660.70 through
660.74 define RCA boundary lines with
latitude/longitude coordinates;
regulations at Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North)
and 2 (South) of subpart E, and Tables
3 (North) and 3 (South) of subpart F set
RCA seasonal boundaries. Fishing
prohibitions associated with GCAs are
in addition to those associated with EFH
Conservation Areas.
*
*
*
*
*
Fishery harvest guideline means the
harvest guideline or quota after
subtracting from the TAC, ACL, or ACT
when specified, any allocation or
projected catch for the Pacific Coast
treaty Indian Tribes, projected research
catch, deductions for fishing mortality
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67999
in non-groundfish fisheries, and
deductions for EFPs.
*
*
*
*
*
3. In § 660.12, paragraphs (a)(11)
through (a)(13) are redesignated as
(a)(12) through (a)(14) and new
paragraph (a)(11) is added to read as
follows:
§ 660.12
General groundfish prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(11) Fail to remove all fish from the
vessel at landing (defined in § 660.11)
and prior to beginning a new fishing
trip, except for processing vessels in the
catcher/processor or mothership sectors
of the Pacific whiting fishery.
*
*
*
*
*
4. In § 660.40, introductory text and
paragraphs (b), (e) and (f) are revised,
paragraph (g) is removed, and paragraph
(h) is redesignated as paragraph (g) to
read as follows:
§ 660.40
plans.
Overfished species rebuilding
For each overfished groundfish stock
with an approved rebuilding plan, this
section contains the standards to be
used to establish annual or biennial
ACLs, specifically the target date for
rebuilding the stock to its MSY level
and the harvest control rule to be used
to rebuild the stock. The harvest control
rule may be expressed as a ‘‘Spawning
Potential Ratio’’ or ‘‘SPR’’ harvest rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Canary rockfish. Canary rockfish
was declared overfished in 2000. The
target year for rebuilding the canary
rockfish stock to BMSY is 2030. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the canary rockfish stock is an
annual SPR harvest rate of 88.7 percent.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP). POP
was declared overfished in 1999. The
target year for rebuilding the POP stock
to BMSY is 2051. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the POP stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 86.4
percent.
(f) Petrale Sole. Petrale sole was
declared overfished in 2010. The target
year for rebuilding the petrale sole stock
to BMSY is 2016. The harvest control rule
is the 25–5 default adjustment.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Yelloweye rockfish. Yelloweye
rockfish was declared overfished in
2002. The target year for rebuilding the
yelloweye rockfish stock to BMSY is
2074. The harvest control rule to be
used to rebuild the yelloweye rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
76.0 percent.
5. In § 660.50, paragraphs (f)
introductory text, (f)(2)(ii), (f)(4), (g)
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68000
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
introductory text, (g)(5), through (7) are
revised and (f)(6), (f)(7) are added to
read as follows:
§ 660.50 Pacific Coast treaty Indian
fisheries
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries
allocations, harvest guidelines, and setasides. Catch amounts may be specified
in this section and in Tables 1a and 2a
to subpart C. Trip limits for certain
species were recommended by the tribes
and the Council and are specified in
paragraph (g) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(ii) The Tribal allocation is 401 mt in
2013 and 435 in 2014 per year. This
allocation is, for each year, 10 percent
of the Monterey through Vancouver area
(North of 36° N. lat.) ACL. The Tribal
allocation is reduced by 1.5 percent for
estimated discard mortality.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Pacific whiting. The tribal
allocation for 2012 is 48,556 mt. The
tribal allocations will be announced
annually in the Federal Register.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) For petrale sole, treaty fishing
vessels are restricted to a fleetwide
harvest target of 220 mt each year.
(7) Yellowtail rockfish taken in the
directed tribal mid-water trawl fisheries
are subject to a catch limit of 677 mt for
the entire fleet.
(g) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries
management measures. Trip limits for
certain species were recommended by
the tribes and the Council and are
specified here.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Yellowtail and widow rockfish.
The Makah Tribe will manage the
midwater trawl fisheries as follows:
Landings of widow rockfish must not
exceed 10 percent of the weight of
yellowtail rockfish landed, for a given
vessel, throughout the year. These limits
may be adjusted by the tribe inseason to
minimize the incidental catch of canary
rockfish and widow rockfish, provided
the catch of yellowtail rockfish does not
exceed the fleetwide catch limit
specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
(6) Other rockfish.
(i) Minor nearshore rockfish. Minor
nearshore rockfish are subject to a 300lb (136-kg) trip limit per species or
species group, or to the non-tribal
limited entry trip limit for those species
if those limits are less restrictive than
300-lb (136-kg) per trip. Limited entry
trip limits for waters off Washington are
specified in Table 1 (North) to subpart
D, and Table 2 (North) to subpart E.
(ii) Minor shelf rockfish and minor
slope rockfish. Redstripe rockfish are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
subject to an 800-lb (363 kg) trip limit.
Minor shelf (excluding redstripe
rockfish), and minor slope rockfish
groups are subject to a 300-lb (136 kg)
trip limit per species or species group,
or to the non-tribal limited entry fixed
gear trip limit for those species if those
limits are less restrictive than 300-lb
(136 kg) per trip. Limited entry fixed
gear trip limits are specified in Table 2
(North) to subpart E.
(iii) Other rockfish. All other rockfish,
not listed specifically in paragraph (g) of
this section, are subject to a 300-lb (136
kg) trip limit per species or species
group, or to the non-tribal limited entry
trip limit for those species if those limits
are less restrictive than 300-lb (136 kg)
per trip. Limited entry trip limits for
waters off Washington are specified in
Table1 (North) to subpart D, and Table
2 (North) to subpart E.
(7) Flatfish and other fish. Trawl
vessels are restricted to using small
footrope trawl gear. Treaty fishing
vessels using bottom trawl gear are
subject to the following limits: For
Dover sole, English sole, other flatfish
110,000-lbs (49,895 kg) per 2 months;
and for arrowtooth flounder 150,000-lbs
(68,039 kg) per 2 months. The Dover
sole and arrowtooth flounder limits in
place at the beginning of the season will
be combined across periods and the
fleet to create a cumulative harvest
target. The limits available to individual
vessels will then be adjusted inseason to
stay within the overall harvest target as
well as estimated impacts to overfished
species.
*
*
*
*
*
6. In § 660.55, paragraph (k) is
removed and reserved, paragraph (b)
introductory text, and (j) are revised as
follows:
§ 660.55
Allocations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Fishery harvest guidelines and
reductions made prior to fishery
allocations. Prior to the setting of
fishery allocations, the TAC, ACL, or
ACT when specified, is reduced by the
Pacific Coast treaty Indian Tribal
harvest (allocations, set-asides, and
estimated harvest under regulations at
§ 660.50); projected scientific research
catch of all groundfish species,
estimates of fishing mortality in nongroundfish fisheries and, as necessary,
deductions for EFPs. The remaining
amount after these deductions is the
fishery harvest guideline or quota. (note:
recreational estimates are not deducted
here).
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Fishery set-asides. Annual setasides are not formal allocations but
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
they are amounts which are not
available to the other fisheries during
the fishing year. For Pacific Coast treaty
Indian fisheries, set-asides will be
deducted from the TAC, OY, ACL, or
ACT when specified. For the catcher/
processor and mothership sectors of the
at-sea Pacific whiting fishery, set-asides
will be deducted from the limited entry
trawl fishery allocation. Set-aside
amounts will be specified in Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart and may be
adjusted through the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process.
(k) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
7. In § 660.60, paragraphs (c)
introductory text, (c)(1)(i), (c)(3),
(d)(1)(ii), (d)(1)(vi), (h)(2) are revised
and paragraph (c)(1)(v) is added to read
as follows:
§ 660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Routine management measures.
Catch restrictions that are likely to be
adjusted on a biennial or more frequent
basis may be imposed and announced
by a single notification in the Federal
Register if good cause exists under the
APA to waive notice and comment, and
if they have been designated as routine
through the two-meeting process
described in the PCGFMP. Routine
management measures that may be
revised during the fishing year, via this
process, are implemented in paragraph
(h) of this section, and in subparts C
through G of this part, including Tables
1a through 1c, and 2a through 2c to
subpart C, Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North)
and 2 (South) of subpart E, Tables 3
(North) and 3 (South) of subpart F. Most
trip, bag, and size limits, and area
closures in the groundfish fishery have
been designated ‘‘routine,’’ which
means they may be changed rapidly
after a single Council meeting. Council
meetings are held in the months of
March, April, June, September, and
November. Inseason changes to routine
management measures are announced in
the Federal Register pursuant to the
requirements of the Administrative
Procedure Act (APA). Changes to trip
limits are effective at the times stated in
the Federal Register. Once a change is
effective, it is illegal to take and retain,
possess, or land more fish than allowed
under the new trip limit. This means
that, unless otherwise announced in the
Federal Register, offloading must begin
before the time a fishery closes or a
more restrictive trip limit takes effect.
The following catch restrictions have
been designated as routine:
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(1) * * *
(i) Trip landing and frequency limits,
size limits, all gear. Trip landing and
frequency limits have been designated
as routine for the following species or
species groups: widow rockfish, canary
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish, Pacific
ocean perch, yelloweye rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, blackgill rockfish in the area
south of 40°10′ N. lat., chilipepper,
bocaccio, cowcod, minor nearshore
rockfish or shallow and deeper minor
nearshore rockfish, shelf or minor shelf
rockfish, and minor slope rockfish; DTS
complex which is composed of Dover
sole, sablefish, shortspine thornyheads,
longspine thornyheads; petrale sole, rex
sole, arrowtooth flounder, Pacific
sanddabs, and the other flatfish
complex, which is composed of those
species plus any other flatfish species
listed at § 660.11; Pacific whiting;
lingcod; Pacific cod; spiny dogfish;
longnose skate; cabezon in Oregon and
California and ‘‘other fish’’ as a complex
consisting of all groundfish species
listed at § 660.11 and not otherwise
listed as a distinct species or species
group. In addition to the species and
species groups listed above, sub-limits
or aggregate limits may be specified,
specific to the Shorebased IFQ Program,
for the following species: big skate,
California skate, California scorpionfish,
leopard shark, soupfin shark, finescale
codling, Pacific rattail (grenadier),
ratfish, kelp greenling, shortbelly, and
cabezon in Washington. Size limits have
been designated as routine for sablefish
and lingcod. Trip landing and frequency
limits and size limits for species with
those limits designated as routine may
be imposed or adjusted on a biennial or
more frequent basis for the purpose of
keeping landings within the harvest
levels announced by NMFS, and for the
other purposes given in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(v) Shorebased IFQ Program surplus
carryover percentage. As specified at
§ 660.140(e)(5)(i), a percentage of
surplus QP or IBQ pounds in a vessel
account may be carried over from one
year to the next. The percentage of
surplus QP or IBQ pounds, that may be
carried over may be modified on a
biennial or more frequent basis, and
may not be higher than 10 percent.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) All fisheries, all gear types.
(i) Depth-based management
measures. Depth-based management
measures, particularly the setting of
closed areas known as Groundfish
Conservation Areas, may be
implemented in any fishery that takes
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
groundfish directly or incidentally.
Depth-based management measures are
set using specific boundary lines that
approximate depth contours with
latitude/longitude waypoints found at
§ 660.70 through 660.74. Depth-based
management measures and the setting of
closed areas may be used: to protect and
rebuild overfished stocks, to prevent the
overfishing of any groundfish species by
minimizing the direct or incidental
catch of that species, to minimize the
incidental harvest of any protected or
prohibited species taken in the
groundfish fishery, to extend the fishing
season; for the commercial fisheries, to
minimize disruption of traditional
fishing and marketing patterns; for the
recreational fisheries, to spread the
available catch over a large number of
anglers; to discourage target fishing
while allowing small incidental catches
to be landed; and to allow small
fisheries to operate outside the normal
season. BRAs may be implemented in
the Pacific whiting fishery: as an
automatic action for species with a
sector specific allocation, consistent
with paragraph (d)(1) of this section; or
as a routine action consistent with the
purposes for implementing depth based
management and the setting of closed
areas as described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)
of this section.
(ii) Non-tribal deductions from the
ACL. Changes to the non-tribal amounts
deducted from the TAC, ACLs, or ACT
when specified, described at § 660.55
(b)(2) through (4) and specified in the
footnotes to Tables 1a through 1c, and
2a through 2c, to subpart C, have been
designated as routine to make fish that
would otherwise go unharvested
available to other fisheries during the
fishing year. Adjustments may be made
to provide additional harvest
opportunities in groundfish fisheries
when catch in scientific research
activities, non-groundfish fisheries, and
EFPs are lower than the amounts that
were initially deducted off the TAC,
ACL, or ACT when specified, during the
biennial specifications. When
recommending adjustments to the nontribal deductions, the Council shall
consider the allocation framework
criteria outlined in the PCGFMP and the
objectives to maintain or extend fishing
and marketing opportunities taking into
account the best available fishery
information on sector needs.
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Close one or more at-sea sectors of
the fishery when a non-whiting
groundfish species with allocations is
reached or projected to be reached.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
68001
(vi) Implement Pacific Whiting
Bycatch Reduction Areas, described at
§ 660.131(c)(4), when NMFS projects a
sector-specific allocation will be
reached before the sector’s whiting
allocation.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) Landing. As stated at § 660.11 (in
the definition of ‘‘Land or landing’’),
once the offloading of any species
begins, all fish aboard the vessel are
counted as part of the landing and must
be reported as such. All fish from a
landing must be removed from the
vessel before a new fishing trip begins,
except for processing vessels fishing in
the catcher/processor or mothership
sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery.
Transfer of fish at sea is prohibited
under § 660.12, unless a vessel is
participating in the primary whiting
fishery as part of the mothership or
catcher/processor sectors, as described
at § 660.131(a). Catcher vessels in the
mothership sector must transfer all
catch from a haul to the same vessel
registered to an MS permit prior to the
gear being set for a subsequent haul.
Catch may not be transferred to a tender
vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
8. In § 660.72, paragraph (j)(2475) is
redesignated as (j)(247).
9. Section 660.73 is amended as
follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (h)(58) and
(h)(59),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (h)(60)
through (h)(186) as (h)(61) through
(h)(187), (h)(187) through (h)(191) as
(h)(192) through (h)(196), (h)(192)
through (h)(301) as (h)(200) through
(h)(309),
c. Add paragraphs (h)(58) through
(h)(60), (h)(188) through (h)(191),
(h)(197) through (h)(199), and paragraph
(l) to read as follows:
§ 660.73 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 100 fm (183 m) through 150 fm
(274 m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(58) 46°58.36′ N. lat., 124°59.82′ W.
long.;
(59) 46°56.80′ N. lat., 125°00.00′ W.
long.;
(60) 46°56.62′ N. lat., 125°00.00′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(188) 39°49.10′ N. lat., 124°06.00′ W.
long.;
(189) 39°48.94′ N. lat., 124°04.74′ W.
long.;
(190) 39°48.60′ N. lat., 124°04.50′ W.
long.;
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68002
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(191) 39°47.95′ N. lat., 124°05.22′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(197) 39°31.64′ N. lat., 123°56.16′ W.
long.;
(198) 39°31.40′ N. lat., 123°56.70′ W.
long.;
(199) 39°32.35′ N. lat., 123°57.42′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(l) The 150 fm (274 m) depth contour
used between the U.S. border with
Canada and 40°10′ N. lat., modified to
allow fishing in petrale sole areas, is
defined by straight lines connecting all
of the following points in the order
stated:
(1) 48°14.96′ N. lat., 125°41.24′ W.
long.;
(2) 48°12.89′ N. lat., 125°37.83′ W.
long.;
(3) 48°11.49′ N. lat., 125°39.27′ W.
long.;
(4) 48°10.00′ N. lat., 125°40.65′ W.
long.;
(5) 48°08.72′ N. lat., 125°41.84′ W.
long.;
(6) 48°07.00′ N. lat., 125°45.00′ W.
long.;
(7) 48°06.13′ N. lat., 125°41.57′ W.
long.;
(8) 48°05.00′ N. lat., 125°39.00′ W.
long.;
(9) 48°04.15′ N. lat., 125°36.71′ W.
long.;
(10) 48°03.00′ N. lat., 125°36.00′ W.
long.;
(11) 48°01.65′ N. lat., 125°36.96′ W.
long.;
(12) 48°01.00′ N. lat., 125°38.50′ W.
long.;
(13) 47°57.50′ N. lat., 125°36.50′ W.
long.;
(14) 47°56.53′ N. lat., 125°30.33′ W.
long.;
(15) 47°57.28′ N. lat., 125°27.89′ W.
long.;
(16) 47°59.00′ N. lat., 125°25.50′ W.
long.;
(17) 48°01.77′ N. lat., 125°24.05′ W.
long.;
(18) 48°02.08′ N. lat., 125°22.98′ W.
long.;
(19) 48°03.00′ N. lat., 125°22.50′ W.
long.;
(20) 48°03.46′ N. lat., 125°22.10′ W.
long.;
(21) 48°04.29′ N. lat., 125°20.37′ W.
long.;
(22) 48°02.00′ N. lat., 125°18.50′ W.
long.;
(23) 48°00.01′ N. lat., 125°19.90′ W.
long.;
(24) 47°58.75′ N. lat., 125°17.54′ W.
long.;
(25) 47°53.50′ N. lat., 125°13.50′ W.
long.;
(26) 47°48.88′ N. lat., 125°05.91′ W.
long.;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
(27) 47°48.50′ N. lat., 125°05.00′ W.
long.;
(28) 47°45.98′ N. lat., 125°04.26′ W.
long.;
(29) 47°45.00′ N. lat., 125°05.50′ W.
long.;
(30) 47°42.11′ N. lat., 125°04.74′ W.
long.;
(31) 47°39.00′ N. lat., 125°06.00′ W.
long.;
(32) 47°35.53′ N. lat., 125°04.55′ W.
long.;
(33) 47°30.90′ N. lat., 124°57.31′ W.
long.;
(34) 47°29.54′ N. lat., 124°56.50′ W.
long.;
(35) 47°29.50′ N. lat., 124°54.50′ W.
long.;
(36) 47°28.57′ N. lat., 124°51.50′ W.
long.;
(37) 47°25.00′ N. lat., 124°48.00′ W.
long.;
(38) 47°23.95′ N. lat., 124°47.24′ W.
long.;
(39) 47°23.00′ N. lat., 124°47.00′ W.
long.;
(40) 47°21.00′ N. lat., 124°46.50′ W.
long.;
(41) 47°18.20′ N. lat., 124°45.84′ W.
long.;
(42) 47°18.50′ N. lat., 124°49.00′ W.
long.;
(43) 47°19.17′ N. lat., 124°50.86′ W.
long.;
(44) 47°18.07′ N. lat., 124°53.29′ W.
long.;
(45) 47°17.78′ N. lat., 124°51.39′ W.
long.;
(46) 47°16.81′ N. lat., 124°50.85′ W.
long.;
(47) 47°15.96′ N. lat., 124°53.15′ W.
long.;
(48) 47°14.31′ N. lat., 124°52.62′ W.
long.;
(49) 47°11.87′ N. lat., 124°56.90′ W.
long.;
(50) 47°12.39′ N. lat., 124°58.09′ W.
long.;
(51) 47°09.50′ N. lat., 124°57.50′ W.
long.;
(52) 47°09.00′ N. lat., 124°59.00′ W.
long.;
(53) 47°06.06′ N. lat., 124°58.80′ W.
long.;
(54) 47°03.62′ N. lat., 124°55.96′ W.
long.;
(55) 47°02.89′ N. lat., 124°56.89′ W.
long.;
(56) 47°01.04′ N. lat., 124°59.54′ W.
long.;
(57) 46°58.47′ N. lat., 124°59.08′ W.
long.;
(58) 46°58.36′ N. lat., 124°59.82′ W.
long.;
(59) 46°56.80′ N. lat., 125°00.00′ W.
long.;
(60) 46°56.62′ N. lat., 125°00.00′ W.
long.;
(61) 46°57.09′ N. lat., 124°58.86′ W.
long.;
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(62) 46°55.95′ N. lat., 124°54.88′ W.
long.;
(63) 46°54.79′ N. lat., 124°54.14′ W.
long.;
(64) 46°58.00′ N. lat., 124°50.00′ W.
long.;
(65) 46°54.50′ N. lat., 124°49.00′ W.
long.;
(66) 46°54.53′ N. lat., 124°52.94′ W.
long.;
(67) 46°49.52′ N. lat., 124°53.41′ W.
long.;
(68) 46°42.24′ N. lat., 124°47.86′ W.
long.;
(69) 46°39.50′ N. lat., 124°42.50′ W.
long.;
(70) 46°38.17′ N. lat., 124°41.50′ W.
long.;
(71) 46°37.50′ N. lat., 124°41.00′ W.
long.;
(72) 46°36.50′ N. lat., 124°38.00′ W.
long.;
(73) 46°33.85′ N. lat., 124°36.99′ W.
long.;
(74) 46°33.50′ N. lat., 124°29.50′ W.
long.;
(75) 46°32.00′ N. lat., 124°31.00′ W.
long.;
(76) 46°30.53′ N. lat., 124°30.55′ W.
long.;
(77) 46°25.50′ N. lat., 124°33.00′ W.
long.;
(78) 46°23.00′ N. lat., 124°35.00′ W.
long.;
(79) 46°21.05′ N. lat., 124°37.00′ W.
long.;
(80) 46°20.64′ N. lat., 124°36.21′ W.
long.;
(81) 46°20.36′ N. lat., 124°37.85′ W.
long.;
(82) 46°19.48′ N. lat., 124°38.35′ W.
long.;
(83) 46°17.87′ N. lat., 124°38.54′ W.
long.;
(84) 46°16.15′ N. lat., 124°25.20′ W.
long.;
(85) 46°16.00′ N. lat., 124°23.00′ W.
long.;
(86) 46°14.87′ N. lat., 124°26.15′ W.
long.;
(87) 46°13.37′ N. lat., 124°31.36′ W.
long.;
(88) 46°12.08′ N. lat., 124°38.39′ W.
long.;
(89) 46°09.46′ N. lat., 124°40.64′ W.
long.;
(90) 46°07.29′ N. lat., 124°40.89′ W.
long.;
(91) 46°02.76′ N. lat., 124°44.01′ W.
long.;
(92) 46°01.22′ N. lat., 124°43.47′ W.
long.;
(93) 45°51.82′ N. lat., 124°42.89′ W.
long.;
(94) 45°46.00′ N. lat., 124°40.88′ W.
long.;
(95) 45°45.95′ N. lat., 124°40.72′ W.
long.;
(96) 45°45.21′ N. lat., 124°41.70′ W.
long.;
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(97) 45°42.72′ N. lat., 124°41.22′ W.
long.;
(98) 45°34.50′ N. lat., 124°30.28′ W.
long.;
(99) 45°21.10′ N. lat., 124°23.11′ W.
long.;
(100) 45°20.25′ N. lat., 124°22.92′ W.
long.;
(101) 45°09.69′ N. lat., 124°20.45′ W.
long.;
(102) 45°03.83′ N. lat., 124°23.30′ W.
long.;
(103) 44°56.41′ N. lat., 124°27.65′ W.
long.;
(104) 44°44.47′ N. lat., 124°37.85′ W.
long.;
(105) 44°37.17′ N. lat., 124°38.60′ W.
long.;
(106) 44°35.55′ N. lat., 124°39.27′ W.
long.;
(107) 44°31.81′ N. lat., 124°39.60′ W.
long.;
(108) 44°31.48′ N. lat., 124°43.30′ W.
long.;
(109) 44°12.67′ N. lat., 124°57.87′ W.
long.;
(110) 44°08.30′ N. lat., 124°57.84′ W.
long.;
(111) 44°07.38′ N. lat., 124°57.87′ W.
long.;
(112) 43°57.42′ N. lat., 124°57.20′ W.
long.;
(113) 43°52.52′ N. lat., 124°49.00′ W.
long.;
(114) 43°51.55′ N. lat., 124°37.49′ W.
long.;
(115) 43°47.83′ N. lat., 124°36.43′ W.
long.;
(116) 43°31.79′ N. lat., 124°36.80′ W.
long.;
(117) 43°29.34′ N. lat., 124°36.77′ W.
long.;
(118) 43°26.37′ N. lat., 124°39.53′ W.
long.;
(119) 43°20.83′ N. lat., 124°42.39′ W.
long.;
(120) 43°16.15′ N. lat., 124°44.36′ W.
long.;
(121) 43°09.33′ N. lat., 124°45.35′ W.
long.;
(122) 43°08.77′ N. lat., 124°49.82′ W.
long.;
(123) 43°08.83′ N. lat., 124°50.93′ W.
long.;
(124) 43°05.89′ N. lat., 124°51.60′ W.
long.;
(125) 43°04.60′ N. lat., 124°53.02′ W.
long.;
(126) 43°02.64′ N. lat., 124°52.01′ W.
long.;
(127) 43°00.39′ N. lat., 124°51.77′ W.
long.;
(128) 42°58.00′ N. lat., 124°52.99′ W.
long.;
(129) 42°57.56′ N. lat., 124°54.10′ W.
long.;
(130) 42°53.93′ N. lat., 124°54.60′ W.
long.;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
(131) 42°53.26′ N. lat., 124°53.94′ W.
long.;
(132) 42°52.31′ N. lat., 124°50.76′ W.
long.;
(133) 42°50.00′ N. lat., 124°48.97′ W.
long.;
(134) 42°47.78′ N. lat., 124°47.27′ W.
long.;
(135) 42°46.31′ N. lat., 124°43.60′ W.
long.;
(136) 42°41.63′ N. lat., 124°44.07′ W.
long.;
(137) 42°40.50′ N. lat., 124°43.52′ W.
long.;
(138) 42°38.83′ N. lat., 124°42.77′ W.
long.;
(139) 42°35.36′ N. lat., 124°43.22′ W.
long.;
(140) 42°32.78′ N. lat., 124°44.68′ W.
long.;
(141) 42°32.02′ N. lat., 124°43.00′ W.
long.;
(142) 42°30.54′ N. lat., 124°43.50′ W.
long.;
(143) 42°28.16′ N. lat., 124°48.38′ W.
long.;
(144) 42°18.26′ N. lat., 124°39.01′ W.
long.;
(145) 42°13.66′ N. lat., 124°36.82′ W.
long.;
(146) 42°00.00′ N. lat., 124°35.99′ W.
long.;
(147) 41°47.80′ N. lat., 124°29.41′ W.
long.;
(148) 41°41.67′ N. lat., 124°29.46′ W.
long.;
(149) 41°22.80′ N. lat., 124°29.10′ W.
long.;
(150) 41°13.29′ N. lat., 124°23.31′ W.
long.;
(151) 41°06.23′ N. lat., 124°22.62′ W.
long.;
(152) 40°55.60′ N. lat., 124°26.04′ W.
long.;
(153) 40°53.97′ N. lat., 124°26.16′ W.
long.;
(154) 40°53.94′ N. lat., 124°26.10′ W.
long.;
(155) 40°50.31′ N. lat., 124°26.16′ W.
long.;
(156) 40°49.82′ N. lat., 124°26.58′ W.
long.;
(157) 40°49.62′ N. lat., 124°26.57′ W.
long.;
(158) 40°45.72′ N. lat., 124°30.00′ W.
long.;
(159) 40°40.56′ N. lat., 124°32.11′ W.
long.;
(160) 40°38.87′ N. lat., 124°30.18′ W.
long.;
(161) 40°38.38′ N. lat., 124°30.18′ W.
long.;
(162) 40°37.33′ N. lat., 124°29.27′ W.
long.;
(163) 40°35.60′ N. lat., 124°30.49′ W.
long.;
(164) 40°37.38′ N. lat., 124°37.14′ W.
long.;
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
68003
(165) 40°36.03′ N. lat., 124°39.97′ W.
long.;
(166) 40°31.58′ N. lat., 124°40.74′ W.
long.;
(167) 40°30.30′ N. lat., 124°37.63′ W.
long.;
(168) 40°28.22′ N. lat., 124°37.23′ W.
long.;
(169) 40°24.86′ N. lat., 124°35.71′ W.
long.;
(170) 40°23.01′ N. lat., 124°31.94′ W.
long.;
(171) 40°23.39′ N. lat., 124°28.64′ W.
long.;
(172) 40°22.29′ N. lat., 124°25.25′ W.
long.;
(173) 40°21.90′ N. lat., 124°25.18′ W.
long.;
(174) 40°22.02′ N. lat., 124°28.00′ W.
long.;
(175) 40°21.34′ N. lat., 124°29.53′ W.
long.;
(176) 40°19.74′ N. lat., 124°28.95′ W.
long.;
(177) 40°18.13′ N. lat., 124°27.08′ W.
long.;
(178) 40°17.45′ N. lat., 124°25.53′ W.
long.;
(179) 40°17.97′ N. lat., 124°24.12′ W.
long.;
(180) 40°15.96′ N. lat., 124°26.05′ W.
long.;
(181) 40°16.90′ N. lat., 124°34.20′ W.
long.;
(182) 40°16.29′ N. lat., 124°34.50′ W.
long.;
(183) 40°14.91′ N. lat., 124°33.60′ W.
long.;
(184) 40°10.00′ N. lat., 124°22.96′ W.
long.;
10. Section 660.74 is amended as
follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (g)(87),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (g)(88)
through (g)(257) as (g)(89) through
(g)(258),
c. Add paragraphs (g)(87) through
(g)(88), to read as follows:
§ 660.74 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 180 fm (329 m) through 250 fm
(457 m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(87) 44°21.73′ N. lat., 124°49.82′ W.
long.;
(88) 44°17.57′ N. lat., 124°55.04′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
11. Tables 1a through 1d and 2a
through 2d, Subpart C, are revised to
read as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.000
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68004
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68005
EP14NO12.001
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.002
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68006
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68007
EP14NO12.003
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.004
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68008
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68009
EP14NO12.005
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.006
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68010
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68011
EP14NO12.007
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.008
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68012
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68013
EP14NO12.009
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.010
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68014
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68015
EP14NO12.011
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.012
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68016
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68017
EP14NO12.013
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.014
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68018
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68019
EP14NO12.015
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.016
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68020
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68021
EP14NO12.017
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.018
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68022
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68023
EP14NO12.019
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.020
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68024
68025
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.021
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
68026
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
12. In § 660.112, introductory text and
paragraph (b)(1)(xv) is revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.112
Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry trawl fisheries. General
groundfish prohibitions are defined at
§ 660.12. In addition to the general
prohibitions specified in § 600.725 of
this chapter, it is unlawful for any
person or vessel to:
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(xv) Begin a new fishing trip until all
fish from an IFQ landing have been
offloaded from the vessel, consistent
with § 660.12(a)(11).
*
*
*
*
*
13. In § 660.130, paragraphs (d)
introductory text, (d)(1)(iii), and (e)
introductory text are revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Sorting. In addition to the
requirements at § 660.12(a)(8), the States
of Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipt. Sector-specific sorting
requirements and exceptions are listed
at paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this
section.
(1) * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat. Minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper, bocaccio,
splitnose rockfish, Pacific sanddabs,
cowcod, bronzespotted rockfish,
blackgill rockfish and cabezon.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Groundfish conservation areas
(GCAs) applicable to trawl vessels. A
GCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude. The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the GCA boundaries are
specified at §§ 660.70 through 660.74. A
vessel that is fishing within a GCA
listed in this paragraph (e) with trawl
gear authorized for use within a GCA
may not have any other type of trawl
gear on board the vessel. The following
GCAs apply to vessels participating in
the limited entry trawl fishery.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:55 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
Additional closed areas that specifically
apply to the Pacific whiting fisheries are
described at § 660.131(c).
*
*
*
*
*
14. In § 660.140, paragraphs (c)(1)
table, (d)(1)(ii) introductory text,
(d)(1)(ii)(D), (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3), (d)(4)(i)(C),
(e)(4)(i), (e)(5) introductory text, and
(e)(5)(i) are revised and paragraphs
(d)(1)(ii)(A)(3), (d)(1)(ii)(B)(3) and
(d)(1)(ii)(B)(4) are added to read as
follows:
§ 660.140
*
Shorebased IFQ Program
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
*
*
IFQ SPECIES
ROUNDFISH:
Lingcod N. of 40°10′ N. lat
Lingcod S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Pacific cod
Pacific whiting
Sablefish N. of 36° N. lat
Sablefish S. of 36° N. lat
FLATFISH:
Arrowtooth flounder
Dover sole
English sole
Other flatfish stock complex
Petrale sole
Starry flounder
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40°10′ N. lat
ROCKFISH:
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Canary rockfish
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Cowcod S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Darkblotched rockfish
Longspine thornyhead N. of 34°27′ N. lat
Minor shelf rockfish complex N. of 40°10′
N. lat
Minor shelf rockfish complex S. of 40°10′
N. lat
Minor slope rockfish complex N. of 40°10′
N. lat
Minor slope rockfish complex S. of 40°10′
N. lat
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40°10′ N. lat
Shortspine thornyhead N. of 34°27′ N. lat
Shortspine thornyhead S. of 34°27′ N. lat
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Widow rockfish
Yelloweye rockfish
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40°10′ N. lat
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Annual QP and IBQ pound
allocations. QP and IBQ pounds will be
deposited into QS accounts annually.
QS permit owners will be notified of QP
deposits via the IFQ Web site and their
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
QS account. QP and IBQ pounds will be
issued to the nearest whole pound using
standard rounding rules (i.e., decimal
amounts less than 0.5 round down and
0.5 and greater round up), except that in
the first year of the Shorebased IFQ
Program, issuance of QP for overfished
species greater than zero but less than
one pound will be rounded up to one
pound. Rounding rules may affect
distribution of the entire shorebased
trawl allocation. NMFS will distribute
such allocations to the maximum extent
practicable, not to exceed the total
allocation. QS permit owners must
transfer their QP and IBQ pounds from
their QS account to a vessel account in
order for those QP and IBQ pounds to
be fished. QP and IBQ pounds must be
transferred in whole pounds (i.e., no
fraction of a QP or IBQ pound can be
transferred). All QP and IBQ pounds in
a QS account must be transferred to a
vessel account by September 1 of each
year in order to be fished, unless there
is a reapportionment of Pacific whiting
consistent with § 660.131(h) and
paragraph (d)(3) of this section or a
release of additional QP consistent with
§ 660.60(c) and paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3)
of this section.
(A) * * *
(3) In years where the non-tribal
deductions from the TAC, ACL, or ACT
when specified, described at § 660.55(b),
were too high and would go
unharvested, NMFS may increase the
shorebased trawl allocation, consistent
with § 660.60(c), and issue additional
QP to QS accounts.
(B) * * *
(3) In years where the non-tribal
deductions from the TAC, ACL, or ACT
when specified, described at § 660.55(b),
were too high and would go
unharvested, NMFS may increase the
shorebased trawl allocation, consistent
with § 660.60(c), and issue additional
QP to QS accounts.
(4) In years where there is
reapportionment of Pacific whiting,
specified at § 660.131(h), to the
Shorebased IFQ Program, NMFS will
increase the shorebased trawl allocation
and issue additional QP to QS accounts
as described at paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3)
of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(D) For the trawl fishery, NMFS will
issue QP based on the following
shorebased trawl allocations:
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
68027
SHOREBASED TRAWL ALLOCATIONS
IFQ species
Management area
2013 shorebased
trawl allocation
(mt)
2014 shorebased
trawl allocation
(mt)
Arrowtooth flounder ................................................
Bocaccio .................................................................
Canary Rockfish .....................................................
Chilipepper ..............................................................
Cowcod ...................................................................
Darkblotched Rockfish ............................................
Dover sole ...............................................................
English sole ............................................................
Lingcod ...................................................................
Lingcod ...................................................................
Longspine thornyhead ............................................
Minor shelf rockfish complex ..................................
Minor shelf rockfish complex ..................................
Minor slope rockfish complex .................................
Minor slope rockfish complex .................................
Other flatfish complex .............................................
Pacific cod ..............................................................
Pacific Ocean Perch ...............................................
Pacific Whiting ........................................................
Petrale Sole ............................................................
Sablefish .................................................................
Sablefish .................................................................
Shortspine thornyhead ............................................
Shortspine thornyhead ............................................
Splitnose rockfish ....................................................
Starry flounder ........................................................
Widow rockfish ........................................................
Yelloweye Rockfish .................................................
Yellowtail rockfish ...................................................
.................................................................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
.................................................................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
North of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
North of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................
North of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
North of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
North of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
North of 36° N. lat ..................................................
South of 36° N. lat .................................................
North of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................
South of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................
South of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
.................................................................................
North of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................
3,846.13
74.90
39.90
1,099.50
1.00
266.70
22,234.50
6,365.03
1,222.57
494.41
1,859.85
508.00
81.00
776.93
376.11
4,189.61
1,125.29
109.43
..............................
2,318.00
1,828.00
602.28
1,385.35
50.00
1,518.10
751.50
993.83
1.00
2,635.33
3,467.08
79.00
41.10
1,067.25
1.00
278.41
22,234.50
5,255.59
1,151.68
472.88
1,811.40
508.00
81.00
776.93
378.63
4,189.61
1,125.29
112.28
..............................
2,378.00
1,988.00
653.10
1,371.12
50.00
1,575.10
755.50
993.83
1.00
2,638.85
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) * * *
(3) Transfer of QP or IBQ pounds from
a QS account to a vessel account. QP or
IBQ pounds must be transferred in
whole pounds (i.e. no fraction of a QP
can be transferred). QP or IBQ pounds
must be transferred to a vessel account
in order to be used. Transfers of QP or
IBQ pounds from a QS account to a
vessel account are subject to vessel
accumulation limits and NMFS’
approval. Once QP or IBQ pounds are
transferred from a QS account to a
vessel account (accepted by the
transferee/vessel owner), they cannot be
transferred back to a QS account and
may only be transferred to another
vessel account. QP or IBQ pounds may
not be transferred from one QS account
to another QS account. All QP or IBQ
pounds from a QS account must be
transferred to one or more vessel
accounts by September 1 each year. If,
after September 1 in any year, the
Regional Administrator makes a
decision to reapportion Pacific whiting
from the tribal to the non-tribal fishery
or NMFS releases additional QP
consistent with §§ 660.60(c) and
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the
following actions will be taken.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
(i) NMFS will credit QS accounts with
additional QP proportionally, based on
the QS percent for a particular QS
permit owner and the increase in the
shorebased trawl allocation specified at
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(D) of this section.
(ii) The QS account transfer function
will be reactivated by NMFS from the
date that QS accounts are credited with
additional QP to allow permit holders to
transfer QP to vessel accounts only for
those IFQ species with additional QP.
(iii) After December 15, the transfer
function in QS accounts will again be
inactivated.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) The Shorebased IFQ Program
accumulation limits are as follows:
ACCUMULATION LIMITS
QS and IBQ
control limit
(in percent)
Species category
Arrowtooth flounder ............
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Canary rockfish ...................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N.
lat ....................................
Cowcod S. of 40°10′ N. lat
Darkblotched rockfish .........
Dover sole ..........................
English sole ........................
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
10
13.2
4.4
10
17.7
4.5
2.6
5
ACCUMULATION LIMITS—Continued
Species category
Lingcod:
N. of 40°10′ N. lat ...........
S. of 40°10′ N. lat ...........
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ N. lat ...........
Minor rockfish complex N.
of 40°10′ N. lat:
Shelf species ...................
Slope species ..................
Minor rockfish complex S.
of 40°10′ N. lat:
Shelf species ...................
Slope species ..................
Other flatfish stock complex
Pacific cod ..........................
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of
40°10′ N. lat ....................
Pacific ocean perch N. of
40°10′ N. lat ....................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) ..
Petrale sole .........................
Sablefish:
N. of 36° N. lat. (Monterey north) ..................
S. of 36° N. lat. (Conception area) .....................
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ N. lat ...........
S. of 34°27′ N. lat ...........
Splitnose rockfish S. of
40°10′ N. lat ....................
Starry flounder ....................
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
QS and IBQ
control limit
(in percent)
2.5
2.5
6
5
5
9
6
10
12
5.4
4
10
3
3
10
6
6
10
10
68028
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
QS and IBQ
(4) * * *
control limit
(i) Vessel limits. For each IFQ species
(in percent)
or species group specified in this
5.1 paragraph, vessel accounts may not
5.7 have QP or IBQ pounds in excess of the
QP Vessel Limit (Annual Limit) in any
5
year, and, for species covered by
2.7 Unused QP Vessel Limits (Daily Limit),
may not have QP or IBQ pounds in
ACCUMULATION LIMITS—Continued
Species category
Widow rockfish ...................
Yelloweye rockfish ..............
Yellowtail rockfish N. of
40°10′ N. lat ....................
Non-whiting groundfish species ..................................
*
excess of the Unused QP Vessel Limit at
any time. The QP Vessel Limit (Annual
Limit) is calculated as unused available
QPs plus used QPs (landings and
discards) plus any pending outgoing
transfer of QPs. The Unused QP Vessel
Limits (Daily Limit) is calculated as
unused available QPs plus any pending
outgoing transfer of QPs. These vessel
limits are as follows:
VESSEL LIMITS
QP vessel limit
(annual limit)
(in percent)
Species category
Arrowtooth flounder .................................................................................................................................
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′ N. lat ....................................................................................................................
Canary rockfish ........................................................................................................................................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat .................................................................................................................
Cowcod S. of 40°10′ N. lat ......................................................................................................................
Darkblotched rockfish ..............................................................................................................................
Dover sole ................................................................................................................................................
English sole .............................................................................................................................................
Lingcod
N. of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat .............................................................................................................................
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................................................................................................
Minor rockfish complex N. of 40°10′ N. lat:
Shelf species ....................................................................................................................................
Slope species ...................................................................................................................................
Minor rockfish complex S. of 40°10′ N. lat:
Shelf species ....................................................................................................................................
Slope species ...................................................................................................................................
Other flatfish complex ..............................................................................................................................
Pacific cod ...............................................................................................................................................
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40°10′ N. lat ..................................................................................................
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40°10′ N. lat ...................................................................................................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) .......................................................................................................................
Petrale sole ..............................................................................................................................................
Sablefish:
N. of 36° N. lat. (Monterey north) .....................................................................................................
S. of 36° N. lat. (Conception area) ...................................................................................................
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................................................................................................
S. of 34°27′ N. lat .............................................................................................................................
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat ......................................................................................................
Starry flounder .........................................................................................................................................
Widow rockfish .........................................................................................................................................
Yelloweye rockfish ...................................................................................................................................
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40°10′ N. lat ......................................................................................................
Non-whiting groundfish species ...............................................................................................................
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Carryover. The carryover provision
allows a limited amount of surplus QP
or IBQ pounds in a vessel account to be
carried over from one year to the next
or allows a deficit in a vessel account in
one year to be covered with QP or IBQ
pounds from a subsequent year, up to a
carryover limit. The carryover limit is
calculated by multiplying the carryover
percentage by the cumulative total of QP
or IBQ pounds (used and unused) in a
vessel account for the base year, less any
transfers out of the vessel account, any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
QP resulting from reapportionment of
whiting specified at § 660.60(d) or
release of additional QP during the year
specified at § 660.60(c)(3)(ii), or any
previous carryover amounts. The
percentage used for the carryover
provision may be changed during the
biennial specifications and management
measures process, and, for the surplus
carryover provision specified in
paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, the
percentage is designated as a ‘‘routine
management measure’’ at
§ 660.60(c)(1)(v) and may be changed
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Unused QP vessel
limit
(daily limit)
(in percent)
20
15.4
10
15
17.7
6.8
3.9
7.5
................................
13.2
4.4
................................
17.7
4.5
................................
................................
5.3
13.3
................................
................................
9
................................
7.5
7.5
................................
................................
13.5
9
15
20
14.4
6
15
4.5
................................
................................
................................
................................
5.4
4
................................
................................
4.5
15
................................
................................
9
9
15
20
8.5
11.4
7.5
3.2
................................
................................
................................
................................
5.1
5.7
................................
................................
through an inseason action, but may not
exceed 10 percent.
(i) Surplus QP or IBQ pounds. A
vessel account with a surplus of QP or
IBQ pounds (unused QP or IBQ pounds)
for any IFQ species at the end of the
fishing year may carryover for use in the
immediately following year an amount
of unused QP or IBQ pounds up to its
carry over limit. The carryover limit for
the surplus is calculated as 10 percent
of the cumulative total QP or IBQ
pounds (used and unused, less any
transfers or any previous carryover
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
amounts) in the vessel account at the
end of the year. Based on a Council
recommendation, NMFS will credit the
carryover amount to the vessel account
in the immediately following year once
NMFS has completed its end-of-the-year
account reconciliation. If NMFS
disagrees with all or part of the Council
recommendation, NMFS will not credit
the vessel accounts, as appropriate, and
will notify the Council in writing,
describing the basis for the decision.
NMFS will notify vessel account owners
through the online IFQ system of any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
additional QP or IBQ pounds resulting
from a carryover of surplus pounds, and
will not issue those pounds above the
vessel limits (specified at paragraph
(e)(4) of this section). If there is a
decline in the ACL between the base
year and the following year in which the
QP or IBQ pounds would be carried
over, the carryover amount will be
reduced in proportion to the reduction
in the ACL. When surplus QP or IBQ
pounds are issued, those pounds are
deposited directly into the vessel
accounts and do not increase the
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
68029
shorebased trawl allocation. Surplus QP
or IBQ pounds may not be carried over
for more than one year. Any amount of
QP or IBQ pounds in a vessel account
and in excess of the carryover amount
will expire on December 31 each year
and will not be available for any future
use.
*
*
*
*
*
15. Table 1 (North) and 1 (South) to
660, subpart D are revised as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.022
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68030
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 660.230 Fixed gear fishery—
management measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) In addition to the requirements at
§ 660.12(a)(8) the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California may also require
that vessels record their landings as
sorted on their state landing receipts.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
(2) For limited entry fixed gear
vessels, the following species must be
sorted:
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish, cabezon (Oregon
and California);
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper, bocaccio,
splitnose rockfish, Pacific sanddabs,
cowcod, bronzespotted rockfish,
blackgill rockfish and cabezon.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
17. In § 660.231, introductory text and
paragraph (b)(3)(i) is revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.231 Limited entry fixed gear
sablefish primary fishery.
This section applies to the sablefish
primary fishery for the limited entry
fixed gear fishery north of 36° N. lat.
Limited entry and open access fixed
gear sablefish fishing outside of the
sablefish primary season north of 36° N.
lat. is governed by management
measures imposed under §§ 660.230,
660.232, 660.330 and 660.332.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.023
16. In § 660.230, paragraphs (c)(1) and
(c)(2), and (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(iii) are
revised to read as follows:
68031
68032
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) A vessel participating in the
primary season will be constrained by
the sablefish cumulative limit
associated with each of the permits
registered for use with that vessel.
During the primary season, each vessel
authorized to fish in that season under
paragraph (a) of this section may take,
retain, possess, and land sablefish, up to
the cumulative limits for each of the
permits registered for use with that
vessel (i.e., stacked permits). If multiple
limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are registered for use with
a single vessel, that vessel may land up
to the total of all cumulative limits
announced in this paragraph for the
tiers for those permits, except as limited
by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
Up to 3 permits may be registered for
use with a single vessel during the
primary season; thus, a single vessel
may not take and retain, possess or land
more than 3 primary season sablefish
cumulative limits in any one year. A
vessel registered for use with multiple
limited entry permits is subject to per
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
vessel limits for species other than
sablefish, and to per vessel limits when
participating in the daily trip limit
fishery for sablefish under § 660.232. In
2013, the following annual limits are in
effect: Tier 1 at 34,513lb (15,665 kg),
Tier 2 at 15,688 lb (7,116 kg), and Tier
3 at 8,964 lb (4,066 kg). For 2014 and
beyond, the following annual limits are
in effect: Tier 1 at 37,441 lb (16,983 kg),
Tier 2 at 17,019 lb (7,720 kg), and Tier
3 at 9,725 lb (4,411 kg).
*
*
*
*
*
18. In § 660.232, paragraphs (a)(2) and
(a)(3) are revised to read as follows:
§ 660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) * * *
(2) Following the start of the primary
season, all landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) of this
subpart to fish in the primary season
will count against the primary season
cumulative limit(s) associated with the
permit(s) registered for use with that
vessel. A vessel that is eligible to fish in
the sablefish primary season may fish in
the DTL fishery for sablefish once that
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
vessels’ primary season sablefish
limit(s) have been taken, or after the
close of the primary season, whichever
occurs earlier. A vessel’s primary season
cumulative limit(s) are considered to be
taken when the total amount remaining
is less than the daily trip limit for
sablefish north of 36° N. lat., if one is
specified, in Table 2 (North) and Table
2 (South) to this subpart. If no daily
limit is specified, the primary season
cumulative limit(s) are considered to be
taken when the total amount remaining
is less than 300 pounds. Any
subsequent sablefish landings by that
vessel will be subject to the restrictions
and limits of the limited entry DTL
fishery for sablefish for the remainder of
the fishing year.
(3) No vessel may land sablefish
against both its primary season
cumulative sablefish limits and against
the DTL fishery limits within the same
24 hour period of 0001 hours local time
to 2400 hours local time.
*
*
*
*
*
19. Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) to
Part 660, subpart E are revised to read
as follows:
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68033
EP14NO12.024 EP14NO12.025
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.026
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68034
20. In § 660.330, paragraph (c) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.330 Open access fishery—
management measures.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Sorting requirements.
(1) In addition to the requirements at
§ 660.12(a)(8) the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California may also require
that vessels record their landings as
sorted on their state landing receipts.
(2) For open access vessels, the
following species must be sorted:
(i) Coastwide—widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, longnose skate, other fish,
Pacific whiting, and Pacific sanddabs;
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish, cabezon (Oregon
and California);
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, chilipepper,
bocaccio, splitnose rockfish, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish, blackgill
rockfish and cabezon.
*
*
*
*
*
21. In § 660.332, paragraphs (a) and
(b) are revised to read as follows:
§ 660.332 Open access daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) Open access DTL fisheries both
north and south of 36° N. lat. Open
access vessels may fish in the open
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
68035
access, daily trip limit fishery for as
long as that fishery is open during the
year, subject to the routine management
measures imposed under § 660.60.
(b) Trip limits.
(1) Daily and/or weekly trip limits for
the open access fishery north and south
of 36° N. lat. are provided in Tables 3
(North) and 3 (South) of this subpart.
(2) Trip and/or frequency limits may
be imposed in the limited entry fishery
on vessels that are not participating in
the primary season under § 660.60.
(3) Trip and/or size limits to protect
juvenile sablefish in the limited entry or
open access fisheries also may be
imposed at any time under § 660.60.
(4) Trip limits may be imposed in the
open access fishery at any time under
§ 660.60.
22. Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South), to
subpart F, are revised to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.027
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.028
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68036
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
68037
EP14NO12.029
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.030
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
68038
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C++
23. In § 660.360, paragraphs
(c)(1)(iv)(A) and (B), (c)(3) introductory
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
text, (c)(3)(i)(A)(1), and (2), (c)(3)(i)(B),
(c)(3)(ii)(A)(1) and (2), (c)(3)(ii)(B)
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
68039
through (D), (c)(3)(iii)(A)(1) and (2),
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
EP14NO12.031 EP14NO12.032
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
68040
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(c)(3)(v)(A)(1) through (3) are revised to
read as follows:
§ 660.360 Recreational fisherymanagement measures.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) Between the U.S./Canada border
and 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape Alava)
(Washington Marine Area 4),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
for 2013, from April 16 through October
12, and for 2014, from April 16 through
October 15. Lingcod may be no smaller
than 24 inches (61 cm) total length.
(B) Between 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape
Alava) and 46°16′ N. lat. (Washington/
Oregon border) (Washington Marine
Areas 1–3), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open for 2013, from March 16
through October 12, and for 2014, from
March 15 through October 18. Lingcod
may be no smaller than 22 inches (56
cm) total length.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) California. Seaward of California,
California law provides that, in times
and areas when the recreational fishery
is open, there is a 20 fish bag limit for
all species of finfish, within which no
more than 10 fish of any one species
may be taken or possessed by any one
person. [Note: There are some
exceptions to this rule. The following
groundfish species are not subject to a
bag limit: Petrale sole, Pacific sanddab
and starry flounder.] For groundfish
species not specifically mentioned in
this paragraph, fishers are subject to the
overall 20-fish bag limit for all species
of finfish and the depth restrictions at
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
Recreational spearfishing for all
federally-managed groundfish, is
exempt from closed areas and seasons,
consistent with Title 14 of the California
Code of Regulations. This exemption
applies only to recreational vessels and
divers provided no other fishing gear,
except spearfishing gear, is on board the
vessel. California state law may provide
regulations similar to Federal
regulations for the following statemanaged species: Ocean whitefish,
California sheephead, and all greenlings
of the genus Hexagrammos. Kelp
greenling is the only federally-managed
greenling. Retention of cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, bronzespotted
rockfish, and canary rockfish is
prohibited in the recreational fishery
seaward of California all year in all
areas. For each person engaged in
recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward
of California, the following closed areas,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:55 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
seasons, bag limits, and size limits
apply:
*
*
*
*
*
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat.
(Northern Management Area),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts from May 15 through
October 31 (shoreward of 20 fm is
open); and is closed entirely from
January 1 through May 14 and from
November 1 through December 31.
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for all groundfish (except ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 15, 2013 through September
2, 2013 (shoreward of 20 fm is open),
and is closed entirely from January 1,
2013 through May 14, 2013 and from
September 3, 2013 through December
31, 2013; Recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of 20
fm (37 m) and from May 15, 2014
through September 1, 2014 (shoreward
of 20 fm is open); and is closed entirely
from January 1, 2014 through May 14,
2014 and from September 2, 2014
through December 31, 2014.
*
*
*
*
*
(B) Cowcod conservation areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70. In
general, recreational fishing for all
groundfish is prohibited within the
CCAs, except that fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ is permitted within the CCAs
as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section. However, recreational
fishing for the following species is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour when the season for those
species is open south of 34°27′ N. lat.:
Minor nearshore rockfish, cabezon, kelp
greenling, lingcod, California
scorpionfish, shelf rockfish and ‘‘other
flatfish’’ (subject to gear requirements at
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section
during January–February). Retention of
canary rockfish, yelloweye rockfish,
bronzespotted rockfish and cowcod is
prohibited within the CCA. [NOTE:
California state regulations also permit
recreational fishing for California
sheephead, ocean whitefish, and all
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos
shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour in the CCAs when the season
for the RCG complex is open south of
34°27′ N. lat.] It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species
authorized in this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat. (North
Management Area), recreational fishing
for the RCG complex is open from May
15 through October 31 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through May 14 and
from November 1 through December 31.
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for the RCG Complex is open from May
15, 2013 through September 2, 2013
(i.e., it’s closed from January 1 through
May 14 and September 3 through
December 31 in 2013), and from May 15,
2014 through September 1, 2014 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through May
14 and September 2 through December
31 in 2014).
*
*
*
*
*
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for the RCG Complex is open, there is
a limit of 2 hooks and 1 line when
fishing for the RCG complex and
lingcod. The bag limit is 10 RCG
Complex fish per day coastwide.
Retention of canary rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, bronzespotted rockfish and
cowcod is prohibited. Within the 10
RCG Complex fish per day limit, no
more than 3 may be bocaccio and no
more than 3 may be cabezon. Multi-day
limits are authorized by a valid permit
issued by California and must not
exceed the daily limit multiplied by the
number of days in the fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. The following size
limits apply: Cabezon may be no smaller
than 15 in (38 cm) total length; and kelp
and other greenling may be no smaller
than 12 in (30 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Cabezon, kelp
greenling, and rock greenling taken in
the recreational fishery may not be
filleted at sea. Rockfish skin may not be
removed when filleting or otherwise
dressing rockfish taken in the
recreational fishery. The following
rockfish filet size limits apply: Brownskinned rockfish fillets may be no
smaller than 6.5 in (16.6 cm). ‘‘Brownskinned’’ rockfish include the following
species: Brown, calico, copper, gopher,
kelp, olive, speckled, squarespot, and
yellowtail.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(iii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat.
(Northern Management Area),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 15 through October 31 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through May
14 and from November 1 through
December 31).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for lingcod is open from May 15, 2013
through September 2, 2013 (i.e., it’s
closed from January 1 through May 14
and September 3 through December 31
in 2013) and from May 15, 2014 through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:50 Nov 13, 2012
Jkt 229001
September 1, 2014 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and
September 2 through December 31 in
2014).
*
*
*
*
*
(v) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for California scorpionfish is open from
May 15 through September 2, 2013 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through May
14 and from September 3 through
December 31, in 2013), and from May
15, 2014 through September 1, 2014
(i.e., it’s closed from January 1 through
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
68041
May 14 and September 2 through
December 31 in 2014).
(2) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (San Francisco
Management Area), recreational fishing
for California scorpionfish is open from
June 1 through December 31 (i.e., it’s
closed from January 1 through May 31).
(3) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 34°27′
N. lat. (Central Management Area),
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from May 1
through December 31 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through April 30).
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2012–27338 Filed 11–13–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14NOP3.SGM
14NOP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 220 (Wednesday, November 14, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 67973-68041]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-27338]
[[Page 67973]]
Vol. 77
Wednesday,
No. 220
November 14, 2012
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 660
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2013-2014 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 220 / Wednesday, November 14, 2012 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 67974]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 120814338-2338-01]
RIN 0648-BC35
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2013-2014 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This proposed rule would establish the 2013-2014 harvest
specifications and management measures for groundfish taken in the U.S.
exclusive economic zone off the coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation
and Management Act (MSA) and the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan (PCGFMP). This proposed rule would also revise the
collection of management measures in the groundfish fishery regulations
that are intended to keep the total catch of each groundfish species or
species complex within the harvest specifications.
DATES: Comments must be received no later than December 5, 2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments on this document, identified by
NOAA-NMFS-2012-0202, by any of the following methods:
Electronic Submission: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal www.regulations.gov. To
submit comments via the e-Rulemaking Portal, first click the ``submit a
comment'' icon, then enter NOAA-NMFS-2012-0202 in the keyword search.
Locate the document you wish to comment on from the resulting list and
click on the ``Submit a Comment'' icon on the right of that line.
Mail: Submit written comments to William Stele,
Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115-0070, Attn: Sarah Williams.
Fax: 206-526-6736, Attn: Sarah Williams.
Instructions: Comments must be submitted by one of the above
methods to ensure that the comments are received, documented, and
considered by NMFS. Comments sent by any other method, to any other
address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period,
may not be considered. All comments received are a part of the public
record and will generally be posted for public viewing on
www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address, etc.) submitted voluntarily by the
sender will be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business
information, or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will
accept anonymous comments (enter ``N/A'' in the required fields if you
wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be
accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file
formats only.
Information relevant to this proposed rule, which includes a draft
environmental impact statement (EIS), a regulatory impact review (RIR),
and an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) are available for
public review during business hours at the office of the Pacific
Fishery Management Council (Council), at 7700 NE. Ambassador Place,
Portland, OR 97220, phone: 503-820-2280. Copies of additional reports
referred to in this document may also be obtained from the Council.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sarah Williams, phone: 206-526-4646,
fax: 206-526-6736, or email: sarah.williams@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This rule is accessible via the Internet at the Office of the
Federal Register Web site at https://www.federalregister.gov.
Background information and documents are available at the NMFS
Northwest Region Web site at https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Fishery-Management/index.cfm and at the Council's
Web site at https://www.pcouncil.org.
Executive Summary
I. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
This proposed rule is needed to implement the 2013-2014 harvest
specifications and management measures for groundfish species taken in
the U.S. exclusive economic zone off the coasts of Washington, Oregon,
and California. The purpose of the proposed action is to conserve and
manage Pacific Coast groundfish fishery resources to prevent
overfishing, to rebuild overfished stocks, to ensure conservation, to
facilitate long-term protection of essential fish habitats (EFH), and
to realize the full potential of the Nation's fishery resources. The
need for this proposed action is to set catch limit specifications and
management measures for 2013-2014 that are consistent with existing or
revised overfished species target rebuilding years and harvest control
rules for all stocks. These harvest specifications are set consistent
with the optimum yield (OY) harvest management framework described in
Chapter 4 of the PCGFMP. This rule is authorized by 16 U.S.C. 1854-55
and by the PCGFMP.
II. Major Provisions
This proposed rule contains two types of major provisions. The
first are the harvest specifications (overfishing limits (OFLs),
acceptable biological catches (ABCs), and annual catch limits (ACLs)),
and the second are management measures designed to keep fishing
mortality within the ACLs. The harvest specifications (OFLs, ABCs, and
ACLs) in this rule have been developed through a rigorous scientific
review and decision-making process, which is described in detail later
in this proposed rule.
In summary, the OFL is the maximum sustainable yield (MSY) harvest
level and is an estimate of the catch level above which overfishing is
occurring. OFLs are based on recommendations by the Council's
Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) as the best scientific
information available. The ABC is an annual catch specification that is
the stock or stock complex's OFL reduced by an amount associated with
scientific uncertainty. The SSC-recommended method for incorporating
scientific uncertainty is referred to as the P star-sigma approach and
is discussed in more detail below and in the proposed and final rules
for the 2011-2012 biennial specifications and management measures (75
FR 67810, November 3, 2010 and 76 FR 27508, May 11, 2011). The ACL is a
harvest specification set equal to or below the ABC. The ACLs are
decided in a manner to achieve OY from the fishery, which is the amount
of fish that will provide the greatest overall benefit to the Nation,
particularly with respect to food production and recreational
opportunities and taking into account the protection of marine
ecosystems. The ACLs are based on consideration of conservation
objectives, socio-economic concerns, management uncertainty, and other
factors. All known sources of fishing and research catch are counted
against the ACL.
This proposed rule includes ACLs for the seven overfished species
managed
[[Page 67975]]
under the PCGFMP. For the 2013-2014 biennium two species, canary
rockfish and Pacific ocean perch (POP), require rebuilding plan
changes. These changes are necessary because the rebuilding analyses
prepared showed that even in the absence of fishing, these two species
were unlikely to rebuild by the current target rebuilding year
(TTARGET) in their rebuilding plans. The EIS prepared for
this action analyzed a range of POP and canary rockfish ACLs arrayed in
different configurations along with the ACLs for other stocks and the
management measures needed to prevent ACLs from being exceeded. These
``integrated alternatives'' are designed to help demonstrate how
changes in POP and canary rockfish ACLs affect access to target stocks
or influence projected mortalities of overfished species, among other
factors. This integrated approach is also described in the proposed
rule for the 2011-2012 harvest specifications and management measures
(75 FR 67810, November 3, 2010). However, unlike the integrated
alternatives from the last biennium, for 2013-2014 the integrated
alternatives varied mainly with respect to the ACLs for canary rockfish
and POP, as those were the only species for which new scientific
information required changes to rebuilding plans. Because of the
multispecies nature of the groundfish fishery (the ACL of one species
can influence the ACL and/or access to another species), the choice of
canary rockfish and POP harvest rates, and the resulting ACLs and
TTARGETS, were carefully considered by the Council. In their
final recommendation, the Council weighed many factors including
rebuilding progress, biology of the stock, economic impacts,
allocations, and the need for new or more restrictive management
measures. Ultimately, the Council recommended maintaining the harvest
rate in the existing rebuilding plans for POP and canary rockfish and
establishing revised TTARGETS.
In order to keep mortality of the species managed under the PCGFMP
within the ACLs the Council also recommended management measures.
Generally speaking, management measures are intended to rebuild
overfished species, prevent ACLs from being exceeded, and allow for the
harvest of healthy stocks. Management measures include time and area
restrictions, gear restrictions, trip or bag limits, size limits, and
other management tools. Management measures may vary by fishing sector
because different fishing sectors require different types of management
to control catch. The groundfish fishery is also managed with a variety
of other regulatory requirements, many of which are not proposed to be
changed through this rulemaking. Most of the management measures the
Council recommended for 2013-2014 were slight variations to existing
management measures and do not represent a change from current
management practices. These types of changes include changes to trip
limits, bag limits, closed areas, etc. However, several new management
measures were recommended by the Council including: Changes to latitude
and longitude coordinates that define the boundaries of the Rockfish
Conservation Areas (RCA)s; the ability to routinely modify deductions
from the ACL to assign fish to different sectors that would otherwise
go unharvested while still preventing ACLs from being exceeded; a
requirement that all fish from a landing be offloaded before a new trip
begins to improve catch accounting; a new sorting requirement for
blackgill rockfish so mortality can be accounted against the new
species-specific blackgill rockfish harvest guideline (HG); the ability
for NMFS to modify the percentage of surplus carryover in the
Shorebased Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program, as an inseason
action based on a Council recommendation; and a clarification to the
threshold at which participants in the limited entry fixed gear
sablefish primary fishery would transition from fishing their tier
limits and begin fishing against trip limits.
Background
The Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery is managed under the PCGFMP.
The PCGFMP was prepared by the Council, approved on July 30, 1984, and
has been amended numerous times. Regulations at 50 CFR part 660,
subparts C through G, implement the provisions of the PCGFMP.
The PCGFMP requires the harvest specifications and management
measures for groundfish to be set at least biennially. This proposed
rule is based on the Council's final recommendations that were made at
its June 2012 meeting.
Specification and Management Measure Development Process
The process for setting the 2013 and 2014 biennial harvest
specifications began in 2011 with the preparation of stock assessments.
A stock assessment is the scientific and statistical process where the
status of a fish population or subpopulation (stock) is assessed in
terms of population size, reproductive status, fishing mortality, and
sustainability. In the terms of the PCGFMP, stock assessments generally
provide: (1) An estimate of the current biomass (reproductive
potential); (2) an FMSY or proxy (a default harvest rate for
the fishing mortality rate that is expected to achieve the maximum
sustainable yield), translated into exploitation rate; (3) an estimate
of the biomass that produces the maximum sustainable yield
(BMSY); and, (4) a precision estimate (e.g., confidence
interval) for current biomass. Each stock assessment is reviewed by the
Council's stock assessment review panel (STAR panel). The STAR panel is
designed to review the technical merits of stock assessments and is
responsible for determining if a stock assessment document is
sufficiently complete. Finally, the SSC reviews the stock assessment
and STAR panel reports and makes recommendations to the Council. In
addition to full stock assessments, stock assessment updates that run
new data through existing models without changing the model are also
prepared.
When spawning stock biomass falls below the minimum stock size
threshold (MSST), a stock is declared overfished and a rebuilding plan
must be developed that determines the strategy for rebuilding the stock
to BMSY in the shortest time possible while considering
needs of fishing communities and other factors (16 U.S.C. 1854(e)). The
current MSST reference point for assessed flatfish stocks is 12.5
percent of initial biomass or B12.5%. For all other assessed
groundfish stocks, the current MSST reference point is 25 percent of
initial biomass or B25%. The following overfished groundfish
stocks would be managed under rebuilding plans in 2013 and 2014:
bocaccio south of 40[deg]10' N. lat.; canary rockfish; cowcod south of
40[deg]10' N. lat.; darkblotched rockfish; Pacific Ocean Perch (POP);
petrale sole; and yelloweye rockfish. NMFS declared widow rockfish
rebuilt based on the most recent stocks assessment and therefore widow
rockfish will not be managed under a rebuilding plan after 2012.
For overfished stocks, in addition to any stock assessments or
stock assessment updates, rebuilding analyses are also prepared. The
rebuilding analysis is used to project the future status of the
overfished resource under a variety of alternative harvest strategies
and to determine the probability of recovering to BMSY or
its proxy within a specified time-frame. The SSC establishes minimum
requirements for rebuilding analyses and encourages analysts to explore
alternative calculations and projections that may more accurately
capture uncertainties in
[[Page 67976]]
stock rebuilding and better represent stock-specific concerns. The SSC
groundfish subcommittee reviews the rebuilding analyses and associated
modeling issues, and makes recommendations relative to the best
available information for management decisions. The SSC also encourages
explicit consideration of uncertainty in projections of stock
rebuilding for individual stocks, including comparisons of alternative
states of nature using decision tables to quantify the impact of model
uncertainty. Each rebuilding analysis includes: An estimation of
B0 (the unfished biomass) and BMSY or its proxy;
the selection of a method to generate future recruitment; the
specification of the mean generation time; a calculation of the minimum
possible rebuilding time (TMIN), which is the time to
rebuild to BMSY with a 50 percent probability starting from
the time when the rebuilding plan was first implemented assuming no
fishing occurs; TF=0, which is the number of years needed to
rebuild to BMSY with a 50 percent probability if all future
fishing mortality was eliminated from the first year of the biennium,
in this case 2013; and the identification and analysis of alternative
harvest strategies and rebuilding times.
The Council considered new stock assessments, stock assessment
updates, rebuilding analyses, public comment, and advice from its
advisory bodies over the course of six Council meetings during
development of its recommendations for the 2013-2014 harvest
specifications and management measures. At each Council meeting between
September 2011 and June 2012, the Council made a series of decisions
and recommendations that were in some cases refined after further
analysis and discussion. Detailed information, including the supporting
documentation the Council considered at each meeting is available at
the Council's Web site, www.pcouncil.org.
A draft EIS identifying the preliminary preferred alternative for
each decision point was made available to the public, the Council, and
the Council's advisory bodies prior to the June 2012 Council meeting.
At that meeting, following public comment and Council consideration,
the Council made its final recommendations on the 2013 and 2014 harvest
specifications and management measures as well as Amendment 21-2 to the
PCGFMP. Amendment 21-2 would reinstate previous catch accounting
methodologies that were inadvertently removed through Amendment 21.
This proposed rule does not contain regulations to implement Amendment
21-2 to the PCGFMP. The amendment was analyzed in the EIS and was part
of the Council's final action. However, in consultation with NMFS, the
Council chose not to transmit the FMP amendment at this time because
additional work on the implementing regulations was necessary. It is
anticipated that the FMP amendment, and any necessary implementing
regulations, will be transmitted at a later date.
Additional information regarding the OFLs, ABCs, and ACLs being
proposed for groundfish stocks and stock complexes in 2013-2014 is
presented below, followed by a description of the proposed management
measures for commercial and recreational groundfish fisheries.
Harvest Specifications
Proposed OFLs for 2013 and 2014
The OFL is the MSY harvest level associated with the current stock
abundance and is an estimate of the level of total catch of a stock or
stock complex above which overfishing is occurring. The OFLs for
groundfish species with stock assessments are derived by multiplying
the FMSY harvest rate proxy by the current estimated
biomass. Fx% harvest rates are the rates of fishing
mortality that will reduce the female spawning biomass per recruit
(SPR) to X percent of its unfished level. A rate of F40% is
a more aggressive harvest rate than F45% or F50%.
For 2013 and 2014, the Council maintained a policy of using a
default harvest rate as a proxy for the fishing mortality rate that is
expected to achieve the maximum sustainable yield (FMSY). A
proxy is used because there is insufficient information for most
Pacific Coast groundfish stocks to estimate species-specific
FMSY values. Taxon-specific proxy fishing mortality rates
are used due to perceived differences in the productivity among
different taxa of groundfish. A lower value is used for stocks with
relatively high resilience to fishing while higher values are used for
less resilient stocks with low productivity. In 2013 and 2014, the
following default harvest rate proxies, based on the SSC's
recommendations, were used: F30% for flatfish,
F50% for rockfish (including thornyheads), and
F45% for other groundfish such as sablefish and lingcod.
For the 2013 and 2014 biennial specification process, eight stock
assessments and four stock assessment updates were prepared. Full stock
assessments, those that consider the appropriateness of the assessment
model and that revise the model as necessary, were prepared for the
following stocks: POP, widow rockfish, petrale sole, Dover sole,
blackgill rockfish, sablefish, spiny dogfish, and greenspotted
rockfish. Stock assessment updates, those that run new data through an
existing model, were prepared for bocaccio, canary rockfish,
darkblotched rockfish, and yelloweye rockfish. Because the bocaccio and
darkblotched assessment updates encountered data anomalies, some
modifications to the models were required and these were therefore not
strictly updates.
Each new stock assessment includes a base model and two alternative
models. The alternative models are developed from the base model by
bracketing the dominant dimension of uncertainty (e.g., stock-
recruitment steepness, natural mortality rate, survey catchability,
recent year-class strength, weights on conflicting catch per unit
effort series, etc.) and are intended to be a means of expressing
uncertainty within the model by showing the contrast in management
implications. Once a base model has been bracketed on either side by
alternative model scenarios, capturing the overall degree of
uncertainty in the assessment, a two-way decision table analysis
(states-of-nature versus management action) is used to present the
repercussions of uncertainty to decision makers. As noted above, the
SSC makes recommendations to the Council on the appropriateness of
using the different stock assessments for management purposes, after
which the Council considers adoption of the stock assessments, use of
the stock assessment for the development of rebuilding analysis, and
the OFLs resulting from the base model runs of the stock assessments.
The following summaries pertain to the proposed 2013 and 2014 OFLs
for stocks that were overfished in 2011.
Bocaccio (Sebastes paucispinis)
A stock assessment update was prepared for the bocaccio stock
between the U.S.-Mexico border and Cape Blanco, OR. The bocaccio OFLs
of 884 mt for 2013 and 881 mt for 2014 are based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment update. For setting
harvest specifications, six percent of the assessed biomass was
estimated to occur north of 40[deg]10' N. lat. The projected OFLs from
the assessment were adjusted accordingly.
[[Page 67977]]
Canary Rockfish (Sebastes pinniger)
A stock assessment update was prepared for the coastwide canary
rockfish stock. The canary rockfish OFLs of 592 mt for 2013 and 741 mt
for 2014 are based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F50% as applied to the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment update.
Darkblotched Rockfish (Sebastes crameri)
A stock assessment update was prepared for darkblotched rockfish in
the U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka, and Monterey areas. The
darkblotched rockfish OFLs of 541 mt for 2013 and 553 mt for 2014 are
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment update.
Petrale Sole (Eopsetta jordani)
A new coastwide stock assessment was prepared for petrale sole. The
assessment treats the U.S. petrale sole resource from the Mexican
border to the Canadian border as a single coastwide stock. The petrale
sole OFLs of 2,711 mt for 2013 and 2,774 mt for 2014 are based on the
FMSY harvest rate proxy of F30% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment.
POP (Sebastes alutus)
A new stock assessment was prepared for POP north of 40[deg]10'
north latitude. This is the first full assessment of POP since 2003.
The POP OFLs of 844 mt for 2013 and 838 mt for 2014 are based on the
FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment.
Widow Rockfish (Sebastes entomelas)
A new coastwide stock assessment was prepared for widow rockfish in
the U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka, Monterey, and Conception areas.
The widow rockfish OFLs of 4,841 mt for 2013 and 4,435 mt for 2014 are
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment.
Yelloweye Rockfish (Sebastes ruberrimus)
A coastwide stock assessment update was prepared for yelloweye
rockfish. The yelloweye rockfish OFLs of 51 mt for 2013 and 2014 are
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock
assessment update.
The following summaries pertain to the proposed OFLs for
individually managed non-overfished stocks with new stock assessments
or stock assessment updates in 2011.
Dover Sole (Microstomus pacificus)
A new coastwide stock assessment was prepared for Dover sole. The
Dover sole OFLs of 92,955 mt in 2013 and 77,774 mt in 2014 are based on
the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F30% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment.
Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria)
A new coastwide stock assessment was prepared for sablefish. The
sablefish OFLs of 6,621 mt in 2013 and 7,158 mt in 2014 are based on
the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F45% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment.
For individually managed species that did not have new stock
assessments or updates prepared, the Council recommended OFLs derived
from applying the FMSY harvest rate proxy to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the most recent stock assessment or update,
the results of rudimentary stock assessments, or the historical
landings data approved by the Council for use in setting harvest
specifications. These stocks include: Arrowtooth flounder, English
sole, starry flounder, black rockfish south, black rockfish north,
California scorpionfish, chilipeper rockfish south, longnose skate,
longspine thornyhead Pacific cod, shortbelly rockfish, shortspine
thornyhead, splitnose rockfish south, yellowtail rockfish, cabezon (off
California), cabezon (off Oregon), and lingcod north and south.
Proposed OFLs for these species can be found in Tables 1a and 2a.
There are currently eight stock complexes used to manage groundfish
stocks pursuant to the PCGFMP. These stock complexes are: (1) Minor
nearshore rockfish north; (2) minor shelf rockfish north; (3) minor
slope rockfish north; (4) minor nearshore rockfish south; (5) minor
shelf rockfish south; (6) minor slope rockfish south; (7) other
flatfish; and (8) other fish. Stock complexes are used to manage the
harvest of many of the unassessed groundfish stocks. The proposed OFLs
for stock complexes are the sum of the OFL contributions for the
component stocks, when known. For the 2013-2014 biennial specification
process, similar to what was done in 2011-2012, Depletion-Corrected
Average Catch (DCAC), Depletion-Based Stock Reduction Analysis (DB-
SRA), or other SSC-endorsed methodologies were used to determine the
OFL contributions made by category three species (data limited
species). Stock assessment scientists from the Northwest Fisheries
Science Center and the Southwest Fisheries Science Center developed the
DCAC and DB-SRA methodologies. The DCAC and DB-SRA provide an estimate
of sustainable yield for data-poor stocks of uncertain status. The
Council and the SSC recognized these methods as improvements upon
previous catch-based methods for estimating sustainable yield. While
OFL contribution estimates should not vary from year to year for the
category three stocks, a bias was discovered and corrected in both the
DB-SRA and DCAC estimates. The 2011 estimates were generally biased
somewhat high and the revised 2013 estimates were more precise. The
corrected 2013 and 2014 OFL contribution estimates decreased an average
of 6 percent relative to the 2011 estimates. For further information
see https://www.pcouncil.org/resources/archives/briefing-books/september-2011-briefing-book/#groundfish, Agenda Item G.5.a
Supplemental Attachment 8.
The proposed OFLs for complexes can be found at in tables 1a and 2a
of this proposed rule. In addition to OFL contributions derived by
DCAC, DB-SRA, or other SSC approved estimates, OFL contributions for
the following stocks were determined by applying the FMSY
harvest rate proxy to the estimated exploitable biomass from the most
recent stock assessments: Blackgill rockfish, blue rockfish,
chilipepper rockfish north, greenstriped rockfish, greenspotted
rockfish, gopher rockfish, splitnose rockfish north, and spiny dogfish.
As summarized below, three of the stocks with OFL contributions
determined by applying the FMSY harvest rate proxy to the
estimated exploitable biomass from stock assessments had new stock
assessments this cycle.
Blackgill Rockfish (Sebastes melanostomus)
A new stock assessment was prepared for the portion of the
blackgill rockfish stock south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. Blackgill rockfish
contributes 130 mt in 2013 and 134 mt in 2014 to the minor slope
rockfish south OFL. The blackgill rockfish contributions to the 2013
and 2014 minor slope rockfish south OFLs are based on the
FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment.
Greenspotted Rockfish (Sebastes chlorostictus)
A new assessment was prepared for the portion of the greenspotted
rockfish
[[Page 67978]]
stock off California. The assessment modeled greenspotted rockfish as
two independent stocks, one off southern California, and one off
northern California. Greenspotted rockfish contributes 80.3 mt in 2013
and 80.3 mt in 2014 to the minor shelf rockfish south OFLs and
contributes 15.5 mt in 2013 and 15.5 mt in 2014 to the minor shelf
rockfish north OFLs. The greenspotted rockfish contributions to the
2013-2014 minor shelf rockfish south OFLs are based on a
FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the 2011 stock assessment, and as
apportioned to the minor shelf rockfish south complex. Greenspotted
rockfish contributions to the 2013-2014 minor shelf rockfish north OFLs
are based on the application of the of the same FMSY harvest
rate proxy as described above and as apportioned to the minor shelf
rockfish north complex. The DCAC estimate of 6.1 mt for the portion of
the greenspotted rockfish stock off Oregon and Washington also
contributes to the minor shelf rockfish north OFLs.
Spiny Dogfish (Squalus acanthias)
A new coastwide stock assessment was prepared for spiny dogfish.
Spiny dogfish contributes 2,980 mt in 2013 and 2,950 mt in 2014 to the
other fish complex OFLs. Spiny dogfish contributions to the other fish
complex OFLs are based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F45% as applied to the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2011 stock assessment.
Proposed ABCs for 2013 and 2014
The ABC is the stock or stock complex's OFL reduced by an amount
associated with scientific uncertainty. The SSC-recommended P star-
Sigma approach determines the amount by which the OFL is reduced to
establish the ABC. Under this approach, the SSC recommends a sigma
([sigma]) value. The [sigma] value is generally based on the scientific
uncertainty in the biomass estimates generated from stock assessments.
After the SSC determines the appropriate [sigma] value the Council
chooses a P star (P*) based on its chosen level of risk aversion
considering the scientific uncertainties. As the P* value is reduced,
the probability of the ABC being greater than the ``true'' OFL becomes
lower. In combination, the P* and [sigma] values determine the amount
by which the OFL will be reduced to establish the SSC-endorsed ABC.
The SSC has quantified major sources of scientific uncertainty in
the estimate of OFL for category one stocks (stocks with relatively
data-rich quantitative assessments) and recommended a [sigma] value of
0.36. For category two stocks (stocks with relatively data-poor
quantitative or non-quantitative assessments) the SSC recommended a
[sigma] value of 0.72 and for category three stocks (data-limited
stocks with OFL contributions usually determined with DCAC or DB-SRA),
the SSC recommend a [sigma] value of 1.44. For stocks with data-poor
stock assessments or no stock assessments (category two and three
stocks), there is typically greater scientific uncertainty in the
estimate of OFL. Therefore, the scientific uncertainty buffer is
generally greater than that recommended for stocks with quantitative
stock assessments. Assuming the same P* is applied, a larger [sigma]
value results in a larger reduction from the OFL.
For 2013 and 2014, the Council continued the general policy of
using the SSC-recommended [sigma] values for each species category.
However, an exception to the general [sigma] policy was made for widow
rockfish. For widow rockfish, the SSC recommended a larger [sigma]
value of 0.41 rather than the 0.36 that would typically be used for
category one stocks to better represent uncertainty in stock-recruit
steepness, which is considered the major source of uncertainty in the
widow rockfish assessment. In addition, several species changed
categories in 2013-2014 as a result of updated stock assessments or due
to being assessed for the first time. The [sigma] value for these
species was updated accordingly when determining the proposed ABCs for
2013 and 2014, as described below.
The species categories for yelloweye rockfish and blackgill
rockfish south of 40[deg]10'N. lat. were revised for 2013 and 2014 from
category one to category two stocks. The yelloweye rockfish assessment
was not able to estimate relative year class strength and the SSC
recommended, yelloweye rockfish be considered a category two stock, and
the [sigma] value of 0.72 was used. Similarly, based on the stock
assessment, the SSC recommended that blackgill rockfish be treated as a
category two stock and the [sigma] value of 0.72 was used. As a result
of new stock assessments the species categories for spiny dogfish and
greenspotted rockfish were revised for 2013 and 2014 from category
three stocks to category two stocks. Accordingly, the [sigma] values of
0.72 were used. Additional information about the [sigma] values used
for different species categories as well as the P*- [sigma] approach
can be found in the proposed and final rules from the 2011-2012
biennium. (75 FR 67810, November 3, 2010; 76 FR 27508, May 11, 2011). A
discussion of the P* values used in combination with the [sigma] values
follows.
The PCGFMP specifies that the upper limit of P* will be 0.45. A P*
of 0.5 equates to no additional reduction for scientific uncertainty
beyond the sigma value reduction. A lower P* is more risk averse than a
higher value, meaning that the probability of the ABC being greater
than the ``true'' OFL is lower. For 2013 and 2014, the Council largely
maintained the P* policies it established for the 2011-2012 biennium.
Specifically, the Council recommended using P* values of 0.45 for all
category one species, expect sablefish, which is described below.
Combining the [sigma] value of 0.36 the P* value of 0.45 results in a
reduction of 4.4 percent from the OFL when deriving the ABC. For
category two and three stocks, the Council's general policy was to use
a P* of 0.4. When combined with the [sigma] values of 0.72 and 1.44 for
category two and three stocks, a P* value of 0.40 corresponds to 16.7
percent and 30.6 percent reductions, respectively.
The Council recommended more precautionary P* values in 2013-2014
for spiny dogfish and sablefish in order to account for uncertainty
regarding the stock assessments. Spiny dogfish is a category two stock
due to the model structure (fixed key parameters and no recruitment
deviations) and sensitivity of the model results. The Council
recommended a P* of 0.3 for spiny dogfish, which results in a 31.4
percent reduction from the OFL, in recognition of the uncertain catch
history of the stock, which are largely discarded in west coast
fisheries. The Council also expressed the need for precaution in
managing spiny dogfish, pending a meta-analysis of elasmobranch
FMSY harvest rates due to the indication in the stock
assessment that the current FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F45% may be too aggressive. Regarding the 2011 sablefish
assessment, the level of uncertainty in estimates of both depletion and
absolute biomass is greater than in earlier assessments, in particular
because allowance was made for uncertainty in key parameters such as
natural mortality, growth, and survey catchability. Additionally,
sablefish steepness cannot be estimated reliably given the currently
available data, and steepness had to be set to an assumed value (0.6)
in the assessment. Therefore, the Council recommended a P* of 0.4 for
sablefish, which results in a 8.7 percent reduction from the OFL.
The Council also applied the two-step [sigma] and P* approach for
stocks managed in stock complexes. The Council's SSC categorized and
applied the appropriate [sigma] value for individual stocks managed in
stock complexes. For the six minor rockfish complexes, which are
[[Page 67979]]
comprised of a mix of all three categories of stocks, the Council
recommended a P* of 0.45. For the other flatfish, and other fish stock
complexes, which is composed of category three stocks (except for spiny
dogfish in the Other Fish which is category 2) a more precautionary P*
of 0.40 was recommended. For each of the stock complexes, the component
species ABC contributions were calculated and summed to derive the
complex ABC. Tables 1a and 2a of this proposed rule present the harvest
specifications for each stock and stock complex, including the proposed
ABCs, while the footnotes to these tables describe how the proposed
specifications where derived. Details regarding this can also be found
in Chapter 2.1.2 of the DEIS (see Supplementary Information section
above).
Proposed ACLs for 2013 and 2014
ACLs are specified for each stock and stock complex that is ``in
the fishery''. An ACL is a harvest specification set equal to or below
the ABC to address conservation objectives, socioeconomic concerns,
management uncertainty, or other factors necessary to meet management
objectives. All sources of fishing related mortality (tribal,
commercial groundfish and non groundfish, recreational, and EFP),
including retained and discard mortality, plus research catch are
counted against an ACL. The ACL serves as the basis for invoking
accountability measures (AMs). If ACLs are exceeded more than one time
in four years, then improvements to or additional AMs, for example
catch monitoring and inseason adjustments to fisheries, may need to be
implemented.
Under the PCGFMP harvest policies, when a stocks depletion level
falls below BMSY or the proxy for BMSY, which is
the biomass level that produces MSY (B25% for assessed
flatfish, B40% for all other groundfish stocks), but is
above the overfished level (MSST- B12.5% for assessed
flatfish, B25% for all other groundfish stocks),
the stock is said to be in the ``precautionary zone'' or below the
precautionary threshold. In general, when recommending ACLs, the
Council follows a risk-averse policy by recommending an ACL that is
below the ABC when there is a perception the stock is below its
BMSY, or to accommodate management uncertainty,
socioeconomic concerns, or other considerations. When a stock is below
the precautionary threshold the harvest policies reduce the fishing
mortality rate. The further the stock biomass is below the
precautionary threshold, the greater the reduction in ACL relative to
the ABC, until at B10% for a stock with a BMSY
proxy of B40% or B5% for a stock with a
BMSY proxy of B25%, the ACL would be set at zero.
These policies, known as the 40-10 and 25-5 harvest control rules,
respectively, are designed to prevent stocks from becoming overfished
and serve as an interim rebuilding policy for stocks that are below the
overfished threshold. For stock complexes, the ACL is set for the
complex in its entirety and is less than or equal to the sum of the
individual component ABCs. The ACL may be adjusted below the sum of
component ABCs to address the factors described above.
Under the PCGFMP, the Council may recommend setting the ACL at a
different level than what the default ACL harvest control rule
specifies as long as the ACL does not exceed the ABC and complies with
the requirements of the MSA. The ACLs proposed for 2013-2014 are
discussed below.
ACLs for ``Healthy'' and ``Precautionary Zone'' Individually Managed
Species
For the following individually managed species there was no new
scientific information or change in management policy from the 2011-
2012 biennium for establishing 2013 and 2014 ACLs: arrowtooth flounder
(ACLs set equal to the ABCs); black rockfish (OR-CA) (ACLs set below
the ABCs); black rockfish (WA) (ACLs set equal to the ABCs); cabezon
(CA) (ACLs set equal to the ABCs); cabezon (OR) (ACLs set equal to the
ABCs); California scorpionfish (ACLs set equal to the ABCs);
chilipepper south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. (ACLs set equal to the ABCs);
English sole (ACLs set equal to the ABCs); longspine thornyhead north
of 34[deg]27' N. lat. (ACLs set below the ABCs); longspine thornyhead
south of 34[deg]27' N. lat. (ACLs set below the ABCs); Pacific cod
(ACLs set below the ABCs); shortbelly rockfish (ACLs set below the
ABCs); shortspine thornyhead north of 34[deg]27' N. lat. (ACLs set
below the ABCs); shortspine thornyhead south of 34[deg]27' N. lat.
(ACLs set below the ABCs); splitnose south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. (ACLs
set equal to the ABCs); starry flounder (ACLs set equal to the ABCs);
and yellowtail north of 40[deg]10' N. lat. (ACLs set equal to the
ABCs).
The Council considered new policies or information relative to the
ACLs for the following healthy and precautionary zone species: Dover
sole, lingcod north of 42[deg] N. lat., lingcod south of 42[deg] N.
lat., longnose skate, sablefish north of 36[deg] N. lat., sablefish
south of 36[deg] N. lat., and widow rockfish.
Dover Sole
A new Dover sole assessment was done in 2011, which indicated the
stock was healthy with a 2011 spawning stock biomass depletion of 83.7
percent of unfished biomass. Rather than set the ACLs equal to the ABCs
of 88,865 mt in 2013 and 74,352 mt in 2014, the proposed 2013 and 2014
ACL of 25,000 mt is a re-specification of the 2012 ACL. The stock is
projected to remain healthy while accommodating the current level of
catch. Lower sablefish ACLs are proposed for 2013 and 2014 and, given
that the trawl sablefish allocation can dictate the amount of Dover
sole that can be accessed in the IFQ fishery, the Council did not
recommend higher Dover sole ACLs.
Lingcod
Lingcod are distributed coastwide with harvest specifications based
on two area stock assessments that were conducted in 2009 for the areas
north and south of the California-Oregon border at 42[deg] N. latitude.
The stock assessments indicate west coast lingcod stocks are healthy
with the stock depletion estimated for lingcod off Washington and
Oregon to be at 62 percent of its unfished biomass, and lingcod off
California estimated to be at 74 percent of its unfished biomass at the
start of 2009. The lingcod ACLs for 2013-14 are being proposed for the
areas north and south of the current 40[deg]10' N. lat. management line
rather than north and south of the California-Oregon border (42[deg] N.
lat.), which is where the stock assessment splits the stocks. Current
regulations at Sec. 660.112(b)(1)(vii) prohibit vessels participating
in the shorebased IFQ program from fishing in more than one IFQ
management area on the same trip. Therefore, if lingcod were to have a
geographic split at 42[deg] N. lat. it would create a new IFQ
management area that could unnecessarily restrict IFQ program
participants. Dividing the lingcod specifications at 40[deg]10' N. lat.
has no biological implications yet is consistent with the management of
most other species with north-south specifications. The adjusted
specifications for lingcod were based on the NMFS Northwest Fisheries
Science Center trawl survey. The swept area biomass estimates
calculated annually (2003-2010) in the NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science
Center trawl survey indicated that 48 percent of the lingcod biomass
for the stock south of 42[deg] N. lat. occurred between 40[deg]10' N.
lat. and 42[deg] N. lat, and the specifications were adjusted
accordingly. The 2013 and 2014 lingcod ACLs are 3,187 mt in 2013
[[Page 67980]]
and 3,023 mt in 2014 for the stock north of 40[deg]10' N. latitude and
1,111 mt in 2013 and 1,063 mt in 2014 for the stock south of 40[deg]10'
N. lat., with the ACLs set equal to the ABCs.
Longnose Skate
The west coast longnose skate stock was assessed in 2007. The
spawning stock biomass was estimated to be at 66 percent of its
unfished biomass at the start of 2007. The Council considered two 2013
and 2014 longnose skate ACL alternatives. The alternatives were an ACL
of 1,349 mt, which was the 2012 ACL and was based on a 50 percent
increase in the average 2004-2006 total catch mortality, and an ACL of
2,000 mt. The Council recommended an ACL of 2,000 mt to accommodate the
increased landings in the non-whiting trawl fishery seen in recent
years and limit potential disruption of current fisheries. An ACL of
2,000 mt is well below the 2013 and 2014 ABCs for the stock of 2,774 mt
and 2,692 mt. The proposed ACL is within a level of harvest projected
to maintain the population at a healthy level as projected in the 10-
year forecast for longnose skate in the 2007 stock assessment.
Sablefish
A new coastwide sablefish stock assessment was conducted in 2011.
The spawning stock biomass was estimated to be at 33 percent of its
unfished biomass at the beginning of 2011. Because the sablefish stock
is in the precautionary zone with a stock biomass below the
B40% target MSY biomass, the 40-10 harvest control rule was
applied to the ABC to determine the proposed ACL. The coastwide ACL was
then apportioned north and south of 36[deg] N. lat., using the average
2003-2010 proportions derived from the swept-area biomass estimates of
sablefish from the NWFSC shelf-slope trawl survey (73.6 percent north;
26.4 percent south). The apportionments used to determine 2013 and 2014
sablefish ACLs included updated information from the 2011 stock
assessment. The proportions differ slightly from those used to
apportion in 2012 ACLs.
To account for the uncertainty inherent in the abundance estimates
of sablefish south of 36[deg] N. lat. (due to the short time-series of
survey data from the southern area and advisory body advice), the
Council recommended southern area ACL apportionments that were reduced
by 50 percent for 2011 and 2012. For 2013 and 2014, the SSC advised the
Council that a fuller time series of trawl survey and catch data
informing stock biomass in the Conception area reduced the scientific
uncertainty in estimating biomass in that area in the 2011 assessment
making the added 50 percent reduction unnecessary. The 2013 and 2014
proposed sablefish ACLs are 4,012 mt in 2013 and 4,349 mt in 2014 for
the stock north of 36[deg] N. lat. and 1,439 mt in 2013 and 1,560 mt in
2014 for the stock south of 36[deg] N. lat. The ACLs are set below the
ABCs based on the 40-10 harvest control rule. The 2013 and 2014 ACLs
are a 25 percent reduction from the 2011-2012 ACLs for sablefish north
of 36[deg] N. lat. Sablefish is an economically important species in
all commercial fisheries. The effects of the sablefish ACL on projected
ex-vessel revenues in 2013 and 2014 are further discussed in the
Classification section below.
Widow Rockfish
A new full assessment of widow rockfish was conducted in 2011. The
new stock assessment indicated the spawning stock biomass was at 51
percent of its unfished biomass at the start of 2011 and above the
rebuilding threshold. Beginning in 2013 and 2014, widow rockfish will
be managed as a healthy stock. Although the base model is considered to
be the best available science, there was considerable uncertainty
regarding the new stock assessment's findings. The Council took this
into consideration when making the ACL recommendations. For 2013-2014,
the Council recommended ACLs of 1,500 mt to accommodate increased
opportunity in the trawl fishery while keeping the spawning stock
biomass above the target B40% level for the next 10 years
according to the base model. The ACL of 1,500 mt adds more precaution
given the uncertainty associated with the results of the stock
assessment and is set below the ABC of 4,598 mt in 2013 and 4,212 mt in
2014.
ACLs for Stock Complexes
For the eight stock complexes managed under the PCGFMP, the Council
recommended maintaining the 2013 and 2014 ACLs as close as possible to
the 2012 ACLs. Maintaining ACLs as similar as possible to 2012 will
help provide stability to fisheries in 2013 and 2014 while the trawl
fishery continues to adjust to IFQ management and while NMFS and the
Council consider changes to how stock complexes are structured. All of
the ACLs for stock complexes are less than or equal to the summed ABC
contribution of each component stock in each complex as described in
the following paragraphs.
Minor Nearshore Rockfish North and South of 40[deg]10' N. Lat.
For minor nearshore rockfish north of 40[deg]10' N. lat., the
preferred 2013 and 2014 complex ACL is set equal to the ABC, at 94 mt
each year. The 2013 and 2014 complex ABC is the summed contribution of
the component stocks' ABCs. For minor nearshore rockfish south of
40[deg]10' N. lat., the preferred 2013 and 2014 complex ACL of 990 mt
is the same as the 2012 ACL and is less than the 2013 ABC for the
complex.
Minor Shelf Rockfish North and South of 40[deg]10' N. lat.
For minor shelf rockfish north of 40[deg]10' N. lat., the preferred
2013 and 2014 complex ACL of 968 mt is the same as the 2012 ACL and is
less than the 2013 ABC of 1,920 and the 2014 ABC of 1,932 mt, for the
complex. For minor shelf rockfish south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., the
preferred 2013 and 2014 complex ACL of 714 mt is the same as the 2012
ACL and is less than the 2013 and 2014 ABCs for the complex.
Greenspotted rockfish is managed within the minor shelf rockfish
complexes. The 2011 assessment indicated the stock is in the
precautionary zone with spawning biomass depletions of 30.6 percent and
37.4 percent for the stocks north and south of Point Conception,
respectively. However, the stocks have shown substantial biomass
increases since implementation of the rock fish conservation areas
(RCAs) in 2003. Shelf rockfish are particularly well-protected by the
RCAs, and greenspotted rockfish catches have been negligible since
2003.
Minor Slope Rockfish North and South of 40[deg]10' N. Lat.
For minor slope rockfish north of 40[deg]10' N. lat., the preferred
2013 and 2014 complex ACL of 1,160 mt is the same as the 2012 ACL and
is less than the 2013 ABC of 1,381 mt and the 2014 ABC of 1,414 mt, for
the complex. For minor slope rockfish south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., the
preferred 2013 and 2014 complex ACL is set equal to the ABC, at 618 mt
in 2013 and 622 mt in 2014.
Blackgill rockfish is managed within the minor slope rockfish
complexes. The 2011 assessment for the stock south of 40[deg]10' N.
lat. indicated the stock was in the precautionary zone with spawning
biomass depletion estimated to be 30 percent of its unfished biomass at
the start of 2011. The Council recommended and NMFS is proposing to
establish 2013 and 2014 HGs equal to the 40-10 adjusted ACLs calculated
for the southern blackgill rockfish stock of 106 mt and 110 mt in 2013
and 2014, respectively.
[[Page 67981]]
Other Flatfish
The preferred 2013 and 2014 ACL for the other flatfish complex of
4,884 mt is equal to 2012 ACL. The 2013-2014 ACLs are set below the ABC
of 6,982 mt.
Other Fish
The preferred 2013 and 2014 ACLs for the other fish complex of
4,717 mt and 4,697 mt, respectively, are equal to the preferred 2013
and 2014 ABCs, which are lower than the No Action 2012 ACL of 5,575 mt.
Spiny dogfish is managed within the other fish complex. The 2011
assessment indicated that spiny dogfish stock was healthy with an
estimated spawning biomass at 63 percent of its unfished biomass.
Although the Council initially considered managing spiny dogfish with a
species specific harvest specifications, the final recommendation was
to continue managing it within the other fish complex ACL for 2013 and
2014. Reconsideration of species specific specifications would be made
in the 2015-2016 specifications cycle when a thorough analysis on
complex management is expected to be completed as described below.
Stock Complex Composition
The Council and NMFS have recognized the need to revisit the
composition of the stock complexes to ensure that stocks grouped
together are sufficiently similar in geographic distribution, life
history, productivity, and susceptibility to the fishery. However,
recognizing that additional scientific work and management
consideration is necessary to comprehensively address the issue, the
Council recommended maintaining the current stock complexes for 2013
and 2014. NMFS is prioritizing completion of an analysis to inform
changes to stock complexes in time for the 2015-2016 biennium due to
information indicating that the harvest of some stocks may be out of
proportion to their contribution to the complex specifications. The
DEIS indicates that routine modifications to existing management
measures could be effective at controlling catch of stock complexes if
it becomes necessary.
Rebuilding Plan ACLs for Overfished Species
When a stock has been declared overfished a rebuilding plan must be
developed and the stock must be managed in accordance with the
rebuilding plan. ACLs for these stocks are therefore set according to
the rebuilding plans. The following seven overfished groundfish stocks
would be managed under rebuilding plans in 2013 and 2014: Bocaccio
south of 40[deg]10' N. lat.; canary rockfish; cowcod south of
40[deg]10' N. lat.; darkblotched rockfish, Pacific Ocean Perch (POP),
petrale sole, and yelloweye rockfish. Section 304(e)(4) of the MSA
provides that any fishery management plan, plan amendment, or proposed
regulations for rebuilding an overfished fishery shall: ``(A) specify a
time period for rebuilding the fishery that shall--(i) be as short as
possible, taking into account the status and biology of any overfished
stocks of fish, the needs of fishing communities, recommendations by
international organizations in which the United States participates,
and the interaction of the overfished stock of fish within the marine
ecosystem; and (ii) not exceed ten years, except in cases where the
biology of the stock of fish, other environmental conditions, or
management measures under an international agreement in which the
United States participates dictates otherwise'' (16 U.S.C. 1854(e)(4)).
The Council and NMFS rely on rebuilding analyses to develop
rebuilding plans, particularly to determine the amount of time needed
to rebuild stocks given varying levels of fishing mortality. An
overfished groundfish stock is considered rebuilt once its biomass
reaches BMSY. Rebuilding analyses are used to project the
status of the overfished resource into the future under a variety of
alternative harvest strategies to determine the probability of
recovering to BMSY (or its proxy) within a specified time
frame. Life history characteristics (e.g., age of reproductive
maturity, relative productivity at different ages and sizes, etc.) and
the effects of environmental conditions on abundance (e.g., relative
productivity under inter-annual and inter-decadal climate variability,
availability of suitable food and habitat for different life stages,
etc.) are taken into account in the stock assessment and the rebuilding
analysis. A rebuilding analysis for an overfished species uses the
information in the stock assessment for that species to determine
TMIN, the minimum time to rebuild to BMSY with a
50 percent probability starting at the time the rebuilding plan was
implemented, in the absence of fishing-caused mortality. Also included
in the rebuilding analysis and rebuilding plan is TF=0 which
is the minimum time to rebuild to BMSY with a 50 percent
probability in the absence of fishing-caused mortality starting from
the beginning of the next biennial cycle, in this case 2013. The value
of TF=0 is therefore, in effect, TMIN based on
our current understanding of the stock. For purposes of this section
and its description of the canary rockfish and POP rebuilding plans,
TF=0 can thus be considered as TMIN. The
rebuilding analyses are used to predict TMIN for each
overfished species and, in doing so, answer the question of what time
period for rebuilding is ``as short as possible'' for each of the
overfished species. The amount of time between TMIN and the
target rebuilding year (TTARGET), is used to measure the
time period that the MSA requires to be as ``short as possible,'' when
taking into account the required factors, including the needs of
fishing communities. The TTARGET parameter is discussed in
more detail below.
TTARGET is the year in which the Council expects the
stock to rebuild with at least a 50 percent probability under the
chosen rebuilding strategy and is set between TMIN and
TMAX. TMAX is TMIN plus the length of
time associated with one mean generation time for that stock. A
particular TTARGET is determined by the productivity of the
stock, its current status, and the allowable harvest associated with a
particular rebuilding strategy established based on consideration of
the required factors. To rebuild a stock by the TMIN date
would require elimination of human-induced mortality on a stock (the
complete absence of fishing mortality is referred to as F=0). Even if
incidental fishing mortality of overfished species, that occurs as the
result of fishing for target groundfish species is ended, this does not
necessarily result in the complete absence of human-induced fishing
mortality. To rebuild by the TMIN date would require
elimination of extractive scientific research, such as surveys, in
addition to any target or incidental commercial, recreational, or
ceremonial and subsistence fishing that results in overfished species
mortality. Eliminating extractive scientific research would eliminate a
significant portion of the data used to inform stock assessments and
better understand the biological condition of groundfish stocks. Thus,
the Council's rebuilding strategies allow for these sources of
scientific research-related mortality. Also, as discussed above, the
MSA requires that rebuilding plans take into account the needs of
fishing communities. The rebuilding strategy for each overfished stock,
and the resulting TTARGET, is determined in consideration of
the statutory factors.
When an SPR harvest rate is used as the rebuilding strategy, the
Council's preference is to maintain a constant SPR harvest rate during
the rebuilding period for a stock, if appropriate. The
[[Page 67982]]
SPR is the expected lifetime contribution to the spawning stock biomass
for a recruit (a fish of specific spawning age or greater). Harvest
rates are presented in terms of the SPR. This is a percent value
indicating an effective harvest rate that would return the population
to a given level of spawning potential (reproductive output) in
relation to the spawning potential of the unfished population. The SPR
harvest rate specifies the proportion of the spawning stock that can be
removed each year while allowing the stock to rebuild by
TTARGET and inherently takes into account the productivity
of the stock. The harvest rate, or harvest control rule, determines the
ACLs for overfished species. The exploitation pattern, rate of growth,
and natural mortality can be given consideration when calculating an
SPR harvest rate. Applying a constant SPR harvest rate is more
precautionary in an uncertain environment as it reduces the effect of
changes in variability in the scale of biomass (a change in the entire
trajectory of biomass from the first biomass estimate forward to the
current biomass estimate). When a new stock assessment results in a
change in the understanding of stock scale or absolute stock abundance,
a constant harvest rate strategy is expected to keep the stock on track
towards rebuilding. In addition, the ``rebuilding paradox'' (the
fishing interaction for a stock increases as the stock biomass
increases) is addressed within a constant SPR approach. This is because
the ACL would change in relation to changes in biomass. In contrast,
constant catch rebuilding strategies do not adjust in relation to
changes in biomass, which can be problematic when there is a downward
change in abundance. In this case, the catch may become too large
relative to the size of the biomass population and adjustments would
become necessary to meet the same TTARGET. Although the
biennial management cycle requires focus on ACLs for a two year period,
an SPR harvest strategy is based on a rebuilding trajectory over time.
For stocks with slow trajectories, the differences between two
alternatives considered during a single biennial management cycle need
to be compared in relation to how they rebuild the stock over time.
As explained in the preamble to the proposed specifications and
management measures for the 2011-2012 biennium (75 FR 67810, November
3, 2010), new information or changes in perception of stock status and
biology can result in variability in stock assessments and rebuilding
analyses. In some cases, this variability requires revisions to
existing rebuilding plans in order to account for new estimates of
TMIN. Given the changes in perception of stock status and
biology, the Council tracks rebuilding progress in three dimensions:
Stock productivity; absolute stock abundance or stock scale; and
relative stock abundance or stock status. Stock productivity is
referred to as recruitment and means the ability of a stock to generate
new individuals of harvestable size. Stock scale is the total number of
individuals in a population. This value is rarely known, but is usually
estimated from relative abundance or through other methods. Absolute
stock abundance is an estimate of the current biomass usually measured
by indices that track trends in population biomass over time. Stock
status is the current biomass relative to the unfished biomass. Each of
these dimensions is subject to considerable scientific uncertainty and
can change the overall rebuilding outlook from cycle to cycle. To
determine whether a stock is better or worse off compared to a previous
assessment, all three dimensions must be examined. Changes in the
understanding of stock productivity can affect rebuilding plans by
altering our perception of how quickly a stock can increase. Changes in
our understanding of life history traits (e.g. mortality, maturity,
fecundity, or growth) can change the evaluation of stock productivity.
In the case of many groundfish, recruitment is highly variable and
sporadic or poorly understood. Age or length data, along with survey
biomass estimates and removal histories, all inform recruitment
patterns, but to varying degrees of resolution. The most recent few
years of recruitment are often the most uncertain.
Absolute stock abundance, or stock scale, has also demonstrated
considerable variability across assessments. This variability is often
a result of uncertainty in catch histories, which scales the biomass
via estimates of fishing mortality, but is also sensitive to life
history parameters such as growth and mortality. Any changes in these
estimates can have large effects in perceived biomass. These changes in
scale are commonly seen in estimates of unfished biomass, as the scale
of the entire population trajectory can shift up or down. Changes in
population scale will affect the level of catch needed to achieve the
rebuilding goals if harvest levels are not based on harvest rates.
Stock status or depletion is expressed as an estimate of current
biomass relative to the estimate of unfished biomass. Importantly,
changes in the estimate of unfished biomass can change with new data,
even though the current population biomass stays the same. Likewise, as
more data becomes available on productivity in current years it may
alter our understanding of current year biomass relative to an unfished
biomass. Because stock status is the basis for determining when a stock
is rebuilt, subsequent estimates of when a stock is projected to
rebuild at a specific SPR may change as estimates of stock status
change.
For two stocks, POP and canary rockfish, new scientific information
revealed that it is unlikely that the stocks can be rebuilt by their
current TTARGET even if all catch of these stocks was
prohibited. To avoid disastrous short-term consequences for fishing
communities, harvest levels above the TMIN level were
considered. Section 4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP provides the following
general guidance on the needs of the fishing communities: ``Fishing
communities need a sustainable fishery that: is safe, well-managed, and
profitable; provides jobs and incomes; contributes to the local social
fabric, culture, and image of the community; and helps market the
community and its services and products.'' Because so many of the
groundfish stocks are intermixed in different proportions, making
adjustments to protect one stock may increase the mortality of other
stocks. This intermixing makes rockfish rebuilding plans particularly
challenging. Reducing catch of overfished rockfish indirectly affects
fishing opportunity by constraining the harvest of target stocks in
multiple commercial and recreational fishery sectors. The Council has
approached this challenging situation using a comprehensive approach to
analyzing rebuilding alternatives and impacts to fishing communities by
taking into account the biology of the stocks and the needs of fishing
communities in a holistic fashion that simultaneously considers all
rebuilding species and groundfish fishing sectors.
The EIS prepared for this action analyzed a range of POP and canary
rockfish ACLs arrayed in different configurations along with the ACLs
for other stocks and the management measures needed to prevent ACLs
from being exceeded. These ``integrated alternatives'' are designed to
help demonstrate how changes in POP and canary rockfish ACLs affect
access to target stocks or influence projected mortalities of
overfished species, among other factors. Because of the multispecies
nature of the groundfish fishery (the ACL of one species can
[[Page 67983]]
influence the ACL and/or access to another species), the choice of
canary rockfish and POP harvest rates, and the resulting ACLs and
TTARGETS, were carefully considered by the Council. In their
final recommendation, the Council weighed many factors including
rebuilding progress, biology of the stock, economic impacts,
allocations, and the need for new or more restrictive management
measures. Ultimately, the Council recommended maintaining the harvest
rate in the existing rebuilding plans for POP and canary rockfish and
establishing revised TTARGETS, and maintaining the existing
rebuilding plans, including the TTARGETS, for the other five
overfished species. The proposed SPR or harvest control rule for each
stock managed under a rebuilding plan, the resulting ACLs, and
summarized information about rebuilding progress are presented below.
Detailed information is also available in the relevant stock
assessments, stock assessment updates, rebuilding analyses, and the EIS
for this action, which are all available from NMFS and the Pacific
Fishery Management Council (See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION).
Bocaccio
The 2011 rebuilding analysis indicated that bocaccio is showing
steady progress towards rebuilt status under the current rebuilding
plan described in 50 CFR 660.40(a). Applying the current rebuilding
harvest control rule to new information from the 2011 stock assessment
update, the rebuilding analysis projects bocaccio to rebuild to
BMSY one year earlier than the TTARGET of 2022
specified in the current rebuilding plan.
When an SPR harvest rate of 77.7 percent from the current
rebuilding plan is applied to the biomass estimate from the 2011
assessment update, it results in the proposed ACLs of 320 mt in 2013
and 337 mt in 2014. Because rebuilding progress is considered adequate,
and the 2011 assessment update supports our fundamental understanding
of the stock, the Council's recommendation was to maintain the
rebuilding plan currently in the FMP and 50 CFR 660.40(a) (i.e., no
modifications to TTARGET or SPR harvest rate).
Canary Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis indicated that the point estimate for
the canary rockfish biomass is slightly below the rebuilding trajectory
from the previous (2009) rebuilding analysis. The estimated unfished
spawning biomass increased by 7 percent resulting in a change in the
depletion estimate (the metric used to gauge stock status expressed as
the ratio of current to unfished spawning biomass) from 23.7 to 23.3
percent. Given changes in the relative status and productivity of the
canary rockfish stock, the median time to rebuild the canary rockfish
stock in the absence of fishing, TF=0, would be 2028, which
is one year longer than the TTARGET of 2027 specified in the
current rebuilding plan at 50 CFR 660.40(b). Because the canary
rockfish stock cannot rebuild by the current TTARGET of 2027
even in the absence of fishing, the rebuilding plan must be modified.
The No Action or 2012 ACL for canary rockfish is 107 mt. Given the
results of the 2011 stock assessment update and rebuilding analysis,
the No Action ACL corresponds with an SPR of 89.5 percent and a median
time to rebuild of 2030. In addition to the No Action ACL, the Council
considered five ACLs that extend the median time to rebuild by one,
two, three and four years from TF=0. The additional ACLs
included: 48 mt in 2013 and 49 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a
median time to rebuild of 2028 and an SPR of 95.1 percent; 101 mt in
2013 and 104 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a median time to rebuild
of 2029 and an SPR of 90 percent; 116 mt in 2013 and 119 mt in 2014,
which corresponds to a median time to rebuild of 2030 and an SPR of
88.7 percent; 147 mt in 2013 and 151 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a
median time to rebuild of 2030 and an SPR of 85.9 percent; and, 216 mt
in 2013 and 220 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a median time to
rebuild of 2030 and an SPR of 80.3 percent.
The ACLs of 116 mt in 2013 and 119 mt in 2014 were included in
integrated alternatives one and three and would maintain the Council's
existing policies and the SPR specified in the existing rebuilding plan
(88.7 percent). Although estimates of unfished biomass increased for
canary rockfish, the increase was relatively small compared to the
increase in estimated unfished biomass for POP (discussed below). In
addition, the estimated ending year spawning biomass increased. Due to
the estimated increase in population size and different assumption used
in the most recent rebuilding analysis about the relative catch by
different gear types, the 2013-2014 ACLs resulting from the SPR 88.7
percent harvest rate are slightly higher than the No Action ACLs. The
ACLs of 101 mt in 2013 and 104 mt in 2014 were included in integrated
alternatives two and six and are most similar to the 2012 ACL (No
Action ACL). The ACLs of 48 mt in 2013 and 49 mt in 2014, included in
integrated alternative four, are the most restrictive, and are similar
to the OYs that were in place between 2003 and 2008. The alternative
five ACLs of 216 mt in 2013 and 220 mt in 2014, and the alternative
seven and alternative eight ACLs, which are the same, of 147 mt and 151
mt, are increases that are expected to provide increased fishing
opportunity particularly for widow rockfish.
Despite very restrictive management measures being in place from
2003 to 2008 (prior to implementation of the trawl rationalization
program, for more information on this program see 75 FR 78344, December
15, 2010 and 75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010), total mortality of canary
rockfish exceeded the OYs in every year during this time period except
in 2008. Effectively controlling catch of canary rockfish has proven
difficult, particularly at low harvest levels that were in place
between 2003 and 2008. The low canary rockfish ACL alternative,
alternative four, would require a combination of shortened recreational
fishing seasons or lower commercial fishery trip limits, and depth
restrictions. Providing a higher ACL as under alternatives five, seven,
or eight could allow some fishing effort to shift off of the slope
areas resulting in reduced catch of POP.
The Council's recommended ACLs are 116 mt in 2013 and 119 mt in
2014, which maintains the current SPR harvest rate of 88.7. The target
rebuilding year for canary rockfish is changed by three years (from
2027 to 2030). However, the target rebuilding year is only two years
longer than TF=0; the same length of time as in the previous
rebuilding plan. Under the 2011 rebuilding analysis, the probability of
rebuilding to TTARGET in 2030 using an SPR harvest rate of
88.7 percent is 54.6 percent (see https://www.pcouncil.org/wp-content/uploads/D5b_SUP_GMT_JUN2012BB.pdf). The preferred ACLs are intended
to provide a level of harvest that rebuilds quickly, yet takes into
account the needs of fishing communities. Also, the proposed management
measures and catch allocations are projected to result in canary
rockfish total catch mortality less than the annual ACLs. Managing the
fishery to a level that is less than the annual ACLs is intended help
ensure total mortality stays below the ACL, to allow the stock to
rebuild faster, and to reduce the likelihood that inseason management
changes will be needed to ensure that ACLs are not exceeded.
Cowcod
The proposed 2013 and 2014 harvest specifications are consistent
with the current rebuilding plan. No new assessment was done for cowcod
because there was not enough new
[[Page 67984]]
information on which to base an assessment. However, rebuilding
progress is considered adequate, the Council's recommendation was to
maintain the rebuilding plan currently in the FMP, and at 50 CFR 660.40
(i.e., no modifications to TTARGET of 2068 or SPR harvest
rate). The three mt ACLs proposed for 2013 and 2014 are based on an SPR
harvest rate of 82.7 percent and result in a median time to rebuild of
2068, which is eight years longer than TF=0. As in previous
biennial harvest specifications, the Conception area ACL was doubled as
an appropriate harvest contribution for the unassessed Monterey area.
Darkblotched Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis indicates that darkblotched rockfish
is showing steady progress towards rebuilding under the current
rebuilding plan (50 CFR 660.40(d)). The revised estimates from the new
rebuilding analysis indicate that darkblotched rockfish will rebuild to
BMSY eight years earlier than the TTARGET of 2025
specified in the current rebuilding plan if the existing harvest
control rule (SPR = 64.9 percent) remains in place. The proposed ACLs
of 317 mt in 2013 and 330 mt in 2014 result from application of the SPR
harvest rate of 64.9 percent to information from the 2011 stock
assessment and has a median time to rebuild of 2017, which is one year
longer than TF=0. Because the rebuilding progress indicated
in the 2011 assessment and rebuilding analysis was considered adequate,
and supports our fundamental understanding of the stock, the Council
recommendation was to maintain the rebuilding plan currently in the FMP
and regulation (i.e., no modifications to TTARGET or SPR
harvest rate).
Petrale Sole
The 2011 stock assessment and rebuilding analysis projected the
petrale sole biomass to be at 18 percent of its unfished biomass and
showing strong progress towards rebuilt status. The new rebuilding
analysis estimates that petrale sole will rebuild to BMSY
three years earlier than the TTARGET of 2016 specified in
the current rebuilding plan if the 25-5 harvest control rule included
in the rebuilding plan continues to be used as the rebuilding strategy.
The ACLs derived by applying the 25-5 harvest control rule and being
proposed are 2,592 mt and 2,652 mt in 2013 and 2014, respectively. The
minimum time to rebuild petrale sole is 2014 (TMIN). The
ACLs derived from the 25-5 harvest control rule are projected to
rebuild the stock by 2013, the same year as TF=0. Because
the rebuilding progress was considered adequate, and the 2011
assessment supports our fundamental understanding of the stock, the
Council recommendation was to maintain the rebuilding plan currently in
the FMP and at 50 CFR 660.40(f) (i.e., no modifications to
TTARGET or harvest control rule).
POP
The 2011 rebuilding analysis showed the POP biomass to be below the
rebuilding trajectory from the previous (2009) rebuilding analysis. The
change is primarily due to a revised estimate of initial unfished
biomass (B0) and depletion, rather than a change to the
current biomass level. The new estimate of unfished stock size is
higher than previously thought. This represented a fundamental revision
to our understanding of the status of this species, which in turn
warranted revisions to the rebuilding plan. Even if harvest of POP were
prohibited (F=0) the median time to rebuild would be 2043, which is 23
years past the current TTARGET of 2020.
The No Action or 2012 ACL for POP is 183 mt. In 2012, an annual
catch target (ACT) of 157 mt was also specified. In addition to the No
Action ACL and ACT, the Council considered four ACLs for the 2013-14
cycle that would extend the median time to rebuild beyond
TF=0 by three, eight, 14, and 17 years. The alternative ACLs
considered by the Council included: 74 mt in 2013 and 76 mt in 2014,
which corresponds to a median time to rebuild of 2046 and an SPR of
92.9 percent; 150 mt in 2013 and 153 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a
median time to rebuild of 2051and an SPR of 86.4 percent; 222 mt in
2013 and 226 mt in 2014, which corresponds to a median time to rebuild
of 2057 and an SPR or 80.9 percent; and, 247 mt in 2013 and 251 mt in
2014, which corresponds to a median time to rebuild of 2060 and an SPR
or 79.2 percent.
The Council considered this broad range of POP ACL alternatives in
order to examine the effects of varying levels of POP mortality on the
``needs of fishing communities'' and the POP rebuilding trajectory. The
ACLs of 150 mt in 2013 and 153 mt in 2014 were included in integrated
alternatives one, two, and eight and would maintain the SPR harvest
rate policy in the existing rebuilding plan (86.4 percent). The ACLs of
74 mt in 2013 and 76 mt in 2014 were included in integrated
alternatives three and five and are similar to the lowest single year
(2005) catch seen since 2004. The alternative four ACLs of 247 mt and
251 mt are the most liberal followed by alternative six and seven with
ACLs of 222 mt in 2013 and 226 mt in 2014. The larger ACL alternatives
would allow targeting opportunity for widow rockfish and increases in
the harvest of Pacific whiting. POP is a slope rockfish species that is
primarily taken in the trawl fishery. Generally, lower ACLs for POP
would reduce the flexibility of trawl vessels to fish deeper when
targeting Pacific whiting and non-whiting stocks on slope fishing
grounds north of 40[deg]10' N. lat. In recent years, POP catch has
increased later in the season when the Pacific whiting fishery operated
deeper and more northerly than earlier in the season. However, the bulk
of POP catch is taken in the bottom trawl sector and has increased in
recent years as more effort has shifted to areas seaward of the trawl
RCA. For the commercial and tribal fisheries, the primary common factor
limiting commercial groundfish fisheries under integrated alternatives
one, two, three, five, seven, and eight were the POP ACLs under each
alternative. In other words, management measures necessary to keep the
commercial fisheries within the POP ACLs limited access to other stocks
under alternatives one, two, three, five, seven, and eight. This was
not the case for alternative four because of the higher POP ACL and the
very low canary rockfish ACL. Under alternative four, canary rockfish
becomes the limiting factor and even more effort is shifted offshore.
The Council has recommended maintaining the rebuilding strategy in
the current rebuilding plan, with an SPR harvest rate of 86.4 percent,
resulting in ACLs of 150 mt in 2013 and 153 mt in 2014. This is a
reduction from the 2012 POP ACL of 183 mt. The revised
TTARGET is 2051, which is eight years longer than
TF=0. The proposed management measures and catch allocations
for 2013 and 2014 are projected to result in POP total catch mortality
less than the annual ACLs. Managing the fishery to a level that is less
than the annual ACLs is intended to help ensure total mortality stays
below the ACL, to allow the stock to rebuild faster, and to reduce the
likelihood that inseason management changes will be needed to keep
mortality within the ACL. The ACL for POP has the greatest effect on
the northern trawl fishery (both the at-sea whiting sectors and the
shorebased IFQ sector).
Yelloweye Rockfish
The 2011 rebuilding analysis indicates that yelloweye rockfish is
showing steady progress towards rebuilt
[[Page 67985]]
status under the current rebuilding plan. The new rebuilding analysis
estimates that yelloweye rockfish will rebuild to BMSY seven
years earlier than the TTARGET of 2074 specified in the
current rebuilding plan if the existing harvest control rule (SPR =
76.0 percent) remains in place. The proposed ACL of 18 mt in 2013 and
2014 results from applying an SPR harvest rate of 76.0 percent to
current biomass and has a predicted median time to rebuild of 2067
(yelloweye rockfish now has 62.1 percent probability of rebuilding by
the TTARGET specified in the current rebuilding plan.
Because rebuilding progress was considered adequate, and the assessment
supports our fundamental understanding of the stock, the Council
recommended maintaining the rebuilding plan currently in the FMP and at
specified at Sec. 660.40 (i.e., no modifications to TTARGET
or SPR harvest rate).
Management Measures
New management measures being proposed for the 2013-2014 biennial
cycle would work in combination with management measures in existing
regulations to create a management structure intended to control
fishing. This management structure should ensure that the catch of
overfished groundfish species does not exceed the rebuilding ACLs while
allowing harvest of healthier groundfish stocks to occur to the extent
possible. Routine management measures are used to modify fishing
behavior during the fishing year. Routine management measures for the
commercial fisheries include trip and cumulative landing limits, time/
area closures, size limits, and gear restrictions. Routine management
measures for the recreational fisheries include bag limits, size
limits, gear restrictions, fish dressing requirements, and time/area
closures. The groundfish fishery is managed with a variety of other
regulatory requirements that are not routinely adjusted, many of which
are not changed through this rulemaking, and are found at 50 CFR 660,
subparts C through G. The regulations at 50 CFR 660, subparts C through
G, include, but are not limited to, long-term harvest allocations,
recordkeeping and reporting requirements, monitoring requirements,
license limitation programs, and essential fish habitat (EFH)
protection measures. The routine management measures specified at 50
CFR 660.60 (c), in combination with the entire collection of groundfish
regulations, are used to manage the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery
during the biennium to achieve harvest guidelines, quotas, or
allocations, that result from the harvest specifications identified in
this proposed rule, while protecting overfished and depleted stocks.
This section describes biennial fishery allocations and new
management measures proposed for 2013-2014 including: changes to
latitude and longitude coordinates that define the boundaries of the
Rockfish Conservation Areas (RCA)s; the ability to routinely modify
deductions from the ACL to provide fishing opportunities but not exceed
ACLs; requirements to completely offload before starting a new trip;
updating sorting requirements; and management measures to control the
harvest, if needed, of longnose skate and spiny dogfish.
Biennial Fishery Allocations
Two-year trawl and nontrawl allocations are decided during the
biennial process for those species without long-term allocations or
species where the long-term allocation is suspended because the species
was declared overfished. For all species, except sablefish north of
36[deg] N. lat., allocations for the trawl and nontrawl sectors are
calculated from the fishery harvest guideline. The term ``fishery
harvest guideline'' is defined at Sec. 660.11, and is the tonnage that
remains after subtracting from the ACL, or ACT when specified, harvest
in Tribal fisheries, scientific research activities, non-groundfish
fisheries and activities conducted under exempted fishing permits. The
two-year allocations and recreational harvest guidelines are designed
to accommodate anticipated mortality in each sector as well as to
accommodate variability and uncertainty in those estimates of
mortality. Allocations described below are specified in the harvest
specification tables appended to part 660, subpart C.
Longnose Skate
The Council recommended a two-year trawl and nontrawl HG for
longnose skate of 90 percent to the trawl fishery and 10 percent to the
nontrawl fishery. The allocation percentages reflect historical catch
of longnose skate between the two sectors.
Bocaccio
The following are the Council's recommended allocations for
bocaccio in 2013: Limited entry trawl, 76.9 mt; limited entry and open
access non-nearshore fixed gears, 74.2 mt; limited entry and open
access nearshore fixed gear, 0.9 mt; and California recreational 167.9
mt. The following are the Council's recommended allocations for
bocaccio in 2014: Limited entry trawl, 79.8 mt; limited entry and open
access non-nearshore fixed gears, 77 mt; limited entry and open access
nearshore fixed gear, 0.9 mt; California recreational 174.2 mt. These
allocations are anticipated to accommodate estimates of mortality of
bocaccio by sector in 2013-2014.
Canary Rockfish
The following are the Council's recommended allocations for canary
rockfish in 2013: Shorebased IFQ Program, 40.3 mt; at-sea sectors of
the Pacific whiting fishery, 12.8 mt (catcher/processor 7.5 mt and
mothership 5.3 mt); limited entry and open access non-nearshore fixed
gears, 3.6 mt; limited entry and open access nearshore fixed gear, 6.2
mt; Washington recreational, 3.1 mt; Oregon recreational 10.9 mt; and
California recreational 22.6 mt. The following are the Council's
recommended allocations for canary rockfish in 2014: Shorebased IFQ
Program, 41.5 mt; at-sea sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery, 13.2
mt (catcher/processor 7.7 mt and mothership 5.5 mt); limited entry and
open access non-nearshore fixed gears, 3.7 mt; limited entry and open
access nearshore fixed gear, 6.4 mt; Washington recreational, 3.2 mt;
Oregon recreational 11.2 mt; and California recreational 23.3 mt. These
allocations are anticipated to accommodate estimates of mortality of
canary rockfish by sector in 2013-2014.
Cowcod
The trawl/non-trawl allocations of cowcod for the first years of
the IFQ fishery were 66 percent to the trawl fishery and 34 percent to
the non-trawl fisheries. The trawl fishery had a higher allocation to
account for the uncertainty in how much cowcod IFQ fishery participants
would encounter. Catch of cowcod in the IFQ fishery during 2011 was
only 39 pounds while best available estimates for cowcod catch in non-
trawl fisheries was almost 1 mt. If the non-trawl allocation is not
increased, and catches of cowcod continue at levels similar to those
estimated for 2011, trip limit reductions and/or RCA modifications may
be required in southern California to address the higher-than-expected
catch levels in non-trawl fisheries. Rather than imposing such
restrictions, the Council recommended a change in the allocation,
making less cowcod available to trawl fisheries and more available to
non-trawl fisheries. The cowcod allocation is proposed to be 34 percent
trawl and 66 percent non-trawl for 2013-2014. NMFS anticipates the
proposed allocation structure will keep
[[Page 67986]]
catch below the 2013-2014 cowcod ACLs without having to make changes to
fishery management measures.
Minor Shelf Rockfish
For minor shelf rockfish north of 40[deg]10' N. lat., 560 mt (60.2
percent of the fishery harvest guideline) is allocated to the trawl
fishery and 370 mt (39.8 percent of the fishery harvest guideline) is
allocated to the nontrawl fishery for 2013 and 2014. For minor shelf
rockfish south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., 82 mt (12.2 percent of the
fishery harvest guideline) is allocated to the trawl fishery and 587 mt
(87.8 percent of the fishery harvest guideline) is allocated to the
nontrawl fishery for 2013-2014. For both minor slope rockfish north and
minor slope rockfish south, this maintains the same allocation
percentages as were in place for these complexes in 2012.
Petrale Sole
For petrale sole, 35 mt is allocated to the nontrawl fishery and
the remainder of the fishery HG is allocated to the trawl fishery. This
maintains the same allocation scheme that was in place for petrale sole
in 2012.
Yelloweye Rockfish
The following are the Council's recommended allocations for
yelloweye rockfish in 2013 and 2014: limited entry trawl, 1 mt; limited
entry and open access non-nearshore fixed gears, 1.1; limited entry and
open access nearshore fixed gear, 1.2; Washington recreational, 2.9;
Oregon recreational 2.6 mt; and California recreational 3.4 mt. These
allocations are anticipated to accommodate estimates of mortality of
yelloweye by sector in 2013-2014.
Modifications to the Boundaries Defining RCAs
RCAs are large area closures intended to reduce the catch of a
species or species complex, by restricting fishing activity at specific
depths. The boundaries for RCAs are defined by straight lines
connecting a series of latitude and longitude coordinates that
approximate depth contours. A set of coordinates define lines that
approximate various depth contours. These sets of coordinates, or
lines, in and of themselves, are not gear or fishery specific, but are
used in combination to define an area. That area may then be described
with fishing restrictions implemented for a specific gear and/or
fishery (e.g., between the boundary line approximating the 75 fm depth
contour and the boundary line approximating the 150 fm depth contour is
the trawl RCA, and fishing with bottom trawl gear is prohibited in this
area). For the 2013-2014 cycle, changes to refine selected coordinates
to more closely approximate the depth contour are being proposed for
the 150 fm line off Washington, the 200 fm line off Washington and
Oregon and the 150 fm line defining the Usal and Noyo Canyons off
California. These changes refine the lines that approximate the depth
contours and makes no regulatory changes to how, or for which
fisheries, those lines may be used.
Deductions From the ACL
Background
Before allocations are made to groundfish fisheries, deductions are
made from ACLs to set fish aside fish for certain types of activities.
The deductions from the ACL are associated with four distinct sources
of groundfish mortality: Harvest in Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribal
fisheries; harvest in scientific research activities; harvest in non-
groundfish fisheries; and harvest that occurs under exempted fishing
permits (EFPs). These deductions from the ACL are described at Sec.
660.55(b) and specified in the footnotes to Tables 1a and 2a to subpart
C. Under current regulations if any of these sources came in under the
amounts deducted from the ACL, for example because a research activity
was canceled, the leftover was generally not available to other
fisheries. In order to make any unharvested fish available for harvest
in other sectors, the Council recommended formalizing a process for
allowing groundfish that are set aside for harvest in scientific
research, non-groundfish fisheries, and for EFPs, to be harvested in
other groundfish fisheries if those fish would otherwise go unharvested
(fish unharvested in the tribal fisheries are not part of this change).
In order to keep the public informed about these changes, any movement
of fish from the deductions from the ACL to other fisheries will be
announced in the Federal Register. This additional flexibility for
2013-2014, and beyond, is intended to allow unused yield to be
redistributed to other sectors of the groundfish fishery, as needed.
This rule proposes revising regulations to allow more flexibility
and is not proposing changes to how set-asides that come off an
allocation for a specific fishery are managed. Additionally, for
clarity this rule makes changes to definitions and descriptions at
Sec. 660.55(k), Sec. 660.55(b) and (b)(4) to distinguish between off
the top deductions and set-asides.
To implement this change the Council recommended and NMFS is
proposing to allow the non-tribal deductions from the ACL for any
groundfish species to be modified inseason, however this movement of
fish is discretionary and not automatic. Therefore, the Council will
consider various factors before recommending that fish be moved from
the non-tribal deductions from the ACL, including: Status of the
activities for which the yield was initially intended and the level of
certainty that there will be unharvested fish; potential benefits to
groundfish fishery sectors; risk of exceeding ACLs; and other
appropriate factors. For 2013-2014, the Council recommended that fish
that would go unharvested be available to be distributed among the
sectors in proportion to the allocations made at the start of the year,
but that the Council may make modifications to those proportions based
on sector needs. The Council will consider various factors when making
recommendations for changing the proportions by which fish would be
distributed including: Whether sectors are closed and additional fish
would not provide enough yield to re-open the fishery; whether sectors
are not anticipated to catch their existing allocation of the species
that is to be redistributed; and the timing and feasibility of how
additional yield could be released to and used by a given sector.
Allowing changes to the proportions based on sector needs will help
maximize the socioeconomic benefits of moving unused yield into a
fishery sector.
Regulations that describe routine management measures, at Sec.
660.60(c), and that describe the types of deductions that are made from
the ACL, at Sec. 660.55(b), are proposed to be revised to allow the
non-tribal deductions from the ACL to be modified as a routine action.
Special consideration must be made for the shorebased IFQ program
because these species are allocated differently than non-IFQ species.
An IFQ species that has yield available may be made available for
harvest in the Shorebased IFQ Program. Shorebased IFQ program
participants would be notified of any changes through the Federal
Register. NMFS is proposing regulations to allow quota pounds (QP) made
available after September 1 due to changes in the non-tribal deductions
from the ACL to be transferred from a quota share (QS) account to a
vessel account in a similar manner as Pacific whiting reapportionment:
NMFS will credit the QS account with additional QP proportionally,
based on the increase in the shorebased trawl allocation; the QS
account transfer function will be reactivated for species with
additional
[[Page 67987]]
QP; and after December 15 the transfer function will again be
inactivated. Therefore, changes to regulations at Sec.
660.140(d)(3)(ii)(B)(3) are proposed to expand the regulations for
Pacific whiting reapportionment after September 1 so they may also
apply to QP that are released to the Shorebased IFQ Program due to
changes in the non-tribal deductions from the ACL.
QP made available to the Shorebased IFQ Program from the non-tribal
deductions from the ACL will count towards calculations for
accumulation limits: Both QS and QP accumulation limits. Any movement
of fish from the deductions from the ACL into the Shorebased IFQ
Program would change allocations, and therefore would also affect the
individual amounts associated with the QS and QP accumulation limits.
There would be no change in the percentage that applies; the existing
percentage would be applying to a larger poundage that may result in a
higher poundage at the individual level.
In contrast, QP made available to the Shorebased IFQ Program from
the non-tribal deductions from the ACL will not count towards
calculations for carryover. The Pacific whiting final rule (77 FR
28497, May 15, 2012, comment 15) addressed this issue in the context of
reapportionment of whiting to the Shorebased IFQ Program. Any release
of additional QP resulting from deductions from the ACL is similar to
reapportionment of whiting in that both may be added to the shorebased
trawl allocation during the year but were not part of the annual
allocation. Because reapportionment of whiting is not included in the
calculation for the carryover limit in the Shorebased IFQ Program, and
because release of additional QP is a similar provision, NMFS proposes
that that release of additional QP resulting from changes to the non-
tribal deductions from the ACL would also not count toward the
carryover limit. Language has been added to Sec. 660.140(e)(5) stating
that these additional amounts do not count toward calculation of the
carryover limit. No changes to the regulations at Sec.
660.140(e)(5)(ii) regarding deficit carryover are proposed. Therefore,
if a vessel has already opted out of the fishery, it would not have the
option of covering its deficit with the additional QP that were
released due to changes to the non-tribal deductions from the ACL. Also
at Sec. 660.140(e)(5)(i), NMFS proposes clarifying language stating
that surplus carryover QP or IBQ pounds are deposited straight into
vessel accounts and do not change the shorebased trawl allocation.
Offloading Requirements
The trawl rationalization program, in part, implemented sector
allocations and the management measures to track catches against those
sector allocations. Initially, regulations were established for the
shorebased IFQ fishery such that, once the transfer of fish begins, all
fish on board a vessel count toward a landing and the offload must be
completed prior to the start of a subsequent trip. The purpose of this
measure was to ensure all fish harvested on a shorebased IFQ trip were
clearly associated with the landings receipts and permit status. The
information on the landing receipts, combined with the permit status of
the vessel making the landing, provides fishery managers with the tools
to accurately account for catch against the sector allocation. During
development of the 2013-2014 harvest specifications and management
measures, the Council and NMFS identified a need for similar offloading
requirements in other sectors of the fishery to ensure accurate catch
accounting between other sector allocations.
At its June 2012 meeting, the Council recommended a change to
regulations that would require all fish from any trip be offloaded
prior to beginning a new trip. Based on that recommendation, every
sector of the groundfish fishery, including landings in the limited
entry fixed gear and open access fisheries, and would be required to
completely remove all fish from the vessel once landing had begun, in
order for them to be allowed to start a subsequent trip. Therefore, in
particular, NMFS is seeking comments from participants in the limited
entry fixed gear and open access sectors, on the proposed action to
require all fish from any trip, except for vessels fishing in the at-
sea sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery, be offloaded prior to
beginning a new trip.
While developing regulations for this new requirement, NMFS noted
that the complete offloading requirements for the shorebased IFQ
program that are currently in place do not apply to vessels
participating in the primary whiting fishery as part of the mothership
or catcher/processor sectors. However, there is already a provision at
Sec. 660.112(d)(8) requiring MS CVs to offload all catch to a single
MS before resetting the net. Therefore, NMFS is not proposing changes
to the offload requirements for the mothership or catcher/processor
sectors.
Sorting Requirements
In the non-whiting groundfish fishery, catch is sorted to species
or species group in order to account for catch against the various
harvest specifications and management measures that are specific to
those species or species groups. Except for vessels participating in
the Pacific whiting fishery (see Sec. 660.130(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(3)),
groundfish regulations require that species or species groups with a
trip limit, size limit, scientific sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, ACT, ACL or OY, be sorted (see Sec. 660.12(a)(8)). Whenever
a new species is given its own harvest specification or management
measure, as described in the list above, that species must then be
sorted. For the first time, blackgill rockfish is given a species
specific harvest guideline for the area south of 40[deg]10' N. lat.;
therefore, blackgill rockfish would need to be sorted in all fisheries,
except the Pacific whiting fishery, beginning in 2013.
Longnose Skate Management Measures
Longnose skate were assessed for the first time in 2008 and in the
2009-2010 harvest specifications and management measures longnose skate
was removed from the ``other fish'' complex and given its own species
specific harvest specifications. At that time, mortality estimates from
the stock assessment were below the harvest specifications and the
concern for overfishing was extremely low so no new management measures
were established. Since longnose skate is not an IFQ species, the 2011-
2012 harvest specifications and management measures established an
incidental landing limit for the Shorebased IFQ Program as a management
tool. However, as a precautionary measure for 2013 and 2014, the
Council recommended that trawl and non-trawl harvest guidelines be
specified for longnose skate. Therefore, this proposed rule reflects a
fishery harvest guideline for longnose skate of 1,927.8 mt, of which
the trawl harvest guideline is 90 percent (1,735 mt), and the non-trawl
harvest guideline is 10 percent (192.8 mt) in 2013 and 2014. For
vessels using trawl gear, landing limits for the non-IFQ species,
including longnose skate, are published in Table 1 (North) and Table 1
(South) to subpart D. Also for 2011-2012, longnose skate was added to
the list of species for which trip landing and frequency limits, and
size limits could be implemented or modified routinely for the
Shorebased IFQ Program.
According to West coast groundfish observer program (WCGOP) data
available at the end of 2011, the estimates of longnose skate total
mortality in 2009 and 2010 approached or slightly exceeded the longnose
skate
[[Page 67988]]
OYs in those years, depending on the assumptions made about discard
mortality. The assumptions made about discard mortality of longnose
skate have varied, with 100 percent discard mortality assumed by WCGOP
but the stock assessment assumed 50 percent discard mortality. Since
the 2008 stock assessment has been recommended as the best available
science by the SSC, the SSC has also recommended that the discard
mortality rate that is assumed in the stock assessment be used by
WCGOP. So, if one were to apply the best available discard mortality
assumption of 50 percent retroactively, longnose skate mortality would
have been approximately 88 percent of the 2009 and 2010 OYs. However,
the Council considered that total mortality, regardless of the
assumptions in discard mortality, has an increasing trend and
recommended that management measures, including trip limits and depth-
based area restrictions to control or reduce fishery impacts to
longnose skate be designated as routine for all fisheries to allow
fishery managers to respond to the best available fishery data during
the year and take action to make sure that total mortality of longnose
skate does not exceed the 2013-2014 ACLs. Therefore, the Council
recommended and NMFS is proposing to add longnose skate to the list of
species for which trip landing and frequency limits, and size limits
could be implemented or modified routinely for all fisheries.
Lingcod Management Measures
Minimum size limits for lingcod have been in place since the late
1990s. Minimum size limits were used as a rebuilding tool to decrease
harvest and improve stock status after lingcod was declared overfished
in 1999. The lingcod stock was declared rebuilt in 2005. The Council
considered reducing or removing the minimum size limit for lingcod in
the shorebased IFQ fishery because all of the catch counts against a
vessel's IFQ, and fish that are smaller than the minimum size limit are
still considered marketable but are required to be discarded. However,
the Council's Enforcement Consultants (EC) recommended that if the
Council made changes to lingcod minimum size limits in the IFQ fishery
that they make the same changes to the non-IFQ fisheries. Because of
the concerns raised by the EC, the Council recommended no changes to
lingcod size limits for any commercial or recreational fisheries for
the start of the 2013-2014 biennium. However, the Council requested
additional analysis of the environmental effects of reducing or
eliminating the minimum lingcod size limit for non-IFQ commercial as
well as recreational fisheries. The Council may use this analysis in
combination with the most recently available fishery information to
make changes to lingcod minimum size limits during the biennium.
Changes to lingcod size limits are considered a routine measure under
Sec. 660.60(c) and may be implemented, if determined necessary,
through inseason action.
Spiny Dogfish Management Measures
Spiny dogfish are a component stock in the ``other fish'' complex,
and have species specific trip limits in commercial groundfish
fisheries. Mortality of spiny dogfish in recent years has approached,
and would have exceeded in 2008, the 2013-2014 level of the
contribution of this stock to the ``other fish'' ABC. Therefore, the
Council considered management measures that could be implemented, if
needed, to decrease catch of spiny dogfish inseason.
Catch of spiny dogfish in each sector of the groundfish fishery has
been highly variable, but they are most commonly encountered by vessels
fishing for groundfish with bottom trawl gear, midwater trawl gear, or
with fixed gear seaward of the non-trawl RCA (also referred to as the
non-nearshore fishery). Of these fisheries, two have targeted and sold
spiny dogfish: The bottom trawl and non-nearshore fixed gear fisheries.
Therefore, if changes to management measures were necessary to reduce
catch, they would primarily focus on bottom trawl and non-nearshore
fixed gear fisheries (both limited entry and open access fixed gear).
Based on a review of catch estimates, landings data, price per pound,
and current fishery management measures that are likely affecting the
harvest levels of spiny dogfish, the Council recommended no changes to
fishery management measures for the start of the biennium, but noted
that adjustments to spiny dogfish trip limits and changes to RCA
boundaries would be effective tools to control catch, if needed
inseason.
Limited Entry Trawl
Trawl Fishery Management Measures
Amendment 20 established a program to ``rationalize'' the
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery. Rationalization results in a
sustainable level of fishing from both the resource conservation and
economic perspective through the use of harvest shares and
cooperatives. The program under the PCGFMP uses quota shares, or catch
allocation, to allow individuals to harvest specific amounts of
groundfish. The trawl rationalization program is intended to increase
net economic benefits, create individual economic stability, provide
full utilization of the trawl sector allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual accountability of catch (retained and
discarded).
Since the start of 2011, the limited entry trawl fishery has been
divided into three distinct sectors (shoreside, mothership, and
catcher/processor). An individual fishing quota (IFQ) program is
created for the shoreside sector and harvester cooperatives are created
for the catcher/processor and mothership sectors. Formal allocations to
and among the trawl sectors to support the trawl rationalization
program are specified in the PCGFMP and in federal Pacific coast
groundfish regulations at 50 CFR 660, Subparts C and D.
The PCGFMP framework specifies formal, long term, allocations
between trawl and non-trawl fisheries for many groundfish species
including: lingcod, Pacific cod, sablefish south of 36[deg] N. lat.,
Pacific ocean perch (POP), widow rockfish, chilipepper rockfish,
splitnose rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of 40[deg]10' N. lat.,
shortspine thornyhead (north and south of 34[deg]27' N. lat.),
longspine thornyhead north of 34[deg]27' N. lat., darkblotched
rockfish, minor slope rockfish (north and south of 40[deg]10' N. lat.),
Dover sole, English sole, petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and other flatfish. Species that are not formally allocated
by the PCGFMP are addressed through short-term allocations, decided
through the biennial harvest specifications and management measure
process. Trawl and non-trawl allocations are established through the
biennial harvest specifications for canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, and minor shelf rockfish north and south. In
addition to allocations specified by the PCGFMP and those mentioned
above, trawl and non-trawl allocations for some additional species are
being specified through the biennial harvest specifications including:
Minor nearshore rockfish north and south, and longnose skate. Species
being managed under trip limits and without trawl and non-trawl
allocations are: Shortbelly rockfish, longspine thornyhead south of
34[deg]27' N. lat., black rockfish (Washington-Oregon), California
scorpionfish, cabezon (California only), kelp greenling, and the
``other fish'' complex.
Carry-Over
The Shorebased IFQ Program contains a carryover provision that is
specified at 50 CFR part 660.140(e)(5). The carryover provision allows
for two types of
[[Page 67989]]
carryover. If an individual catches more fish than is in their
corresponding vessel account, but it is within the 10 percent carryover
limit for a deficit, then this overage in one year can be covered by
the following year's QP--called a deficit carryover. Likewise, the
provision also allows up to 10 percent of QP that were not used in one
year to be carried over into the following year--called a surplus
carryover. Each year NMFS is required to determine whether each species
can be issued surplus carryover to individual vessel accounts within
the conservation requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The use of
the deficit carryover provision is the choice of the vessel account
owner and does not require a direct role for NMFS.
Beginning in 2013, the Council is recommending a process in which
the Council (rather than NMFS) would review in the first instance the
eligible surplus carry-over amounts from the previous year, projected
mortality for the current year, and available AMs to determine whether
issuing the eligible surplus carry-over QPs would likely result in
exceeding an ACL. If a concern is identified, the Council would make
recommendations to NMFS to reduce or eliminate the surplus carryover
for the species in question for that year. The ability to modify the
surplus carry-over percentages through routine inseason action is
different from the No Action option where adjustments are made by NMFS
under MSA authority or by the Council through the biennial cycle.
Considering the amount of surplus carryover as an inseason action would
increase the Council's involvement. NMFS is proposing that the
percentage of surplus carryover may be modified as a routine action,
though the percentage may not exceed 10 percent.
As an example of how the process might work, the Council would
review the preliminary data available from the previous year beginning
in the spring and could make recommendations to NMFS after any Council
meeting, but likely after the March or April meeting. The Council could
recommend the surplus carryover limit be adjusted through an inseason
action published in the Federal Register to a percentage lower than 10
percent for any individual IFQ species or all IFQ species (the deficit
carryover limit would remain at 10 percent). If surplus carryover is
not issued for any species (i.e., 0 percent), that would be included in
the Federal Register notice.
Surplus carryover credits would function differently than increases
to sector allocations. Increases in sector allocations (e.g.,
allocation top-ups, reapportionment of whiting, and flexibility of
deductions from the ACL), would be added to the shorebased trawl
allocation, added to the QS accumulation limits and vessel limits
calculations, and allocated to QS accounts. However, the surplus
carryover credit to the shorebased sector would not be added to the
shorebased trawl allocation, and would not be added to the vessel
accumulation limit calculation. Rather, NMFS would credit the amount
directly to vessel accounts.
NMFS is also proposing that issuance of surplus carryover to vessel
accounts will be restricted by the vessel limits (annual and daily
limits). Annual and daily vessel limits are set at a percentage. Any
increase to the sector allocation during the calendar year, due to
adjustments in the non-tribal deductions from the ACL, allocation top-
ups in the spring, and whiting reapportionment in the fall, would
increase the associated QP amount for those daily and annual vessel
limits (as well as the QS accumulation limits). Before any credit of
surplus carryover QP to vessel accounts, fishermen may want to estimate
their surplus carryover and then look at their vessel account balances
to determine whether they would be able to accept their entire surplus
carryover credit. Fishermen may be faced with fluctuating surplus
carryover limits if the percentage is changed inseason. Fishermen may
also face fluctuating vessel limits caused by increasing allocations.
To ensure that issuance of surplus carryover would not cause
overfishing, and would be extremely unlikely to exceed an ACL, the
Council also recommended modifying the regulations to allow the
Shorebased IFQ Program to be closed automatically. However, NMFS
already has the authority in current regulations Sec. 660.140(a)(3) to
close all or part of the Shorebased IFQ Program. Therefore, NMFS is not
proposing to add an automatic action to close the Shorebased IFQ
Program.
Incidental Trip Limits for IFQ Vessels
For vessels fishing IFQ, with either groundfish trawl gear or non-
trawl gears, the following incidentally caught species are managed with
trip limits: Minor nearshore rockfish north and south, black rockfish,
cabezon (46[deg]16' to 42[deg] N. lat. and south of 42[deg] N. lat.),
spiny dogfish, shortbelly rockfish, Pacific whiting, and the ``other
fish'' category. If determined necessary, trip limits may also be
established for longnose skate, California scorpionfish, and as sub-
limits within the other fish category, big skate, California skate,
leopard skate, soupfin shark, finescale codling, Pacific rattail, kelp
greenling, and cabezon off Washington. No changes to trip limits in the
IFQ fishery are proposed for the start of the 2013-2014 biennium;
however, changes to trip limits are considered a routine measure under
Sec. 660.60(c) and may be implemented, if determined necessary,
through inseason action.
RCA Configurations for Vessels Using Groundfish Trawl Gear
Based on analysis of West Coast Groundfish Observer Data and vessel
logbook data, the boundaries of the RCAs were developed to prohibit
groundfish fishing within a range of depths where encounters with
overfished species were most likely to occur. The RCAs boundaries vary
by season, latitude, and gear group. Boundaries for limited entry trawl
vessels are different from those for the limited entry fixed-gear and
open access gears. The trawl RCAs apply to vessels fishing with
groundfish trawl gear. The non-trawl RCAs apply to the limited entry
fixed-gear and open access gears other than non-groundfish trawl. The
non-groundfish trawl RCAs are defined by fishery.
Under Amendment 20 to the PCGFMP, quota pounds associated with a
limited entry trawl permit may be harvested with either trawl gear or
legal fixed gear. Groundfish regulations specify both trawl and non-
trawl RCAs. The type of gear employed determines the RCA structure. As
such, vessels that harvest IFQ species with groundfish trawl gear will
be held to the trawl RCA while vessels that harvest IFQ species with
fixed gear will be held to the non-trawl RCA.
No changes to the 2012 trawl RCA boundaries are proposed for the
start of the 2013-2014 biennium. As the IFQ fishery proceeds and if
catch data supports reconsideration of the RCAs, the Council could
revise the RCA boundaries through inseason measures.
Changes to Lingcod QP and QS Accumulation Limits
Because of the geographic split for lingcod at 40[deg]10' N. lat.,
changes to the tables that describe the QS control limits at Sec.
660.140(d)(4)(i)(C) and the QP vessel limits at Sec. 660.140(e)(4)(i)
are proposed in this rule. Consistent with current regulations the QS
control limit percent is equally split between north and south and the
percentages remain the same, i.e. the previous limit was 2.5 percent
coastwide and this rule proposes a 2.5 percent limit north and a 2.5
percent limit south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. QP vessel use limits proposed
in this rule are 5.3 percent north of 40[deg]10' N. lat. and 13.3
percent south of 40[deg]10' N.
[[Page 67990]]
lat. The changes would provide vessels an opportunity to harvest the
same amount of lingcod north and south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. that would
have been available had the coastwide lingcod quota not been split. It
was noted at the Council's June meeting that the QS accumulation limits
may also need to be revisited in light of the change in the geographic
split being proposed for lingcod; however, NMFS is not proposing
changes to QS accumulation limits at this time. Likewise, the aggregate
non-whiting groundfish species QS accumulation limit and QP vessel
limits may also need to be revisited in light of the change in the
geographic split being proposed for lingcod; however, NMFS is not
proposing changes at this time.
Limited-Entry Fixed Gear and Open Access Non-Trawl Fishery Management
Measures
Management measures for the limited entry fixed gear (LEFG) and
open access non-trawl fisheries tend to be similar because the majority
of participants in both fisheries use hook-and-line gear. Management
measures, including area restrictions and trip limits, in these non-
trawl fisheries are generally designed to allow harvest of target
species while keeping catch of overfished species low. For 2013-2014,
changes to management measures in these fisheries are primarily driven
by the lower sablefish ACL for the area north of 36[deg] N. lat. The
Council also considered the tradeoffs in area restrictions compared to
trip limit restrictions for the non-trawl fishery that is prosecuted
shoreward of the non-trawl RCA.
Non-Trawl RCAs
The non-trawl RCA applies to vessels that take, retain, possess, or
land groundfish using non-trawl gears, unless they are incidental
fisheries that are exempt from the non-trawl RCA (e.g. the pink shrimp
non-groundfish trawl fishery). The seaward and shoreward boundaries of
the non-trawl RCAs vary along the coast, and are divided at various
commonly used geographic coordinates, defined in Sec. 660.11, subpart
C. In 2009, the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA was established
based on fishery information indicating that fishing in some areas in
the non-trawl fishery have higher yelloweye rockfish bycatch than in
others, and the RCA boundaries were adjusted to reduce mortality of
yelloweye rockfish in these areas.
The non-trawl RCA boundaries proposed for 2013-2014 are the same as
those in place for the non-trawl fisheries in 2011-2012, except for the
shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA off a small part of the
southern Oregon coast. The shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA,
between 43[deg] N. lat. (Columbia/Eureka line) and 42[deg] N. lat.
(Oregon/California border), is proposed to be shifted seaward, to open
some additional areas to fishing close to shore. Under the final
preferred allocations for canary and yelloweye rockfish for 2013-2014,
bycatch species that limit access to targeted nearshore stocks, and
with the trip limits for nearshore species that were in place during
2011-2012 remaining the same, some additional fishing opportunities can
be provided while keeping anticipated mortality of canary and yelloweye
rockfish below the nearshore fishery allocations. Therefore, the
Council recommended and NMFS is proposing to shift the shoreward
boundary of the non-trawl RCA, between 43[deg] N. lat. and 42[deg] N.
lat., from the line approximating the 20 fm (37 m) depth contour to the
line approximating the 30 fm (55 m) depth contour. These boundary lines
are defined by latitude and longitude coordinates found at Sec.
660.71, subpart C. The change to the non-trawl RCA boundary in this
area opens fishing areas that have been closed since 2009, and may
increase fishing efficiency and reduce gear conflicts by spreading the
nearshore fleet over a larger fishing area. Opening this area is
anticipated to increase overall landings of both target and bycatch
species, but mortality is anticipated to be below the allocations or
harvest limits for all species.
Non-Trawl Fishery Trip Limits
Trip limits proposed for the non-trawl fisheries in 2013-2014 are
similar to those that applied to these fisheries in 2011-2012 with the
exception of the addition of species-specific limits for blackgill
rockfish south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. To help achieve but not exceed the
allocations of sablefish in the limited entry fixed gear and open
access fisheries, proposed trip limits for sablefish in these fisheries
are different between 2013 and 2014, with slightly higher limits in
2014 because of the higher sablefish ACL. Proposed 2013 and 2014 trip
limits for sablefish in the non-trawl fisheries are specified in Table
2 (North), Table 2 (South) to subpart E and in Table 3 (North) and
Table 3 (South) to subpart F.
Blackgill rockfish is a species in the slope rockfish complex,
coastwide, and was assessed in 2011. For 2013-2014, blackgill rockfish
will have species-specific harvest guidelines for the area south of
40[deg]10' N. lat. of 106 mt and 110 mt for 2013 and 2014,
respectively. To improve inseason tracking of catch and keep
anticipated catch of blackgill rockfish within its harvest guideline,
species specific sub-limits are proposed for the non-IFQ fisheries. For
the limited entry fixed gear fishery south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., a
species-specific sub-limit is established, within the minor slope
rockfish limit, for blackgill rockfish of 1,375 lb (653 kg) per two
months. For the open access fishery south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., a
species-specific sub-limit is established, within the minor slope
rockfish limit, for blackgill rockfish of 480 lb (217 kg) per two
months. These trip limits, when combined with anticipated catch of
blackgill rockfish in the Shorebased IFQ Program, are anticipated to
keep catch below the 2013 and 2014 harvest guidelines. For the
Shorebased IFQ Program, blackgill rockfish will remain a part of the
minor slope rockfish south of 40[deg]10' N. lat. complex.
Primary Sablefish Fishery Tier Limits
Some limited entry fixed gear permits are endorsed to receive
annual sablefish quota, or ``tier limits,'' and vessels registered with
one, two, or up to three of these permits may participate in the
primary sablefish fishery, described at Sec. 660.231. Tier limits
proposed for the limited entry fixed gear primary sablefish fleet are
lower than in 2011-2012, reflecting the lower sablefish harvest
specifications for 2013 and 2014. The proposed tier limits are as
follows: In 2013, Tier 1 at 34,513 lb (15,665 kg), Tier 2 at 15,688 lb
(7,116 kg), and Tier 3 at 8,964 lb (4,066 kg). For 2014, Tier 1 at
37,441 lb (16,983 kg), Tier 2 at 17,019 lb (7,720 kg), and Tier 3 at
9,725 lb (4,411 kg). These tier limits are found in groundfish
regulations at Sec. 660.231, Subpart E.
Management measures for the LEFG fishery are found at Sec.
660.230, subpart E, with management measures specific to the primary
sablefish season found at Sec. 660.231, subpart E. Limited entry fixed
gear trip limits are found in Table 2 (North) and Table 2 (South) of
subpart E of part 660. Management measures for the open access fishery
are found at Sec. 660.330, subpart F. Trip limits for the open access
fishery are found in Table 3 (North) and Table 3 (South) of subpart F
of part 660.
Transitioning Between the Limited Entry Fixed Gear Primary Sablefish
Fishery and the Daily Trip Limit (DTL) Fishery
After vessels participating in the limited entry fixed gear primary
sablefish fishery have fished their tier limit(s), they are then
eligible to fish in the sablefish fishery that is subject to
[[Page 67991]]
trip limits, also known as the daily trip limit (DTL) fishery. Prior to
2009, the threshold by which it was determined when a vessel's primary
fishery season was completed was equal to the daily trip limit in place
for the limited entry fixed gear DTL fishery. In 2009, the daily trip
limit in the limit entry fixed gear DTL fishery was removed. Removal of
the daily limit in the limited entry fixed gear DTL fishery
incidentally also changed the threshold by which completion of the
vessels tier was judged, to the weekly rather than daily limit that was
in place. Therefore, language is added to remedy the unintended
threshold change that was made because of removal of the daily limit.
Proposed revised regulations set a 300 lb (136 kg) threshold for the
amount of sablefish that is left on a tier limit when no daily limit is
specified.
Recreational Fisheries Management Measures
Recreational fisheries management measures are designed to limit
catch of overfished and nearshore species to sustainable levels while
also allowing viable fishing seasons. Overfished species that are taken
in recreational fisheries include bocaccio, cowcod, canary, and
yelloweye rockfish. Because sport fisheries are more concentrated in
nearshore waters, the 2013-2014 recreational fishery management
measures are intended to constrain catch of nearshore species such as
minor nearshore rockfish, black rockfish, blue rockfish, and cabezon.
These protections are particularly important for fisheries off
California, where the majority of West Coast recreational fishing
occurs. Management measures for the California recreational groundfish
fishery are designed to reduce the incidental catch of overfished
rockfish, primarily yelloweye and canary rockfish, while providing
fishing opportunity for anglers targeting groundfish. Depth
restrictions and RCAs are the primary tools used to keep overfished
species impacts under the prescribed harvest levels for the California
recreational fishery.
Washington, Oregon, and California each proposed, and the Council
recommended, different combinations of seasons, bag limits, area
closures, and size limits, to best fit the requirements to rebuild
overfished species found in their regions, and the needs and
constraints of their particular recreational fisheries, including
responding to a very strong recruitment event of bocaccio.
Recreational fisheries management measures for Oregon in 2013-2014
are proposed to be very similar to the recreational fishery management
measures that were in place off Oregon during 2011-2012. Recreational
fisheries off northern California, Oregon, and Washington are limited
by the need to reduce yelloweye rockfish impacts. Changes to
recreational fishery management measures off California are in response
to: New methods for estimating harvest specifications for data limited
species; recent stock assessment information indicating a very strong
recruitment of juvenile bocaccio rockfish in California; and the desire
to broadly redistribute effort displaced by restrictions on fishing in
Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in state waters.
Washington
Off Washington, recreational fishing for groundfish and Pacific
halibut will continue to be prohibited inside the North Coast
Recreational YRCA, a C-shaped closed area off the northern Washington
coast, the South Coast Recreational YRCA, and the Westport Offshore
YRCA. Coordinates for YRCAs are defined at Sec. 660.70. The RCA for
recreational fishing off Washington will be the same as in 2012. The
aggregate groundfish bag limits off Washington will continue to be 12
fish. The rockfish and lingcod sub-limits will remain the same as in
2011-2012: 10 rockfish sub-limit with no retention of canary or
yelloweye rockfish; 2 lingcod sub-limit, with the lingcod minimum size
of 22 inches (56 cm). Since catches of cabezon have increased in recent
years and the stock status of cabezon off the Washington coast is
unknown, and to make cabezon retention regulations off the West Coast
consistent with WDFW regulations in Puget Sound, this rule continues a
cabezon sub-limit for 2013-2014 of two cabezon per day. The lingcod
seasons in 2013-2014 will be slightly changed from those in 2011-2012,
due to minor fluctuations in differences between calendar years.
Similar to 2012, this proposed rule includes a Washington State lingcod
recreational fishing closure area off Washington Marine areas 1 and 2,
a portion of which are closed to lingcod fishing, except on days that
the primary halibut fishery is open.
Oregon
Off Oregon, recreational fishing for groundfish in 2013-2014 will
have the same management measures as in 2011-2012, and the Oregon
recreational fishery marine fish bag limit will continue to have a
seasonal sub-bag limit for cabezon, as described at Sec.
660.360(c)(2)(iii). The seasonal sub-bag limit for cabezon is intended
to reduce the projected impacts to cabezon in the Oregon recreational
ocean boat fishery in order to stay within the recreational portion of
the 2013 and 2014 cabezon ACLs for Oregon of 50 mt and 48 mt,
respectively.
California
For 2013-2014, recreational fisheries off California will continue
to be managed as five separate areas, to reduce complexity while
retaining flexibility in minimizing impacts on overfished stocks.
California recreational management areas and regulations can be found
at Sec. 660.350(c)(3). Minor changes are proposed to the California
recreational regulations to make references to management areas
consistent.
California updated its recreational fisheries catch model with data
from the California Recreational Fisheries Survey to make
recommendations to the Council for the 2013-2014 fisheries. Season and
area closures differ between California regions to better prevent
incidental catch of overfished species according to where those species
occur and where fishing effort is greatest, while providing as much
fishing opportunity as possible. The California-wide combined bag limit
for the Rockfish-Cabezon-Greenling (RCG) Complex will continue to be 10
fish per day when the season is open. RCG Complex sub-bag limits will
also remain largely the same, including the cabezon statewide limit of
three fish per day, with a few exceptions pertaining to kelp greenling
and bocaccio.
Kelp greenling in California is managed as part of the Other Fish
complex, while its harvest specifications contribute to the complex as
a whole. The ACL contribution for kelp greenling was substantially
increased in 2011-12 based on new methods for estimating harvest
specifications for data limited species. However, more conservative
state regulations including a total allowable catch (TAC) of 17 mt
currently govern the catch of kelp greenling in California. A revised
kelp greenling contribution to the other fish complex was analyzed and
adopted for use in management in 2011-2012 (2011-2012 FEIS), and the
kelp greenling contribution to the Other Fish complex increased for
2013-2014. In order to conform to the higher federal ACL contribution,
California State will be implementing a higher recreational kelp
greenling bag limit and increasing from two fish to 10 fish. No changes
to the minimum size limit are proposed. No additional impacts are
expected on overfished species compared to 2011-2012, because kelp
greenling are
[[Page 67992]]
commonly encountered in shallower depths and more than 50 percent of
the catch comes from shore anglers. Increased mortality as a result of
this action could be accommodated with low risk of exceeding a harvest
guideline, specifically, the kelp greenling contribution to the
complex.
There is a very strong year class of bocaccio entering the
recreational fishery, as evidenced from the updated 2011 stock
assessment, and increased encounters of bocaccio entering the fishery
in 2012. In order to reduce unnecessary discarding as a result of
increased encounters with the new year-class entrants, the changes to
California recreational bocaccio management measures being proposed are
to: Remove the recreational bocaccio size limit; increase the
recreational bag limit for bocaccio; and allow shelf rockfish retention
in the Cowcod Conservation Area, excluding bronzespotted, canary,
cowcod and yelloweye rockfish, from 0-20 fathoms when the season is
open to fishing.
Bocaccio are the only rockfish subject to a recreational size limit
(10 inches), which was initially implemented in 2000. Since 2000,
managers have additional data, which suggests that the size limit has
been ineffective in reducing mortality. Bocaccio has shown steady
progress toward rebuilding under the current rebuilding plan, and
application of the constant harvest rate in the current rebuilding plan
corresponds with an ACL for 2013-2014 that is larger than the ACL in
recent years. Length data from the California Recreational Fisheries
Survey (CRFS) from 2005 to 2010 was used to analyze the projected
mortality of bocaccio as a result of removing the recreational size
limit, which is only expected to increase total bocaccio mortality by
0.36 percent (0.2 mt), and the projected subsequent mortality can be
accommodated within the higher proposed 2013-2014 ACLs and HGs. Under
this proposed rule, recreational anglers will be allowed to retain all
bocaccio, regardless of size, while abiding by current depth and season
restrictions. This action will reduce regulatory complexity for a
fishery that already has many regulations; the overall mortality of
bocaccio is expected to be minimal, and no additional mortality of
overfished species is expected.
There will also be an increase in the recreational bag limit for
bocaccio in this proposed rule. The bocaccio recreational HGs are
higher in 2013-2014 (163.5 mt and 172.5 mt, respectively) than in 2012
(131 mt). Currently for 2012, recreational anglers are allowed two
bocaccio within a 10 fish Rockfish, Cabezon, Greenling (RCG) complex
bag limit. Because bocaccio have a high susceptibility to barotrauma in
depths of 40 fathoms or greater, anglers are often required to discard
and therefore fish longer to achieve their 10 fish bag limit, which in
turn can have the undesired effect of increasing the likelihood of
encounters with overfished species. Bocaccio mortality is expected to
increase by 11.5 percent (5.8 mt) as a result of the increase in the
sub-bag limit. Given the large magnitude of the buffer between
projected mortality and the recreational allocation, the HG is not
likely to be exceeded.
This proposed rule would allow shelf rockfish retention in the
Cowcod Conservation Area, excluding bronzespotted, canary, cowcod, and
yelloweye rockfish, from 0-20 fathoms when the season is open to
fishing. Bocaccio, an overfished and desirable recreational species,
could be retained under this option. Incidental catch of cowcod in the
area south of 34[deg]27' north latitude continues to be restricted by
the CCAs. In 2010, the state of California implemented marine protected
areas in state waters between Point Conception to U.S. Mexico border,
including state waters adjacent to offshore islands and rocks. The best
available scientific information on depth distributions of cowcod
indicates that adults primarily inhabit depths deeper than 60 fm (110
m). The California Recreational Fisheries Survey (CRFS) is used to
estimate total marine recreational catch and effort in California. CRFS
sample data from 2005 through 2010 indicating encounters of nearshore
and shelf rockfish species, stratified by depth and area were used to
analyze rockfish catch. These data were used to: Evaluate current
fishing activity in depths greater than 20 fathoms or less; to evaluate
mortality of shelf rockfish; and evaluate the mortality of overfished
species as a result of allowing retention of shelf rockfish in the CCA.
Allowing retention in this area may reduce the overall bycatch of shelf
rockfish, since fish previously discarded would likely be retained, and
effort on-the-grounds could be reduced. However, public comments
submitted to the National Marine Fisheries Service on the 2011-12 FEIS
indicate that some increase in revenue could occur as a result of
allowing shelf rockfish retention within the CCA. The extent to which
this increase in revenue may increase or reduce the amount of effort is
currently unknown. Some increase to bocaccio mortality would be
expected as a result of allowing shelf rockfish retention inside 20
fathoms, but overall projected mortality will not change compared to
2011-2012. Any increase in mortality as a result of the strong incoming
year class entering the recreational fishery could still be
accommodated without exceeding the recreational HG, and especially, the
ACL. No changes to projected mortality of cowcod are expected to occur
compared to 2011-2012 under this rule. Additionally, increased
shoreside sampling landings estimates resulting from increased sub-bag
limits are likely to reduce uncertainty associated with angler
identification, allowing retention of species that otherwise may have
been discarded, allowing for further species verification by CRFS
dockside samplers.
The preferred recreational depth restriction in the Southern
Management Area is 50 fathoms for 2013-2014, a change from 60 fathoms
in 2011-2012. Tradeoffs between depth restrictions in the Southern
Management Area were explored to reduce cowcod encounters. Submersible
surveys at the Northern end of the Southern California Bight indicate
that juvenile cowcod were most common from 49 fm to 82 fm and adults
were most common from 66 fm to 115 fm. The projected mortality under
the 50 fm depth option includes a decrease of 0.9 mt for bocaccio, 0.1
mt for canary rockfish, and 0.1 mt of cowcod compared to the No Action
alternative of a 60 fm depth restriction, due to the reduction of
available fishing area. If cowcod encounters are tracking higher or
lower than projected, inseason action could be taken to modify the
depth restrictions accordingly.
Management measures for recreational fisheries off all three West
Coast states are found at Sec. 660.360, subpart G.
Pacific Coast Treaty Indian fisheries Management Measures
Tribes implement management measures for tribal fisheries both
separately and cooperatively with those management measures that are
described in the Federal regulations. The tribes may adjust their
tribal fishery management measures, inseason, to stay within the
overall harvest targets and estimated impacts to overfished species.
Trip limits are the primary management measure that the tribes specify
in Federal regulations at Sec. 660.50, subpart C.
Continued from 2011-2012, the tribes propose trip limit management
in tribal fisheries during 2013-2014 for several species including:
Spiny dogfish; several rockfish species and species groups, including
thornyheads; and flatfish species and species groups. For spiny
dogfish, tribal fisheries in 2013-
[[Page 67993]]
2014 will continue to be restricted to a cumulative limit of ``60,000
lbs (27,216 kg) per two month period;'' the same trip limit that is in
place for vessels fishing in the Shorebased IFQ Program. For rockfish
species, tribal regulations will continue to require the 2013-2014
tribal fisheries to fully retain all overfished rockfish species and
marketable non-overfished rockfish species. Tribal fisheries are
restricted to ``17,000 lbs (7,711 kg) per two month period'' for
shortspine thornyheads and ``22,000 lbs (9,979 kg) per two month
period'' for longspine thornyheads. As in 2011-2012, other rockfish,
including minor nearshore, shelf, and slope rockfish, are restricted to
a ``300 lb (136 kg) per trip'' limit for each species group in 2013-
2014. Also, as in 2011-2012, rockfish would be restricted to the
limited entry trip limits if those limits are higher than 300 lb (136
kg) per trip. For 2013-2014, a new, higher, trip limit is established
for redstripe rockfish (Sebastes proriger). Redstripe rockfish is a
species in the minor shelf rockfish complex and makes a relatively
large contribution to the stock complex OFL. In recent years, large
schools of redstripe rockfish have been encountered in the tribal
midwater trawl fishery, and allowing these fish to be landed is not
anticipated to have mortality exceed the OFL contribution. As in 2011-
2012, tribal midwater trawl fisheries in 2013-2014 are subject to a
cumulative limit for yellowtail rockfish of 180,000 lb (81,647 kg) per
two months and the landings of widow rockfish must not exceed 10
percent of the cumulative poundage of yellowtail rockfish landed by a
given vessel for the year. As in 2011-2012, trip limits for canary
rockfish and yelloweye rockfish in 2013-2014 are ``300 lb (136-kg) per
trip'' and ``100 lbs (45 kg) per trip'', respectively. The tribes will
continue to develop management measures, including depth, area, and
time restrictions, in the directed tribal Pacific halibut fishery in
order to minimize incidental catch of yelloweye rockfish.
Tribal cumulative limits for most flatfish species in 2013-2014 are
the same as those that were in place in 2011-2012. As in 2011-2012, the
2013-2014 tribal cumulative limits are ``110,000 lbs (49,895 kg) per
two months'' for Dover sole, English sole, and Other Flatfish,
combined; and ``150,000 lbs (68,039 kg) per two months'' for arrowtooth
flounder. For 2013-2014, the ``50,000 lb (22,680 kg) per two months''
tribal cumulative limit for petrale sole is removed and replaced with
an overall harvest target of 220 mt. Catches of petrale sole in the
tribal bottom trawl fishery during 2012 was higher than anticipated.
This re-structured management measure is intended to allow the tribes
to modify their fishery management measures to control catch of petrale
sole without the need for conforming Federal action. Tribal fishing
regulations, as recommended by the tribes and the Council, and adopted
by NMFS, are in Federal regulations at Sec. 660.50, subpart C.
Housekeeping Measures
Several non-substantive revisions are made to regulations to
improve consistency, remove unnecessary redundancies, remove subpart
references, group similar regulations, and to add clarifying cross-
references.
At Sec. 660.11, paragraph (1) of the definition for ``Conservation
area(s)'' is revised so the description of the purpose of the
Groundfish Conservation Areas (GCAs) is consistent with the description
of the uses for invoking these GCAs at Sec. 660.60(c)(3). The revision
to the definition of ``Conservation area(s)'' does not change how or
why GCAs are used, but simply brings consistency between the language
describing the uses in two different sections of the groundfish
regulations.
The definition of ``Fishery harvest guideline'' at Sec. 660.11 is
revised to clarify that all anticipated catch in tribal fisheries, not
just those species for which the tribes have a formal allocation, is
deducted from the ACL. The same non-substantive changes are made at
Sec. 660.55(b) to the description of how the fishery harvest guideline
is calculated.
Prior to 2011, groundfish fishing regulations that pertained to
tribal fisheries were contained in two separate sections: Sec. 660.324
``Pacific Coast Treaty Indian Fisheries''; and Sec. 660.385
``Washington Coastal Tribal Fisheries Management Measures''. During
2011, groundfish regulations were re-organized and these two sections
of tribal groundfish regulations were combined into a single section at
Sec. 660.55. Combining the two sections without revisions has caused
some confusing inconsistencies, redundancies, and disorganization
within Sec. 660.55. The two different naming conventions for the
sections remain in regulation even though they have identical meanings.
NMFS proposes to eliminate the naming convention that is used least
frequently in the groundfish regulations in part 660, subparts C
through G, and revise the regulations at Sec. 660.55 to refer to the
tribal fisheries as ``Pacific Coast Treaty Indian Fisheries.'' NMFS
also proposes to separate information on overall tribal catch levels,
such as allocations, harvest guidelines and set-asides and bring them
together at Sec. 660.55(f). NMFS is also proposing to separate
information regarding how tribal fisheries will be managed to achieve
but not exceed their overall catch levels and bring them together at
Sec. 660.55(g). No substantive changes are made to regulations with
these changes, unless described above under ``Pacific Coast Treaty
Indian Fisheries''; provisions are merely being moved from other
paragraphs of Sec. 660.55 in order to group similar types of
information.
Also in Sec. 660.55, trip limits for rockfish in tribal fisheries
at Sec. 660.55(g)(6) have been described since 2005 as 300 lb per
trip, or equal to the non-tribal limited entry fishery trip limit for
those species, if that limit is less restrictive than 300 lb per trip.
The reference to limited entry fishery trip limits intentionally did
not distinguish between limited entry trawl and limited entry fixed
gear fisheries; tribal trip limits could be raised as high as the
highest trip limit in either limited entry fishery. However, beginning
in 2011, some of the rockfish species or species groups for which this
trip limit provision applied were made IFQ species in the Shorebased
IFQ Program and no longer have limited entry trawl fishery trip limits:
They are now managed with IFQ. Therefore, a clarification is proposed
at Sec. 660.55(g)(6) to distinguish that, for IFQ species and species
groups, only the trip limits imposed for the limited entry fixed gear
fishery would be applicable since trip limits for IFQ species are no
longer specified for the limited entry trawl fishery.
In Sec. 660.60, newly redesignated paragraph (c)(3)(i) is revised
to clarify that depth-based area restrictions may be implemented,
either automatically or as an inseason action, in the at-sea Pacific
whiting fishery. This brings consistency with existing regulations at
Sec. 660.150(c)(2)(i)(B)(3) and Sec. 660.160(c)(3)(iii).
Several sections of the groundfish regulations are composed of long
lists of latitude and longitude coordinates that are used to define
groundfish conservation areas and areas designated as essential fish
habitat. In Sec. 660.72(j) there is a list of 256 subparagraphs, and
they all appear in the appropriate order. However, there is a mistake
in the paragraph designation at (j)(247), where an extra digit was
added to the paragraph number and it appears in the CFR as (j)(2475).
Since the content and the location of the paragraph are correct, it is
apparent that the paragraph should
[[Page 67994]]
have been (j)(247). Therefore, the paragraph is redesignated so that
the extra digit is removed. This will reduce confusion that may be
caused by the incorrect paragraph designation that is currently in the
CFR.
On May 15, 2012, NMFS published a final rule to establish a process
to reapportion Pacific whiting (77 FR 28497) at Sec. 660.131(h). In
the regulations that describe QP allocations for Pacific whiting, a new
paragraph is added at Sec. 660.140(d)(1)(ii)(B)(4) so that
reapportionment of Pacific whiting is included as one of the ways that
additional QP may be issued to QS accounts. The added paragraph does
not change how or why reapportionment of Pacific whiting may occur, but
simply brings consistency between the language describing the process
in two different sections of the groundfish regulations.
NMFS also proposes clarifying language in surplus carryover
regulations at Sec. 660.140(e)(5)(i), which state that additional
surplus carryover QP or IBQ pounds will not be issued by NMFS above the
vessel limits. This reiterates existing regulations at Sec.
660.140(b)(1)(v) and does not change the effect or impact of the
existing regulations. Also at Sec. 660.140(e)(5)(i), NMFS proposes
clarifying language stating that surplus QP or IBQ pounds are not
included as part of the shorebased trawl allocation.
Classification
At this time, NMFS has made a preliminary determination that the
2013-2014 groundfish harvest specifications and management measures in
this proposed rule are consistent with PCGFMP, the MSA, and other
applicable law. In making its final determination, NMFS will take into
account the complete record, including the data, views, and comments
received during the comment period.
A DEIS was prepared for the 2013-2014 groundfish harvest
specifications and management measures. The DEIS includes socio-
economic information that was used to prepare the RIR and IRFA. The
Environmental Protection Agency published a notice of availability for
the draft EIS on June 15, 2012 (77 FR 35961). A copy of the DEIS is
available online at https://www.pcouncil.org/.
An initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) was prepared, as
required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The
IRFA describes the economic impact this proposed rule, if adopted,
would have on small entities. A description of the action, why it is
being considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained at
the beginning of this section in the preamble and in the SUMMARY
section of the preamble. A copy of the IRFA is available from NMFS (see
ADDRESSES). A summary of the analysis follows: The RIR/IRFA summarizes
the key indicators and analyses used in the DEIS to compare the
alternatives. Among other things, the DEIS discusses the impacts of the
alternatives on commercial fishermen, the processors, recreational
fishermen and businesses, and fishing communities.
The reasons for why agency action is being considered and the
statement of objectives and legal basis for the proposed rule are
discussed above in the SUMMARY and in the Executive Summary. The number
of small entities that are affected is discussed below along with the
other IRFA requirements. The analysis below suggests that there are
approximately 1,900 small entities involved in the fishery.
This proposed rule will regulate businesses that harvest
groundfish. This rule directly affects limited entry fixed gear permit
holders, trawl quota share and whiting catch history endorsed permit
holders (which includes shorebased whiting processors), tribal vessels,
charterboat vessels, and open access vessels. Quota share holders are
directly affected because the amount of quota pounds they receive based
on their quota shares are affected by the ACLs. Vessels that fish under
the trawl rationalization program receive their quota pounds from the
quota share holders, and thus are indirectly affected if they only own
vessel accounts rather than quota shares. Similarly, Mothership
processors are indirectly affected as they receive the fish they
process from limited entry permits that are endorsed with whiting catch
history assignments. According to the Small Business Administration, a
small commercial harvesting business is one that has annual receipts
under $4.0 million, a small charter boat business is one that has
annual receipts under $7 million, and a small processor is one that
employs 500 employees or fewer. To determine the number of small
entities potentially affected by this rule, NMFS reviewed analyses of
fish ticket data and limited entry permit data, the DEIS associated
with this rulemaking, which includes information on charterboat,
tribal, and open access fleets, available cost-earnings data developed
by NWFSC, and responses associated with the permitting process for the
Trawl rationalization program where applicants were asked if they
considered themselves a small business based on SBA definitions. This
proposed rule would regulate businesses that harvest groundfish.
NMFS makes the following conclusions based primarily on analyses
associated with fish ticket data and limited entry permit data,
available employment data provided by processors, information on the
charterboat and tribal fleets, available industry responses to on-going
surveys on ownership, current permit information, and the EIS
associated with this rule making. As part of the permitting process for
the Trawl rationalization program, applicants were asked if they
considered themselves a small business. Quota shares were initially
allocated to 166 limited entry trawl permit holders (permits held by
catcher processors did not receive QS, while one limited entry trawl
permit did not apply to receive QS) and to 10 whiting processors.
Thirty-six limited entry permits also have MS/CV endorsements and catch
history assignments. Because many of these permits were owned by the
same entity, these initial allocations were consolidated into 138 quota
share permits/accounts. Of the 166 limited entry permits that received
quota share, 25 limited entry trawl permits are either owned or closely
associated with a ``large'' shorebased processing company or with a
non-profit organization who considers itself a ``large'' organization.
Nine other permit owners indicated that they were ``large'' companies.
Almost all of these large companies are associated with the shorebased
and mothership whiting fisheries. The remaining 132 limited entry trawl
permits are likely held by ``small'' companies. Of the 10 shorebased
processing companies (whiting first receivers/processors) that received
whiting QS, three are ``small'' entities.
There are 222 fixed gear limited entry permits with 164 of these
permits endorsed for sablefish. Currently 105 of these sablefish
permits are stacked onto 42 vessels. Open access vessels are not
federally permitted so counts based on landings can provide an estimate
of the fleet. In 2011, 682 directed open access vessels fished while
284 incidental open access vessels fished for a total of 966 vessels.
Over the 2005-2010 period, 1,583 different directed open access vessels
fished and 837 different incidental open access vessels fished for a
total of 2,420 different vessels. According to the DEIS, over the 2008-
2010 period, 447 to 470 charterboats participated in the groundfish
fishery. The four tribal fleets sum to a total of 54 longline vessels,
5 whiting trawlers, and 5 non-whiting trawlers, for a grand total of 64
vessels. Available
[[Page 67995]]
information on average revenue per vessel suggests that all the
entities in these groups can be considered small.
There are no new reporting or recordkeeping requirements. There are
two new compliance requirements: An offloading requirement and a
blackgill rockfish sorting requirement. As discussed above (See Sorting
Requirements), current regulations already authorize the expansion of
sorting requirements. In this instance, blackgill rockfish need to be
sorted to a species specific level so that its catch can be matched
against the new blackgill rockfish HG. As discussed above (See
Offloading Requirements), NMFS is proposing to expand the offload
requirements now used in the trawl rationalization program to all other
sectors of the fishery. Every sector of the groundfish fishery,
including landings in the limited entry fixed gear and open access
fisheries, would be required to completely remove all fish from the
vessel once landing had begun, in order for them to be allowed to start
a subsequent trip. This requirement will make matching catch against
sector allocations more accurate. NMFS is seeking comments from
participants in the limited entry fixed gear and open access sectors,
on the proposed action to require all fish from any trip, except for
vessels fishing in the at-sea sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery,
be offloaded prior to beginning a new trip.
There are no relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or
conflict with this action. There are no significant alternatives to the
proposed rule that accomplish the stated objectives of applicable
statutes and that minimize any of the significant economic impact of
the proposed rule on small entities. An analysis of the alternatives
follows.
The DEIS compared alternatives based on time to rebuild, changes in
ex-vessel revenues, recreational trips and amount of regional impacts
generated as measured by changes in personal income. The RIR/IRFA and
the DEIS describe the alternatives in more detail and include the
Council's analysis of the economic effects associated with the new
management measures and accounting measures. These new management
measures are not incorporated into the models used to project ex-vessel
revenue, net revenue, income impacts, and employment used in the
evaluation of the alternatives. Except for new recreational shelf
rockfish retention measures, which may increase annual charterboat
revenues by $3.5 to $7.0 million, generally speaking, the impacts of
these new measures will have insignificant socio-economic effects.
Several new measures include the elimination of unneeded size limits or
allowing greater opportunity of harvested fish in one sector to be
reallocated to another. The RIR/IRFA also contains discussions taken
from the DEIS that address the following: non-market values, safety,
and effects on processors. The effects on processors are generally
reflected in the change in ex-vessel revenues discussed bellowed. The
Council's conclusion on non-market values of groundfish is that there
was no quantitative information to assess the non-consumptive uses that
range from recreational enjoyment of the environment, or on the
benefits from the knowledge that these resources will be available in
the future or that the environmental quality is maintained. Regardless,
even should such information be available, it is not likely that there
would be substantive differences among the alternatives. The
differences between the integrated alternatives in terms of their
possible effects on vessel safety are expected to be negligible.
The DEIS undertakes comparisons of the eight integrated action
alternatives that are described above using the no action alternative
as a benchmark. In comparing the action alternatives to the no action
alternative, much of the change results from a 25 percent reduction in
the ACL for sablefish north of 36[deg] north latitude. This reduction
extends across all the 2013 action alternatives and forms a backdrop
affecting all sectors targeting sablefish. The affected sectors and
projected respective shares of total groundfish ex-vessel revenue
contributed by sablefish landings under no action are: Nonwhiting Trawl
(IFQ) 50 percent, Limited Entry Fixed Gear 79 percent, Non-nearshore
Open Access 88 percent, and Tribal groundfish (including shoreside
whiting) 35 percent.
As the no action alternative represents the status quo, the
economic analysis of this alternative provides the main characteristics
of the current fishery. Under the no action alternative, total
shoreside ex-vessel revenues from groundfish landings of $93,512 are
projected in 2013. This includes the following projections for
shoreside groundfish sectors: Whiting Trawl $23.65 million, Nonwhiting
Trawl $26,912 million, Limited Entry Fixed Gear $19,068 million,
Nearshore Open Access $4,218 million, Non-nearshore Open Access $7,687,
Tribal groundfish (including shoreside whiting) $11.825 million, and
Incidental Open Access $0.151 million. In addition $30,890 million ex-
vessel revenue equivalent from the at-sea non-tribal whiting fisheries
(combined motherships and catcher processors) and $9.675 million ex-
vessel revenue equivalent from the at-sea Tribal whiting (mothership)
fisheries are projected under the no action and all the action
alternatives. Total shoreside and at-sea revenues including Tribal
shoreside and at-sea revenues, are projected to reach $134 million.
The combined projected revenue estimate of $134 million is higher
than what actually occurred in 2011. Total groundfish revenues
including tribal and at-sea fisheries reached $122 million in 2011. The
main reason for the difference concerns Pacific whiting. To model the
socioeconomic impacts of the alternatives the same Pacific whiting TAC,
U.S. allocation, and sector allocations--equal to those set for 2011--
were used for all of the integrated alternatives including No Action.
However in 2011, the entire U.S. allocation was not caught. The
analysis predicts that 287,000 mt of whiting will be landed under the
no action alternative. During 2011, 230,000 mt of whiting was landed.
The assumption that whiting landings will approximate 287,000 mt in
2013 and 2014 will depend on the upcoming stock assessment in April
2013. However, recent changes in the ability to reapportion unharvested
whiting from the tribal sector to the non-tribal sectors make it more
likely that whatever the allocation, it will be more fully harvested.
In comparison to the no action alternative, depending in the
indicator, the range of impacts across the action alternatives is
either negative or essentially reflects no change: ex-vessel revenues
(-9.60 percent to -16.6 percent), shoreside commercial fishery net
revenues, a measure of effects on vessel profits (-14.40 percent to -
24.70 percent), total recreational trips (-1.8 percent to +0.3
percent), community commercial fishery income impacts (-9.8 percent to
-18.0 percent), employment impacts (-6.3 percent to -19.8 percent),
change in regional unemployment rates (+.001 percent to +.003 percent),
recreational income impacts (-10.3 percent to +0.2 percent), combined
recreational and commercial income impacts (-5.3 percent to -14.5
percent), and processor groundfish purchases (-9.6 percent to -16.6
percent).
Of the indicators listed above, the coastwide income indicator is
the most comprehensive indicator because it incorporates both
recreational and commercial information including shoreside tribal
fisheries. The action alternatives do not differ greatly in level of
income generated. Alternatives 1, 2,
[[Page 67996]]
and 8 differ from alternatives 6 and 7 by $235,000. After rounding to
the nearest million, these alternatives all generate about $155 million
in coastwide income. Coastwide income under alternatives 3-5 generate
income levels that range from $141 million to $149 million. Alternative
4, as it has the lowest level of canary, generates the lowest income
level of $141 million. Adoption of this alternative, would lead to a
14.5 percent decrease in income from the no action alternative level of
$165 million.
The range in differences in the action alternatives summarized
above result from varying levels of POP and canary rockfish ACLs. The
allowable total mortality of canary rockfish affects all sectors of the
groundfish fishery, while that for POP affects only the northern trawl
fishery (both the at-sea whiting sectors and the shorebased IFQ sector,
whiting and non-whiting). However, differences in nontrawl sector
impacts (both projected total mortality and socioeconomic impacts) are
due solely to variation of the canary rockfish ACL across the
integrated alternatives. A substantial amount of total fishing
mortality for canary rockfish also incurs in the recreational sector.
Increased canary rockfish harvests may lead to increased harvests of
bocaccio and cowcod, while the petrale sole fishery is limited by the
available amount of canary and yelloweye rockfish, and Pacific halibut.
Under the no action alternative, the following impacts were
assessed. A total of 653,600 groundfish and Pacific halibut trips are
projected coastwide. Just over half of these are private boat trips
with the remainder taken on charterboats. The breakdown by state is:
Washington 27,100 trips (14,300 charter + 12,800 private), Oregon
92,100 trips (37,600 charter + 54,400 private, and California (269,400
charter + 265,100 private). For shoreside communities, commercial
groundfish fishing coastwide generates income and employment impacts of
$90.249 million and 3,029 total and full time part-time jobs. The
unemployment rate in coastal counties coastwide in 2010 according to
the Bureau of Labor Statistics was 11.17 percent. A total of $74.089
million in income impacts were generated by recreational groundfish
angling. The total, combined coastwide commercial plus recreational,
income impacts under no action is $164,518 million. Under no action,
total purchases of groundfish landings by shoreside processors are
projected in 2013. This total includes projected purchases of $23.65
million of whiting and $69.862 million in deliveries of combined
nonwhiting groundfish species.
Although not explicitly analyzed, the combination of low canary
rockfish and POP ACLS would affect the trawl fleets significantly. Low
canary ACLs (i.e., <100 mt) and low POP ACLs (i.e., <150 mt) could
result in limiting trawl fisheries to deeper waters outside the range
of canary rockfish and POP. The low canary rockfish ACL negatively
affects the smaller-sized trawlers that cannot safely fish the deeper
slope areas, and are limited to fishing on the shelf shoreward of the
RCA. The whiting fishery is especially challenged when canary rockfish
and POP ACLs are both low because they have to avoid a larger area to
target whiting without exceeding a canary rockfish or POP set-aside.
When canary rockfish allocations are low, the whiting fleet tends to
move to deeper waters to avoid canary rockfish at the expense of higher
bycatch rates of darkblotched rockfish and POP. When POP allocations
are low, the fleet targets whiting on the shelf to avoid that species.
When both allocations are low, there are few areas the whiting fleets
can go to safely target whiting.
For purposes of contrast, the impacts of alternative 1 (The Council
preferred alternative; alternatives 2 and 8 yield the same impacts),
alternative 4 (greatest negative impact) and alternative 6 (least
negative impact, alternative 7 yields same impact) are presented.
Projected impacts under alternative 2 are the same as under alternative
1 for all commercial groundfish sectors. This is because measures used
to manage commercial fisheries to stay within the 116 mt canary
rockfish ACL and sector HGs under alternative 1 are also sufficient to
not exceed the 101 mt canary rockfish ACL under alternative 2. The
primary common factor limiting commercial groundfish fisheries modeled
under alternatives 1 and 2 is the fixed ACL for POP. Impacts under
alternative 2 are the same as alternative 1. This result is because
measures used to manage cowcod, bocaccio, and yelloweye rockfish to
stay within their common ACLs and HGs under all the action alternatives
are already sufficient to manage for the lower canary rockfish ACL
under alternative 2.
Projected impacts under alternative 8 are the same as under
alternative 1 (the preferred alternative). The lack of difference in
projected ex-vessel revenue impacts may seem surprising given that
management measures to limit canary rockfish mortality are likely to
affect target species fishing opportunity. However, measures used to
manage commercial trawl fisheries to stay within the 150 mt POP ACL and
sector HGs under alternative 8 are the same as those used under
alternative 1. Thus the POP ACL is more limiting of commercial trawl
fisheries modeled under alternatives 1 and 8 than is the canary
rockfish ACL. Similarly the 3.3 mt of yelloweye rockfish allocated to
the fixed gear fisheries sectors under all the action alternatives
means that increasing the canary rockfish ACL is not expected to
increase fishing opportunity for fixed gear sector target species to
any great degree. Projected impacts under alternative 7 are the same as
under alternative 6 for all commercial groundfish sectors. This is
because measures used to manage commercial fisheries to stay within the
222 mt POP ACL and sector HGs under alternative 7 are the same as those
used under alternative 6. The 222 mt POP ACL is the main factor
limiting commercial fisheries modeled under both alternatives 6 and 7.
For recreational impacts, other than alternative 4, estimates of
the impacts do not differ because of the constant levels of the other
overfished species or because POP is not a recreational fish. Projected
impacts under alternative 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 are the same as under
alternative 1. This is because measures used to manage cowcod, bocaccio
and yelloweye rockfish to stay within their common ACLs and HGs under
the action alternatives generally override the effects of the lower
canary rockfish ACL under alternative 6, and changes in the POP ACL do
not impact recreational fisheries. Impacts under alternative 3 are the
same as alternative 1. This is because POP is not generally caught by
recreational anglers, so changes in the POP ACL do not impact
recreational fisheries.
The regulations in this proposed rule would implement the Council's
preferred alternative; in the discussion below references are made to
options ``B'' and a distinction between alternative 1 and the Council
preferred alternative, which is a modification of alternative 1. Under
each of alternatives 1-8, two sub-alternatives (``A'' and ``B'') were
developed for the Nearshore Open Access sector. The preferred
alternative incorporates the management measures under sub-alternative
B. This treatment reflects consideration of two different management
options to achieve the prescribed bycatch levels. In each case, the
``B'' option would likely yield lower harvests and revenues for the
Nearshore Open Access sector than would the ``A'' option, a difference
of about $206,000 to a fishery projected to earn $4.2 million in
revenues under the no action alternative.
[[Page 67997]]
The preferred alternative is very similar to alternative 1 except
that the fishery harvest guideline is lower for petrale sole,
yellowtail rockfish, and to a lesser extent, shortspine thornyheads, to
accommodate tribal fisheries set asides. Increased allowances for
research and at-sea whiting sector catch of arrowtooth flounder also
reduce the fishery harvest guideline for these stocks. These changes
reduce the fishery harvest guideline (allocations) for commercial
fisheries for those four species accordingly. There may be an increase
in tribal landings of petrale sole under the preferred alternative
since projected tribal petrale sole landings under No action are
slightly higher than the alternative 1 set aside. If the full amount of
the tribal petrale sole set aside were landed under the preferred
alternative, the upper bound on possible additional tribal revenue
impact is on the order of +$0.25 million. All of these additional
landings would be made in Puget Sound and Washington coast ports. Any
increase in tribal yellowtail rockfish landings under the preferred
alternative is less certain since projected tribal yellowtail rockfish
landings under no action are well below the alternative 1 set aside
amount. There is no expected decrease in commercial trawl (IFQ)
fisheries revenue impacts under the preferred alternative because
projected landings of petrale sole and yellowtail rockfish under
alternative 1B are both well below the preferred alternative's
shorebased trawl sector harvest guideline. There is no expected
decrease in non-trawl sectors' revenue impacts under the preferred
alternative because the affected species either are not taken
(arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole), or projected landings under
alternative 1B are well below the preferred alternative's non-trawl
sector harvest guideline (shortspine thornyheads, yellowtail rockfish).
As a result, preferred alternative may differ slightly from alternative
1 in the distribution of revenues between Nonwhiting Trawl and Tribal
fisheries sectors.
Compared with No Action, under the alternative 1B, total shoreside
ex-vessel revenue is projected to decline by $9.174 million (-9.8
percent) and accounting net revenues by $4.510 (-14.7 percent).
Nearshore Open Access would see projected revenues increase by $0.539
million (+12.8 percent) under alternative 1B. These numbers represent
the most favorable outcome for the Nearshore Open Access sector and are
the same as those expected under alternatives 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 8. All
other shoreside directed groundfish sectors would experience ex-vessel
revenue decreases from no action under this alternative: Whiting Trawl
by $0.278 million (-1.2 percent), Nonwhiting Trawl by $3.175 million (-
11.8 percent), Limited Entry Fixed Gear by $3.782 million (-19.8
percent), Non-nearshore Open Access by $1.436 million (-18.7 percent),
and Tribal groundfish by $1.042 million (-8.8 percent). Under
alternative 1, Shoreside Whiting and Nonwhiting Trawl would experience
the second highest ex-vessel revenues among the action alternatives.
Ex-vessel revenues for Limited Entry Fixed Gear, Non-nearshore Open
Access and Tribal sectors do not vary across the action alternatives.
Under the preferred alternative and alternative 1, angler trips
coastwide are projected to increase by 1,700 (+0.3 percent) over no
action, with all of the increase occurring in the Mendocino and Sonoma
County (Fort Bragg--Bodega Bay) region of California. No change in
angler effort is expected in Washington or Oregon. Alternative 1 shows
the greatest increase in angler trips under the action.
Compared to the status quo as measured by the no action
alternative, total ex-vessel revenue under the proposed regulations is
projected to decline by about 10 percent ($9.2 million) and accounting
net revenues (vessel ``profits'') by 15 percent ($4.5 million). This is
primarily due to the decline in the sablefish ACLs, which under no
action/status quo alternative sum to 6,813 mt, versus 5,451 mt under
the proposed regulations. This is a 20 percent decline in the ACL.
Based on sablefish prices used in the analysis, declining sablefish
revenues account for about 80 percent of the projected decline of $9
million. Under the proposed regulations, angler trips coastwide are
projected to increase by 1,700 (+0.3 percent) compared to the status
quo. Under the proposed regulations, income from commercial groundfish
fishing is projected to decline by $9.274 million (-10.3 percent).
Income impacts from recreational groundfish are expected to increase by
$0.136 million (+0.2 percent). Combined coastwide commercial plus
recreational income impacts are expected to decrease by $9.138 million
(-5.6 percent) compared to the no action alternative.
For context, total groundfish revenues including tribal and at-sea
fisheries reached $122 million in 2011-a 43 percent increase over 2010.
Major causes of the increase can be associated with a 33 percent
increase in sablefish prices; 43 percent increase in whiting prices,
and 60 percent increase in whiting harvests. However, prices for all
major species except lingcod increased in 2011. For most species, the
percentage increase in ex-vessel prices was greater than 25 percent.
Specific reasons for these increases are unknown, but appear correlated
with improvements in U.S. and World economies, and in particular for
sablefish, the Japanese market. For the shoreside trawl fishery, the
IFQ program may also have had an influence on prices. Sablefish now
accounts for almost 40 percent of the entire groundfish fishery
(shoreside, at-sea, and tribal) revenues. Total groundfish revenues and
total shoreside revenues in 2011 including whiting are at levels not
seen since 1997. However, despite these increases, the shoreside non-
whiting fishery has not returned to pre-overfished era levels. During
the period 1981 to 1998, shoreside non-whiting revenues averaged $98
million annually in inflation adjusted revenues. For the period 1999 to
2011, shoreside non-whiting revenues have averaged $54 million.
Shoreside non-whiting revenues reached $69 million in 2011, compared to
$58 million in 2010.
With respect to assessing the needs of communities and choosing the
time period to rebuild, the Council is recommending keeping to a
constant harvest rate because, as stock biomass increases, the ACL
increases correspondingly (essentially, a constant fraction of the
population, rather than quantity, is removed from the population).
Maintaining the no action ACL of 107 mt for canary would imply a
constant catch policy in which the ACL would be set at a fixed value
for the duration of the rebuilding period. This strategy is problematic
if, as the stock becomes more abundant, harvesters have a harder time
avoiding incidental catch. Fishery managers would then have to impose
even more restrictive measures to prevent the ACL from being exceeded.
Furthermore, it is not clear that a harvest rate associated with this
lower ACL would rebuild the stock any faster than the preferred
alternative since decreasing the SPR harvest rate from the default 88.7
percent to 90 percent--an ACL of 101 mt in 2013--shortens rebuilding by
only one year. The preferred ACL maintains the spawning biomass per
recruit (SPR) harvest rate and provides a level of harvest that is
expected to rebuild in a time period as short as possible, while taking
into account the needs of fishing communities. For POP, the ACLs of 150
mt and 153 mt in 2013 and 2014, respectively maintain the SPR harvest
rate and provide a level of harvest that is reduced from the ACLs in
2011--and 2012 to take into account fundament
[[Page 67998]]
changes in our understanding of the biology of the stock. Although the
target time to rebuild POP is extended to 2051 due to revised estimates
of the unfished biomass, which is estimated to be much larger than in
previous assessments, POP limits access to target stocks as indicated
in the integrated alternatives analyzed in the DEIS. As a result, the
2013 POP ACL is 18 percent lower than the status quo 2012 POP ACL.
Maintaining a continued constant harvest strategy allows incidental
take of POP in target fisheries, allowing POP to rebuild in as short a
time as possible, while also balancing the needs of fishing
communities.
The final preferred alternative represents the Council's efforts to
address the MSA's requirements to rebuild stocks in as short a time as
possible, taking into account: (1) The status and biology of the
stocks, (2) the needs of fishing communities, and (3) interactions of
depleted stocks within the marine ecosystem. By taking into account the
``needs of fishing communities'' the Council was also simultaneously
taking into account the ``needs of small businesses'' as fishing
communities rely on small businesses as a source of economic income and
activity and income. During its four major council meetings, actions
and revisions by the Council in selecting the preferred alternative can
be seen as means of trying to mitigate impacts of the proposed rule on
small entities. The DEIS includes analysis of a range of alternatives
that were considered by the Council, including analysis of the effects
of setting allowable harvest levels necessary to rebuild groundfish
species that were previously declared overfished. The Council reviewed
these analyses and read and heard testimony from Council advisors,
fishing industry representatives, representatives from non-governmental
organizations, and the general public before deciding the final
Council-preferred alternative in June 2012. The Council's final
preferred management measures are intended to stay within all the final
recommended harvest levels for groundfish species decided by the
Council at their April and June 2012 meetings.
The above analysis suggests that there are approximately 1,400
small entities involved in the fishery. Under the RFA, an agency does
not need to conduct an IRFA and/or Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), if an agency can certify that the proposed rule will
not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. The economic analysis forecasts that 2013-2014 will lead to
an increase in recreational groundfish trips and a decline of about 15
percent in commercial revenues compared to 2011, largely because of the
decline in the amount of sablefish available to be harvested. This
decline will affect the profits of both large and small entities.
However, we do not believe that this rule will place a substantial
number of small entities at a significant competitive disadvantage
compared to large entities. Nonetheless, NMFS has prepared an IRFA.
Through the rulemaking process associated with this action, we are
requesting comments on this conclusion.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November 26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December 15, 1999, pertaining to the
effects of the Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries on Chinook salmon
(Puget Sound, Snake River spring/summer, Snake River fall, upper
Columbia River spring, lower Columbia River, upper Willamette River,
Sacramento River winter, Central Valley spring, California coastal),
coho salmon (Central California coastal, southern Oregon/northern
California coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal summer, Columbia River),
sockeye salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and steelhead (upper, middle
and lower Columbia River, Snake River Basin, upper Willamette River,
central California coast, California Central Valley, south/central
California, northern California, southern California). These biological
opinions have concluded that implementing the FMP for the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery is not expected to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or threatened species under the
jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in the destruction or adverse
modification of critical habitat.
NMFS issued a Supplemental Biological Opinion on March 11, 2006,
concluding that neither the higher observed bycatch of Chinook in the
2005 whiting fishery nor new data regarding salmon bycatch in the
groundfish bottom trawl fishery required a reconsideration of its prior
``no jeopardy'' conclusion. NMFS also reaffirmed its prior
determination that implementation of the Pacific Coast Groundfish
Fishery Management Plan (PCGFMP) is not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of any of the affected ESUs. Lower Columbia River
coho (70 FR 37160, June 28, 2005) and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR 7816,
February 11, 2008) were recently relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded that the bycatch of salmonids in
the Pacific whiting fishery were almost entirely Chinook salmon, with
little or no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and steelhead.
On February 9, 2012, NMFS's Protected Resources Division issued a
Biological Opinion (BO) pursuant to section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act (ESA) on the effects of the operation of the Pacific coast
groundfish fishery in 2012. In this Opinion, NMFS concluded that the
operation of the groundfish fishery is not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of green sturgeon (Acipenser medirostris), eulachon
(Thaleichthys pacificus), humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae),
Steller sea lions (Eumetopias jubatus), and leatherback sea turtles
(Dennochelys coriacea). NMFS also concluded that the operation of the
groundfish fishery is not likely to destroy or adversely modify
designated critical habitat of green sturgeon or leatherback sea
turtles. Furthermore, NMFS concluded that the operation of the
groundfish fishery may affect, but is not likely to adversely affect
the following species and designated critical habitat: Sei whales
(Balaenoptera borealis); North Pacific Right whales (Eubalaena
japonica); Blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus); Fin whales
(Balaenoptera physalus); Sperm whales (Physter macrocephalus); Southern
Resident killer whales (Orcinus orca); Guadalupe fur seals
(Arctocephalus townsendi); Green sea turtles (Chelonia mydas); Olive
ridley sea turtles (Lepidochelys olivacea); Loggerhead sea turtles
(Carretta carretta); critical habitat of Southern Resident killer
whales; and critical habitat of Steller sea lions.
On August 25, 2011, NMFS' Sustainable Fisheries Division initiated
consultation with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) pursuant to
section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act (ESA) on the effects of
the operation of the Pacific coast groundfish fishery. The Biological
Assessment (BA) on the effects of the groundfish fishery on endangered
species was revised and re-submitted to USFWS on January 17, 2012. The
BA concludes that the continued operation of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery is likely to adversely affect short-tailed
albatross; however, the level of take is not expected to reduce
appreciably the likelihood of survival or significantly affect recovery
of the species. The BA preliminarily concludes that continued operation
of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery is not likely to adversely
affect California least terns, marbled murrelets, bull trout, and
Northern or Southern sea otters. USFWS
[[Page 67999]]
formally responded with a letter dated March 29, 2012 and advised NMFS
that formal consultation has been initiated. Marine Mammal Protection
Act (MMPA) impacts resulting from fishing activities in this final rule
are discussed in the DEIS for the 2013-2014 groundfish fishery
specifications and management measures. As discussed above, NMFS issued
a BO addressing impacts to ESA listed marine mammals and is currently
completing formal consultation for the ongoing effects of prosecution
of the groundfish fishery for 2013 and beyond. NMFS is also working on
the process leading to any necessary authorization of incidental taking
under MMPA section 101(a)(5)(E).
Pursuant to Executive Order 13175, this proposed rule was developed
after meaningful consultation and collaboration with tribal officials
from the area covered by the PCGFMP. Under the Magnuson-Stevens Act at
16 U.S.C. 1852(b)(5), one of the voting members of the Pacific Council
must be a representative of an Indian tribe with federally recognized
fishing rights from the area of the Council's jurisdiction. In
addition, regulations implementing the PCGFMP establish a procedure by
which the tribes with treaty fishing rights in the area covered by the
PCGFMP request new allocations or regulations specific to the tribes,
in writing, before the first of the two meetings at which the Council
considers groundfish management measures. The regulations at 50 CFR
660.324(d) further state ``the Secretary will develop tribal
allocations and regulations under this paragraph in consultation with
the affected tribe(s) and, insofar as possible, with tribal
consensus''. The tribal management measures in this proposed rule have
been developed following these procedures. The tribal representative on
the Council made a motion to adopt the non-whiting tribal management
measures, which was passed by the Council. Those management measures,
which were developed and proposed by the tribes, are included in this
proposed rule.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries, Fishing, Indian fisheries.
Dated: November 2, 2012.
Samuel D. Rauch III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, performing the
functions and duties of the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 660 is
proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 660--FISHERIES OFF WEST COAST STATES
1. The authority citation for part 660 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 16 U.S.C. 773 et seq.
2. In Sec. 660.11, revise the definitions for ``Conservation
area(s)'' paragraph (1), and ``Fishery harvest guideline'' as follows:
Sec. 660.11 General definitions
* * * * *
Conservation area(s) * * *
(1) Groundfish Conservation Area or GCA means a geographic area
defined by coordinates expressed in degrees latitude and longitude,
wherein fishing by a particular gear type or types may be prohibited.
Regulations at Sec. 660.60(c)(3) describe the various purposes for
which these GCAs may be implemented. Regulations at Sec. 660.70 define
coordinates for these polygonal GCAs: Yelloweye Rockfish Conservation
Areas, Cowcod Conservation Areas, waters encircling the Farallon
Islands, and waters encircling the Cordell Banks. GCAs also include
Bycatch Reduction Areas or BRAs and Rockfish Conservation Areas or
RCAs, which are areas closed to fishing by particular gear types,
bounded by lines approximating particular depth contours. RCA
boundaries may and do change seasonally according to conservation
needs. Regulations at Sec. Sec. 660.70 through 660.74 define RCA
boundary lines with latitude/longitude coordinates; regulations at
Tables 1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North) and 2
(South) of subpart E, and Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South) of subpart F
set RCA seasonal boundaries. Fishing prohibitions associated with GCAs
are in addition to those associated with EFH Conservation Areas.
* * * * *
Fishery harvest guideline means the harvest guideline or quota
after subtracting from the TAC, ACL, or ACT when specified, any
allocation or projected catch for the Pacific Coast treaty Indian
Tribes, projected research catch, deductions for fishing mortality in
non-groundfish fisheries, and deductions for EFPs.
* * * * *
3. In Sec. 660.12, paragraphs (a)(11) through (a)(13) are
redesignated as (a)(12) through (a)(14) and new paragraph (a)(11) is
added to read as follows:
Sec. 660.12 General groundfish prohibitions.
* * * * *
(a) * * *
(11) Fail to remove all fish from the vessel at landing (defined in
Sec. 660.11) and prior to beginning a new fishing trip, except for
processing vessels in the catcher/processor or mothership sectors of
the Pacific whiting fishery.
* * * * *
4. In Sec. 660.40, introductory text and paragraphs (b), (e) and
(f) are revised, paragraph (g) is removed, and paragraph (h) is
redesignated as paragraph (g) to read as follows:
Sec. 660.40 Overfished species rebuilding plans.
For each overfished groundfish stock with an approved rebuilding
plan, this section contains the standards to be used to establish
annual or biennial ACLs, specifically the target date for rebuilding
the stock to its MSY level and the harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the stock. The harvest control rule may be expressed as a
``Spawning Potential Ratio'' or ``SPR'' harvest rate.
* * * * *
(b) Canary rockfish. Canary rockfish was declared overfished in
2000. The target year for rebuilding the canary rockfish stock to
BMSY is 2030. The harvest control rule to be used to rebuild
the canary rockfish stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of 88.7
percent.
* * * * *
(e) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP). POP was declared overfished in 1999.
The target year for rebuilding the POP stock to BMSY is
2051. The harvest control rule to be used to rebuild the POP stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 86.4 percent.
(f) Petrale Sole. Petrale sole was declared overfished in 2010. The
target year for rebuilding the petrale sole stock to BMSY is
2016. The harvest control rule is the 25-5 default adjustment.
* * * * *
(g) Yelloweye rockfish. Yelloweye rockfish was declared overfished
in 2002. The target year for rebuilding the yelloweye rockfish stock to
BMSY is 2074. The harvest control rule to be used to rebuild
the yelloweye rockfish stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of 76.0
percent.
5. In Sec. 660.50, paragraphs (f) introductory text, (f)(2)(ii),
(f)(4), (g)
[[Page 68000]]
introductory text, (g)(5), through (7) are revised and (f)(6), (f)(7)
are added to read as follows:
Sec. 660.50 Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries
* * * * *
(f) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries allocations, harvest
guidelines, and set-asides. Catch amounts may be specified in this
section and in Tables 1a and 2a to subpart C. Trip limits for certain
species were recommended by the tribes and the Council and are
specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
* * * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The Tribal allocation is 401 mt in 2013 and 435 in 2014 per
year. This allocation is, for each year, 10 percent of the Monterey
through Vancouver area (North of 36[deg] N. lat.) ACL. The Tribal
allocation is reduced by 1.5 percent for estimated discard mortality.
* * * * *
(4) Pacific whiting. The tribal allocation for 2012 is 48,556 mt.
The tribal allocations will be announced annually in the Federal
Register.
* * * * *
(6) For petrale sole, treaty fishing vessels are restricted to a
fleetwide harvest target of 220 mt each year.
(7) Yellowtail rockfish taken in the directed tribal mid-water
trawl fisheries are subject to a catch limit of 677 mt for the entire
fleet.
(g) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries management measures. Trip
limits for certain species were recommended by the tribes and the
Council and are specified here.
* * * * *
(5) Yellowtail and widow rockfish. The Makah Tribe will manage the
midwater trawl fisheries as follows: Landings of widow rockfish must
not exceed 10 percent of the weight of yellowtail rockfish landed, for
a given vessel, throughout the year. These limits may be adjusted by
the tribe inseason to minimize the incidental catch of canary rockfish
and widow rockfish, provided the catch of yellowtail rockfish does not
exceed the fleetwide catch limit specified in paragraph (f) of this
section.
(6) Other rockfish.
(i) Minor nearshore rockfish. Minor nearshore rockfish are subject
to a 300-lb (136-kg) trip limit per species or species group, or to the
non-tribal limited entry trip limit for those species if those limits
are less restrictive than 300-lb (136-kg) per trip. Limited entry trip
limits for waters off Washington are specified in Table 1 (North) to
subpart D, and Table 2 (North) to subpart E.
(ii) Minor shelf rockfish and minor slope rockfish. Redstripe
rockfish are subject to an 800-lb (363 kg) trip limit. Minor shelf
(excluding redstripe rockfish), and minor slope rockfish groups are
subject to a 300-lb (136 kg) trip limit per species or species group,
or to the non-tribal limited entry fixed gear trip limit for those
species if those limits are less restrictive than 300-lb (136 kg) per
trip. Limited entry fixed gear trip limits are specified in Table 2
(North) to subpart E.
(iii) Other rockfish. All other rockfish, not listed specifically
in paragraph (g) of this section, are subject to a 300-lb (136 kg) trip
limit per species or species group, or to the non-tribal limited entry
trip limit for those species if those limits are less restrictive than
300-lb (136 kg) per trip. Limited entry trip limits for waters off
Washington are specified in Table1 (North) to subpart D, and Table 2
(North) to subpart E.
(7) Flatfish and other fish. Trawl vessels are restricted to using
small footrope trawl gear. Treaty fishing vessels using bottom trawl
gear are subject to the following limits: For Dover sole, English sole,
other flatfish 110,000-lbs (49,895 kg) per 2 months; and for arrowtooth
flounder 150,000-lbs (68,039 kg) per 2 months. The Dover sole and
arrowtooth flounder limits in place at the beginning of the season will
be combined across periods and the fleet to create a cumulative harvest
target. The limits available to individual vessels will then be
adjusted inseason to stay within the overall harvest target as well as
estimated impacts to overfished species.
* * * * *
6. In Sec. 660.55, paragraph (k) is removed and reserved,
paragraph (b) introductory text, and (j) are revised as follows:
Sec. 660.55 Allocations.
* * * * *
(b) Fishery harvest guidelines and reductions made prior to fishery
allocations. Prior to the setting of fishery allocations, the TAC, ACL,
or ACT when specified, is reduced by the Pacific Coast treaty Indian
Tribal harvest (allocations, set-asides, and estimated harvest under
regulations at Sec. 660.50); projected scientific research catch of
all groundfish species, estimates of fishing mortality in non-
groundfish fisheries and, as necessary, deductions for EFPs. The
remaining amount after these deductions is the fishery harvest
guideline or quota. (note: recreational estimates are not deducted
here).
* * * * *
(j) Fishery set-asides. Annual set-asides are not formal
allocations but they are amounts which are not available to the other
fisheries during the fishing year. For Pacific Coast treaty Indian
fisheries, set-asides will be deducted from the TAC, OY, ACL, or ACT
when specified. For the catcher/processor and mothership sectors of the
at-sea Pacific whiting fishery, set-asides will be deducted from the
limited entry trawl fishery allocation. Set-aside amounts will be
specified in Tables 1a through 2d of this subpart and may be adjusted
through the biennial harvest specifications and management measures
process.
(k) [Reserved]
* * * * *
7. In Sec. 660.60, paragraphs (c) introductory text, (c)(1)(i),
(c)(3), (d)(1)(ii), (d)(1)(vi), (h)(2) are revised and paragraph
(c)(1)(v) is added to read as follows:
Sec. 660.60 Specifications and management measures.
* * * * *
(c) Routine management measures. Catch restrictions that are likely
to be adjusted on a biennial or more frequent basis may be imposed and
announced by a single notification in the Federal Register if good
cause exists under the APA to waive notice and comment, and if they
have been designated as routine through the two-meeting process
described in the PCGFMP. Routine management measures that may be
revised during the fishing year, via this process, are implemented in
paragraph (h) of this section, and in subparts C through G of this
part, including Tables 1a through 1c, and 2a through 2c to subpart C,
Tables 1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North) and 2
(South) of subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South) of subpart F. Most
trip, bag, and size limits, and area closures in the groundfish fishery
have been designated ``routine,'' which means they may be changed
rapidly after a single Council meeting. Council meetings are held in
the months of March, April, June, September, and November. Inseason
changes to routine management measures are announced in the Federal
Register pursuant to the requirements of the Administrative Procedure
Act (APA). Changes to trip limits are effective at the times stated in
the Federal Register. Once a change is effective, it is illegal to take
and retain, possess, or land more fish than allowed under the new trip
limit. This means that, unless otherwise announced in the Federal
Register, offloading must begin before the time a fishery closes or a
more restrictive trip limit takes effect. The following catch
restrictions have been designated as routine:
[[Page 68001]]
(1) * * *
(i) Trip landing and frequency limits, size limits, all gear. Trip
landing and frequency limits have been designated as routine for the
following species or species groups: widow rockfish, canary rockfish,
yellowtail rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, yelloweye rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish, splitnose rockfish, blackgill rockfish in the
area south of 40[deg]10' N. lat., chilipepper, bocaccio, cowcod, minor
nearshore rockfish or shallow and deeper minor nearshore rockfish,
shelf or minor shelf rockfish, and minor slope rockfish; DTS complex
which is composed of Dover sole, sablefish, shortspine thornyheads,
longspine thornyheads; petrale sole, rex sole, arrowtooth flounder,
Pacific sanddabs, and the other flatfish complex, which is composed of
those species plus any other flatfish species listed at Sec. 660.11;
Pacific whiting; lingcod; Pacific cod; spiny dogfish; longnose skate;
cabezon in Oregon and California and ``other fish'' as a complex
consisting of all groundfish species listed at Sec. 660.11 and not
otherwise listed as a distinct species or species group. In addition to
the species and species groups listed above, sub-limits or aggregate
limits may be specified, specific to the Shorebased IFQ Program, for
the following species: big skate, California skate, California
scorpionfish, leopard shark, soupfin shark, finescale codling, Pacific
rattail (grenadier), ratfish, kelp greenling, shortbelly, and cabezon
in Washington. Size limits have been designated as routine for
sablefish and lingcod. Trip landing and frequency limits and size
limits for species with those limits designated as routine may be
imposed or adjusted on a biennial or more frequent basis for the
purpose of keeping landings within the harvest levels announced by
NMFS, and for the other purposes given in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and
(B) of this section.
* * * * *
(v) Shorebased IFQ Program surplus carryover percentage. As
specified at Sec. 660.140(e)(5)(i), a percentage of surplus QP or IBQ
pounds in a vessel account may be carried over from one year to the
next. The percentage of surplus QP or IBQ pounds, that may be carried
over may be modified on a biennial or more frequent basis, and may not
be higher than 10 percent.
* * * * *
(3) All fisheries, all gear types.
(i) Depth-based management measures. Depth-based management
measures, particularly the setting of closed areas known as Groundfish
Conservation Areas, may be implemented in any fishery that takes
groundfish directly or incidentally. Depth-based management measures
are set using specific boundary lines that approximate depth contours
with latitude/longitude waypoints found at Sec. 660.70 through 660.74.
Depth-based management measures and the setting of closed areas may be
used: to protect and rebuild overfished stocks, to prevent the
overfishing of any groundfish species by minimizing the direct or
incidental catch of that species, to minimize the incidental harvest of
any protected or prohibited species taken in the groundfish fishery, to
extend the fishing season; for the commercial fisheries, to minimize
disruption of traditional fishing and marketing patterns; for the
recreational fisheries, to spread the available catch over a large
number of anglers; to discourage target fishing while allowing small
incidental catches to be landed; and to allow small fisheries to
operate outside the normal season. BRAs may be implemented in the
Pacific whiting fishery: as an automatic action for species with a
sector specific allocation, consistent with paragraph (d)(1) of this
section; or as a routine action consistent with the purposes for
implementing depth based management and the setting of closed areas as
described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) Non-tribal deductions from the ACL. Changes to the non-tribal
amounts deducted from the TAC, ACLs, or ACT when specified, described
at Sec. 660.55 (b)(2) through (4) and specified in the footnotes to
Tables 1a through 1c, and 2a through 2c, to subpart C, have been
designated as routine to make fish that would otherwise go unharvested
available to other fisheries during the fishing year. Adjustments may
be made to provide additional harvest opportunities in groundfish
fisheries when catch in scientific research activities, non-groundfish
fisheries, and EFPs are lower than the amounts that were initially
deducted off the TAC, ACL, or ACT when specified, during the biennial
specifications. When recommending adjustments to the non-tribal
deductions, the Council shall consider the allocation framework
criteria outlined in the PCGFMP and the objectives to maintain or
extend fishing and marketing opportunities taking into account the best
available fishery information on sector needs.
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Close one or more at-sea sectors of the fishery when a non-
whiting groundfish species with allocations is reached or projected to
be reached.
* * * * *
(vi) Implement Pacific Whiting Bycatch Reduction Areas, described
at Sec. 660.131(c)(4), when NMFS projects a sector-specific allocation
will be reached before the sector's whiting allocation.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(2) Landing. As stated at Sec. 660.11 (in the definition of ``Land
or landing''), once the offloading of any species begins, all fish
aboard the vessel are counted as part of the landing and must be
reported as such. All fish from a landing must be removed from the
vessel before a new fishing trip begins, except for processing vessels
fishing in the catcher/processor or mothership sectors of the Pacific
whiting fishery. Transfer of fish at sea is prohibited under Sec.
660.12, unless a vessel is participating in the primary whiting fishery
as part of the mothership or catcher/processor sectors, as described at
Sec. 660.131(a). Catcher vessels in the mothership sector must
transfer all catch from a haul to the same vessel registered to an MS
permit prior to the gear being set for a subsequent haul. Catch may not
be transferred to a tender vessel.
* * * * *
8. In Sec. 660.72, paragraph (j)(2475) is redesignated as
(j)(247).
9. Section 660.73 is amended as follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (h)(58) and (h)(59),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (h)(60) through (h)(186) as (h)(61)
through (h)(187), (h)(187) through (h)(191) as (h)(192) through
(h)(196), (h)(192) through (h)(301) as (h)(200) through (h)(309),
c. Add paragraphs (h)(58) through (h)(60), (h)(188) through
(h)(191), (h)(197) through (h)(199), and paragraph (l) to read as
follows:
Sec. 660.73 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 100 fm (183
m) through 150 fm (274 m) depth contours.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(58) 46[deg]58.36' N. lat., 124[deg]59.82' W. long.;
(59) 46[deg]56.80' N. lat., 125[deg]00.00' W. long.;
(60) 46[deg]56.62' N. lat., 125[deg]00.00' W. long.;
* * * * *
(188) 39[deg]49.10' N. lat., 124[deg]06.00' W. long.;
(189) 39[deg]48.94' N. lat., 124[deg]04.74' W. long.;
(190) 39[deg]48.60' N. lat., 124[deg]04.50' W. long.;
[[Page 68002]]
(191) 39[deg]47.95' N. lat., 124[deg]05.22' W. long.;
* * * * *
(197) 39[deg]31.64' N. lat., 123[deg]56.16' W. long.;
(198) 39[deg]31.40' N. lat., 123[deg]56.70' W. long.;
(199) 39[deg]32.35' N. lat., 123[deg]57.42' W. long.;
* * * * *
(l) The 150 fm (274 m) depth contour used between the U.S. border
with Canada and 40[deg]10' N. lat., modified to allow fishing in
petrale sole areas, is defined by straight lines connecting all of the
following points in the order stated:
(1) 48[deg]14.96' N. lat., 125[deg]41.24' W. long.;
(2) 48[deg]12.89' N. lat., 125[deg]37.83' W. long.;
(3) 48[deg]11.49' N. lat., 125[deg]39.27' W. long.;
(4) 48[deg]10.00' N. lat., 125[deg]40.65' W. long.;
(5) 48[deg]08.72' N. lat., 125[deg]41.84' W. long.;
(6) 48[deg]07.00' N. lat., 125[deg]45.00' W. long.;
(7) 48[deg]06.13' N. lat., 125[deg]41.57' W. long.;
(8) 48[deg]05.00' N. lat., 125[deg]39.00' W. long.;
(9) 48[deg]04.15' N. lat., 125[deg]36.71' W. long.;
(10) 48[deg]03.00' N. lat., 125[deg]36.00' W. long.;
(11) 48[deg]01.65' N. lat., 125[deg]36.96' W. long.;
(12) 48[deg]01.00' N. lat., 125[deg]38.50' W. long.;
(13) 47[deg]57.50' N. lat., 125[deg]36.50' W. long.;
(14) 47[deg]56.53' N. lat., 125[deg]30.33' W. long.;
(15) 47[deg]57.28' N. lat., 125[deg]27.89' W. long.;
(16) 47[deg]59.00' N. lat., 125[deg]25.50' W. long.;
(17) 48[deg]01.77' N. lat., 125[deg]24.05' W. long.;
(18) 48[deg]02.08' N. lat., 125[deg]22.98' W. long.;
(19) 48[deg]03.00' N. lat., 125[deg]22.50' W. long.;
(20) 48[deg]03.46' N. lat., 125[deg]22.10' W. long.;
(21) 48[deg]04.29' N. lat., 125[deg]20.37' W. long.;
(22) 48[deg]02.00' N. lat., 125[deg]18.50' W. long.;
(23) 48[deg]00.01' N. lat., 125[deg]19.90' W. long.;
(24) 47[deg]58.75' N. lat., 125[deg]17.54' W. long.;
(25) 47[deg]53.50' N. lat., 125[deg]13.50' W. long.;
(26) 47[deg]48.88' N. lat., 125[deg]05.91' W. long.;
(27) 47[deg]48.50' N. lat., 125[deg]05.00' W. long.;
(28) 47[deg]45.98' N. lat., 125[deg]04.26' W. long.;
(29) 47[deg]45.00' N. lat., 125[deg]05.50' W. long.;
(30) 47[deg]42.11' N. lat., 125[deg]04.74' W. long.;
(31) 47[deg]39.00' N. lat., 125[deg]06.00' W. long.;
(32) 47[deg]35.53' N. lat., 125[deg]04.55' W. long.;
(33) 47[deg]30.90' N. lat., 124[deg]57.31' W. long.;
(34) 47[deg]29.54' N. lat., 124[deg]56.50' W. long.;
(35) 47[deg]29.50' N. lat., 124[deg]54.50' W. long.;
(36) 47[deg]28.57' N. lat., 124[deg]51.50' W. long.;
(37) 47[deg]25.00' N. lat., 124[deg]48.00' W. long.;
(38) 47[deg]23.95' N. lat., 124[deg]47.24' W. long.;
(39) 47[deg]23.00' N. lat., 124[deg]47.00' W. long.;
(40) 47[deg]21.00' N. lat., 124[deg]46.50' W. long.;
(41) 47[deg]18.20' N. lat., 124[deg]45.84' W. long.;
(42) 47[deg]18.50' N. lat., 124[deg]49.00' W. long.;
(43) 47[deg]19.17' N. lat., 124[deg]50.86' W. long.;
(44) 47[deg]18.07' N. lat., 124[deg]53.29' W. long.;
(45) 47[deg]17.78' N. lat., 124[deg]51.39' W. long.;
(46) 47[deg]16.81' N. lat., 124[deg]50.85' W. long.;
(47) 47[deg]15.96' N. lat., 124[deg]53.15' W. long.;
(48) 47[deg]14.31' N. lat., 124[deg]52.62' W. long.;
(49) 47[deg]11.87' N. lat., 124[deg]56.90' W. long.;
(50) 47[deg]12.39' N. lat., 124[deg]58.09' W. long.;
(51) 47[deg]09.50' N. lat., 124[deg]57.50' W. long.;
(52) 47[deg]09.00' N. lat., 124[deg]59.00' W. long.;
(53) 47[deg]06.06' N. lat., 124[deg]58.80' W. long.;
(54) 47[deg]03.62' N. lat., 124[deg]55.96' W. long.;
(55) 47[deg]02.89' N. lat., 124[deg]56.89' W. long.;
(56) 47[deg]01.04' N. lat., 124[deg]59.54' W. long.;
(57) 46[deg]58.47' N. lat., 124[deg]59.08' W. long.;
(58) 46[deg]58.36' N. lat., 124[deg]59.82' W. long.;
(59) 46[deg]56.80' N. lat., 125[deg]00.00' W. long.;
(60) 46[deg]56.62' N. lat., 125[deg]00.00' W. long.;
(61) 46[deg]57.09' N. lat., 124[deg]58.86' W. long.;
(62) 46[deg]55.95' N. lat., 124[deg]54.88' W. long.;
(63) 46[deg]54.79' N. lat., 124[deg]54.14' W. long.;
(64) 46[deg]58.00' N. lat., 124[deg]50.00' W. long.;
(65) 46[deg]54.50' N. lat., 124[deg]49.00' W. long.;
(66) 46[deg]54.53' N. lat., 124[deg]52.94' W. long.;
(67) 46[deg]49.52' N. lat., 124[deg]53.41' W. long.;
(68) 46[deg]42.24' N. lat., 124[deg]47.86' W. long.;
(69) 46[deg]39.50' N. lat., 124[deg]42.50' W. long.;
(70) 46[deg]38.17' N. lat., 124[deg]41.50' W. long.;
(71) 46[deg]37.50' N. lat., 124[deg]41.00' W. long.;
(72) 46[deg]36.50' N. lat., 124[deg]38.00' W. long.;
(73) 46[deg]33.85' N. lat., 124[deg]36.99' W. long.;
(74) 46[deg]33.50' N. lat., 124[deg]29.50' W. long.;
(75) 46[deg]32.00' N. lat., 124[deg]31.00' W. long.;
(76) 46[deg]30.53' N. lat., 124[deg]30.55' W. long.;
(77) 46[deg]25.50' N. lat., 124[deg]33.00' W. long.;
(78) 46[deg]23.00' N. lat., 124[deg]35.00' W. long.;
(79) 46[deg]21.05' N. lat., 124[deg]37.00' W. long.;
(80) 46[deg]20.64' N. lat., 124[deg]36.21' W. long.;
(81) 46[deg]20.36' N. lat., 124[deg]37.85' W. long.;
(82) 46[deg]19.48' N. lat., 124[deg]38.35' W. long.;
(83) 46[deg]17.87' N. lat., 124[deg]38.54' W. long.;
(84) 46[deg]16.15' N. lat., 124[deg]25.20' W. long.;
(85) 46[deg]16.00' N. lat., 124[deg]23.00' W. long.;
(86) 46[deg]14.87' N. lat., 124[deg]26.15' W. long.;
(87) 46[deg]13.37' N. lat., 124[deg]31.36' W. long.;
(88) 46[deg]12.08' N. lat., 124[deg]38.39' W. long.;
(89) 46[deg]09.46' N. lat., 124[deg]40.64' W. long.;
(90) 46[deg]07.29' N. lat., 124[deg]40.89' W. long.;
(91) 46[deg]02.76' N. lat., 124[deg]44.01' W. long.;
(92) 46[deg]01.22' N. lat., 124[deg]43.47' W. long.;
(93) 45[deg]51.82' N. lat., 124[deg]42.89' W. long.;
(94) 45[deg]46.00' N. lat., 124[deg]40.88' W. long.;
(95) 45[deg]45.95' N. lat., 124[deg]40.72' W. long.;
(96) 45[deg]45.21' N. lat., 124[deg]41.70' W. long.;
[[Page 68003]]
(97) 45[deg]42.72' N. lat., 124[deg]41.22' W. long.;
(98) 45[deg]34.50' N. lat., 124[deg]30.28' W. long.;
(99) 45[deg]21.10' N. lat., 124[deg]23.11' W. long.;
(100) 45[deg]20.25' N. lat., 124[deg]22.92' W. long.;
(101) 45[deg]09.69' N. lat., 124[deg]20.45' W. long.;
(102) 45[deg]03.83' N. lat., 124[deg]23.30' W. long.;
(103) 44[deg]56.41' N. lat., 124[deg]27.65' W. long.;
(104) 44[deg]44.47' N. lat., 124[deg]37.85' W. long.;
(105) 44[deg]37.17' N. lat., 124[deg]38.60' W. long.;
(106) 44[deg]35.55' N. lat., 124[deg]39.27' W. long.;
(107) 44[deg]31.81' N. lat., 124[deg]39.60' W. long.;
(108) 44[deg]31.48' N. lat., 124[deg]43.30' W. long.;
(109) 44[deg]12.67' N. lat., 124[deg]57.87' W. long.;
(110) 44[deg]08.30' N. lat., 124[deg]57.84' W. long.;
(111) 44[deg]07.38' N. lat., 124[deg]57.87' W. long.;
(112) 43[deg]57.42' N. lat., 124[deg]57.20' W. long.;
(113) 43[deg]52.52' N. lat., 124[deg]49.00' W. long.;
(114) 43[deg]51.55' N. lat., 124[deg]37.49' W. long.;
(115) 43[deg]47.83' N. lat., 124[deg]36.43' W. long.;
(116) 43[deg]31.79' N. lat., 124[deg]36.80' W. long.;
(117) 43[deg]29.34' N. lat., 124[deg]36.77' W. long.;
(118) 43[deg]26.37' N. lat., 124[deg]39.53' W. long.;
(119) 43[deg]20.83' N. lat., 124[deg]42.39' W. long.;
(120) 43[deg]16.15' N. lat., 124[deg]44.36' W. long.;
(121) 43[deg]09.33' N. lat., 124[deg]45.35' W. long.;
(122) 43[deg]08.77' N. lat., 124[deg]49.82' W. long.;
(123) 43[deg]08.83' N. lat., 124[deg]50.93' W. long.;
(124) 43[deg]05.89' N. lat., 124[deg]51.60' W. long.;
(125) 43[deg]04.60' N. lat., 124[deg]53.02' W. long.;
(126) 43[deg]02.64' N. lat., 124[deg]52.01' W. long.;
(127) 43[deg]00.39' N. lat., 124[deg]51.77' W. long.;
(128) 42[deg]58.00' N. lat., 124[deg]52.99' W. long.;
(129) 42[deg]57.56' N. lat., 124[deg]54.10' W. long.;
(130) 42[deg]53.93' N. lat., 124[deg]54.60' W. long.;
(131) 42[deg]53.26' N. lat., 124[deg]53.94' W. long.;
(132) 42[deg]52.31' N. lat., 124[deg]50.76' W. long.;
(133) 42[deg]50.00' N. lat., 124[deg]48.97' W. long.;
(134) 42[deg]47.78' N. lat., 124[deg]47.27' W. long.;
(135) 42[deg]46.31' N. lat., 124[deg]43.60' W. long.;
(136) 42[deg]41.63' N. lat., 124[deg]44.07' W. long.;
(137) 42[deg]40.50' N. lat., 124[deg]43.52' W. long.;
(138) 42[deg]38.83' N. lat., 124[deg]42.77' W. long.;
(139) 42[deg]35.36' N. lat., 124[deg]43.22' W. long.;
(140) 42[deg]32.78' N. lat., 124[deg]44.68' W. long.;
(141) 42[deg]32.02' N. lat., 124[deg]43.00' W. long.;
(142) 42[deg]30.54' N. lat., 124[deg]43.50' W. long.;
(143) 42[deg]28.16' N. lat., 124[deg]48.38' W. long.;
(144) 42[deg]18.26' N. lat., 124[deg]39.01' W. long.;
(145) 42[deg]13.66' N. lat., 124[deg]36.82' W. long.;
(146) 42[deg]00.00' N. lat., 124[deg]35.99' W. long.;
(147) 41[deg]47.80' N. lat., 124[deg]29.41' W. long.;
(148) 41[deg]41.67' N. lat., 124[deg]29.46' W. long.;
(149) 41[deg]22.80' N. lat., 124[deg]29.10' W. long.;
(150) 41[deg]13.29' N. lat., 124[deg]23.31' W. long.;
(151) 41[deg]06.23' N. lat., 124[deg]22.62' W. long.;
(152) 40[deg]55.60' N. lat., 124[deg]26.04' W. long.;
(153) 40[deg]53.97' N. lat., 124[deg]26.16' W. long.;
(154) 40[deg]53.94' N. lat., 124[deg]26.10' W. long.;
(155) 40[deg]50.31' N. lat., 124[deg]26.16' W. long.;
(156) 40[deg]49.82' N. lat., 124[deg]26.58' W. long.;
(157) 40[deg]49.62' N. lat., 124[deg]26.57' W. long.;
(158) 40[deg]45.72' N. lat., 124[deg]30.00' W. long.;
(159) 40[deg]40.56' N. lat., 124[deg]32.11' W. long.;
(160) 40[deg]38.87' N. lat., 124[deg]30.18' W. long.;
(161) 40[deg]38.38' N. lat., 124[deg]30.18' W. long.;
(162) 40[deg]37.33' N. lat., 124[deg]29.27' W. long.;
(163) 40[deg]35.60' N. lat., 124[deg]30.49' W. long.;
(164) 40[deg]37.38' N. lat., 124[deg]37.14' W. long.;
(165) 40[deg]36.03' N. lat., 124[deg]39.97' W. long.;
(166) 40[deg]31.58' N. lat., 124[deg]40.74' W. long.;
(167) 40[deg]30.30' N. lat., 124[deg]37.63' W. long.;
(168) 40[deg]28.22' N. lat., 124[deg]37.23' W. long.;
(169) 40[deg]24.86' N. lat., 124[deg]35.71' W. long.;
(170) 40[deg]23.01' N. lat., 124[deg]31.94' W. long.;
(171) 40[deg]23.39' N. lat., 124[deg]28.64' W. long.;
(172) 40[deg]22.29' N. lat., 124[deg]25.25' W. long.;
(173) 40[deg]21.90' N. lat., 124[deg]25.18' W. long.;
(174) 40[deg]22.02' N. lat., 124[deg]28.00' W. long.;
(175) 40[deg]21.34' N. lat., 124[deg]29.53' W. long.;
(176) 40[deg]19.74' N. lat., 124[deg]28.95' W. long.;
(177) 40[deg]18.13' N. lat., 124[deg]27.08' W. long.;
(178) 40[deg]17.45' N. lat., 124[deg]25.53' W. long.;
(179) 40[deg]17.97' N. lat., 124[deg]24.12' W. long.;
(180) 40[deg]15.96' N. lat., 124[deg]26.05' W. long.;
(181) 40[deg]16.90' N. lat., 124[deg]34.20' W. long.;
(182) 40[deg]16.29' N. lat., 124[deg]34.50' W. long.;
(183) 40[deg]14.91' N. lat., 124[deg]33.60' W. long.;
(184) 40[deg]10.00' N. lat., 124[deg]22.96' W. long.;
10. Section 660.74 is amended as follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (g)(87),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (g)(88) through (g)(257) as (g)(89)
through (g)(258),
c. Add paragraphs (g)(87) through (g)(88), to read as follows:
Sec. 660.74 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 180 fm (329
m) through 250 fm (457 m) depth contours.
* * * * *
(g) * * *
(87) 44[deg]21.73' N. lat., 124[deg]49.82' W. long.;
(88) 44[deg]17.57' N. lat., 124[deg]55.04' W. long.;
* * * * *
11. Tables 1a through 1d and 2a through 2d, Subpart C, are revised
to read as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 68004]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.000
[[Page 68005]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.001
[[Page 68006]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.002
[[Page 68007]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.003
[[Page 68008]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.004
[[Page 68009]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.005
[[Page 68010]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.006
[[Page 68011]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.007
[[Page 68012]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.008
[[Page 68013]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.009
[[Page 68014]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.010
[[Page 68015]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.011
[[Page 68016]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.012
[[Page 68017]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.013
[[Page 68018]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.014
[[Page 68019]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.015
[[Page 68020]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.016
[[Page 68021]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.017
[[Page 68022]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.018
[[Page 68023]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.019
[[Page 68024]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.020
[[Page 68025]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.021
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 68026]]
12. In Sec. 660.112, introductory text and paragraph (b)(1)(xv) is
revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.112 Trawl fishery--prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the limited entry trawl
fisheries. General groundfish prohibitions are defined at Sec. 660.12.
In addition to the general prohibitions specified in Sec. 600.725 of
this chapter, it is unlawful for any person or vessel to:
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(xv) Begin a new fishing trip until all fish from an IFQ landing
have been offloaded from the vessel, consistent with Sec.
660.12(a)(11).
* * * * *
13. In Sec. 660.130, paragraphs (d) introductory text,
(d)(1)(iii), and (e) introductory text are revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.130 Trawl fishery--management measures.
* * * * *
(d) Sorting. In addition to the requirements at Sec. 660.12(a)(8),
the States of Washington, Oregon, and California may also require that
vessels record their landings as sorted on their state landing receipt.
Sector-specific sorting requirements and exceptions are listed at
paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.
(1) * * *
* * * * *
(iii) South of 40[deg]10' N. lat. Minor shallow nearshore rockfish,
minor deeper nearshore rockfish, California scorpionfish, chilipepper,
bocaccio, splitnose rockfish, Pacific sanddabs, cowcod, bronzespotted
rockfish, blackgill rockfish and cabezon.
* * * * *
(e) Groundfish conservation areas (GCAs) applicable to trawl
vessels. A GCA, a type of closed area, is a geographic area defined by
coordinates expressed in degrees of latitude and longitude. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of the GCA boundaries are specified
at Sec. Sec. 660.70 through 660.74. A vessel that is fishing within a
GCA listed in this paragraph (e) with trawl gear authorized for use
within a GCA may not have any other type of trawl gear on board the
vessel. The following GCAs apply to vessels participating in the
limited entry trawl fishery. Additional closed areas that specifically
apply to the Pacific whiting fisheries are described at Sec.
660.131(c).
* * * * *
14. In Sec. 660.140, paragraphs (c)(1) table, (d)(1)(ii)
introductory text, (d)(1)(ii)(D), (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3), (d)(4)(i)(C),
(e)(4)(i), (e)(5) introductory text, and (e)(5)(i) are revised and
paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)(A)(3), (d)(1)(ii)(B)(3) and (d)(1)(ii)(B)(4) are
added to read as follows:
Sec. 660.140 Shorebased IFQ Program
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
IFQ Species
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ROUNDFISH:
Lingcod N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Lingcod S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Pacific cod
Pacific whiting
Sablefish N. of 36[deg] N. lat
Sablefish S. of 36[deg] N. lat
FLATFISH:
Arrowtooth flounder
Dover sole
English sole
Other flatfish stock complex
Petrale sole
Starry flounder
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
ROCKFISH:
Bocaccio S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Canary rockfish
Chilipepper S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Cowcod S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Darkblotched rockfish
Longspine thornyhead N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat
Minor shelf rockfish complex N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Minor shelf rockfish complex S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Minor slope rockfish complex N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Minor slope rockfish complex S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Shortspine thornyhead N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat
Shortspine thornyhead S. of 34[deg]27' N. lat
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
Widow rockfish
Yelloweye rockfish
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Annual QP and IBQ pound allocations. QP and IBQ pounds will be
deposited into QS accounts annually. QS permit owners will be notified
of QP deposits via the IFQ Web site and their QS account. QP and IBQ
pounds will be issued to the nearest whole pound using standard
rounding rules (i.e., decimal amounts less than 0.5 round down and 0.5
and greater round up), except that in the first year of the Shorebased
IFQ Program, issuance of QP for overfished species greater than zero
but less than one pound will be rounded up to one pound. Rounding rules
may affect distribution of the entire shorebased trawl allocation. NMFS
will distribute such allocations to the maximum extent practicable, not
to exceed the total allocation. QS permit owners must transfer their QP
and IBQ pounds from their QS account to a vessel account in order for
those QP and IBQ pounds to be fished. QP and IBQ pounds must be
transferred in whole pounds (i.e., no fraction of a QP or IBQ pound can
be transferred). All QP and IBQ pounds in a QS account must be
transferred to a vessel account by September 1 of each year in order to
be fished, unless there is a reapportionment of Pacific whiting
consistent with Sec. 660.131(h) and paragraph (d)(3) of this section
or a release of additional QP consistent with Sec. 660.60(c) and
paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3) of this section.
(A) * * *
(3) In years where the non-tribal deductions from the TAC, ACL, or
ACT when specified, described at Sec. 660.55(b), were too high and
would go unharvested, NMFS may increase the shorebased trawl
allocation, consistent with Sec. 660.60(c), and issue additional QP to
QS accounts.
(B) * * *
(3) In years where the non-tribal deductions from the TAC, ACL, or
ACT when specified, described at Sec. 660.55(b), were too high and
would go unharvested, NMFS may increase the shorebased trawl
allocation, consistent with Sec. 660.60(c), and issue additional QP to
QS accounts.
(4) In years where there is reapportionment of Pacific whiting,
specified at Sec. 660.131(h), to the Shorebased IFQ Program, NMFS will
increase the shorebased trawl allocation and issue additional QP to QS
accounts as described at paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
(D) For the trawl fishery, NMFS will issue QP based on the
following shorebased trawl allocations:
[[Page 68027]]
Shorebased Trawl Allocations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013 shorebased 2014 shorebased
IFQ species Management area trawl allocation trawl allocation
(mt) (mt)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arrowtooth flounder........................ ............................. 3,846.13 3,467.08
Bocaccio................................... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 74.90 79.00
Canary Rockfish............................ ............................. 39.90 41.10
Chilipepper................................ South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 1,099.50 1,067.25
Cowcod..................................... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 1.00 1.00
Darkblotched Rockfish...................... ............................. 266.70 278.41
Dover sole................................. ............................. 22,234.50 22,234.50
English sole............................... ............................. 6,365.03 5,255.59
Lingcod.................................... North of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 1,222.57 1,151.68
Lingcod.................................... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 494.41 472.88
Longspine thornyhead....................... North of 34[deg]27' N. lat... 1,859.85 1,811.40
Minor shelf rockfish complex............... North of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 508.00 508.00
Minor shelf rockfish complex............... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 81.00 81.00
Minor slope rockfish complex............... North of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 776.93 776.93
Minor slope rockfish complex............... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 376.11 378.63
Other flatfish complex..................... ............................. 4,189.61 4,189.61
Pacific cod................................ ............................. 1,125.29 1,125.29
Pacific Ocean Perch........................ North of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 109.43 112.28
Pacific Whiting............................ ............................. ................. .................
Petrale Sole............................... ............................. 2,318.00 2,378.00
Sablefish.................................. North of 36[deg] N. lat...... 1,828.00 1,988.00
Sablefish.................................. South of 36[deg] N. lat...... 602.28 653.10
Shortspine thornyhead...................... North of 34[deg]27' N. lat... 1,385.35 1,371.12
Shortspine thornyhead...................... South of 34[deg]27' N. lat... 50.00 50.00
Splitnose rockfish......................... South of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 1,518.10 1,575.10
Starry flounder............................ ............................. 751.50 755.50
Widow rockfish............................. ............................. 993.83 993.83
Yelloweye Rockfish......................... ............................. 1.00 1.00
Yellowtail rockfish........................ North of 40[deg]10' N. lat... 2,635.33 2,638.85
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) * * *
(3) Transfer of QP or IBQ pounds from a QS account to a vessel
account. QP or IBQ pounds must be transferred in whole pounds (i.e. no
fraction of a QP can be transferred). QP or IBQ pounds must be
transferred to a vessel account in order to be used. Transfers of QP or
IBQ pounds from a QS account to a vessel account are subject to vessel
accumulation limits and NMFS' approval. Once QP or IBQ pounds are
transferred from a QS account to a vessel account (accepted by the
transferee/vessel owner), they cannot be transferred back to a QS
account and may only be transferred to another vessel account. QP or
IBQ pounds may not be transferred from one QS account to another QS
account. All QP or IBQ pounds from a QS account must be transferred to
one or more vessel accounts by September 1 each year. If, after
September 1 in any year, the Regional Administrator makes a decision to
reapportion Pacific whiting from the tribal to the non-tribal fishery
or NMFS releases additional QP consistent with Sec. Sec. 660.60(c) and
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the following actions will be
taken.
(i) NMFS will credit QS accounts with additional QP proportionally,
based on the QS percent for a particular QS permit owner and the
increase in the shorebased trawl allocation specified at paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(D) of this section.
(ii) The QS account transfer function will be reactivated by NMFS
from the date that QS accounts are credited with additional QP to allow
permit holders to transfer QP to vessel accounts only for those IFQ
species with additional QP.
(iii) After December 15, the transfer function in QS accounts will
again be inactivated.
* * * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) The Shorebased IFQ Program accumulation limits are as follows:
Accumulation Limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
QS and IBQ
Species category control limit
(in percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arrowtooth flounder.................................... 10
Bocaccio S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat....................... 13.2
Canary rockfish........................................ 4.4
Chilipepper S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.................... 10
Cowcod S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat......................... 17.7
Darkblotched rockfish.................................. 4.5
Dover sole............................................. 2.6
English sole........................................... 5
Lingcod:
N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.............................. 2.5
S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.............................. 2.5
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat.............................. 6
Minor rockfish complex N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat:
Shelf species........................................ 5
Slope species........................................ 5
Minor rockfish complex S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat:
Shelf species........................................ 9
Slope species........................................ 6
Other flatfish stock complex........................... 10
Pacific cod............................................ 12
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.......... 5.4
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat............ 4
Pacific whiting (shoreside)............................ 10
Petrale sole........................................... 3
Sablefish:
N. of 36[deg] N. lat. (Monterey north)............... 3
S. of 36[deg] N. lat. (Conception area).............. 10
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat.............................. 6
S. of 34[deg]27' N. lat.............................. 6
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat............. 10
Starry flounder........................................ 10
[[Page 68028]]
Widow rockfish......................................... 5.1
Yelloweye rockfish..................................... 5.7
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat............ 5
Non-whiting groundfish species......................... 2.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) Vessel limits. For each IFQ species or species group specified
in this paragraph, vessel accounts may not have QP or IBQ pounds in
excess of the QP Vessel Limit (Annual Limit) in any year, and, for
species covered by Unused QP Vessel Limits (Daily Limit), may not have
QP or IBQ pounds in excess of the Unused QP Vessel Limit at any time.
The QP Vessel Limit (Annual Limit) is calculated as unused available
QPs plus used QPs (landings and discards) plus any pending outgoing
transfer of QPs. The Unused QP Vessel Limits (Daily Limit) is
calculated as unused available QPs plus any pending outgoing transfer
of QPs. These vessel limits are as follows:
Vessel Limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unused QP vessel
QP vessel limit limit (daily
Species category (annual limit) (in limit) (in
percent) percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arrowtooth flounder............. 20 ..................
Bocaccio S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat 15.4 13.2
Canary rockfish................. 10 4.4
Chilipepper S. of 40[deg]10' N. 15 ..................
lat............................
Cowcod S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.. 17.7 17.7
Darkblotched rockfish........... 6.8 4.5
Dover sole...................... 3.9 ..................
English sole.................... 7.5 ..................
Lingcod
N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat..... 5.3 ..................
S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat..... 13.3 ..................
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat..... 9 ..................
Minor rockfish complex N. of
40[deg]10' N. lat:
Shelf species............... 7.5 ..................
Slope species............... 7.5 ..................
Minor rockfish complex S. of
40[deg]10' N. lat:
Shelf species............... 13.5 ..................
Slope species............... 9 ..................
Other flatfish complex.......... 15 ..................
Pacific cod..................... 20 ..................
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 14.4 5.4
40[deg]10' N. lat..............
Pacific ocean perch N. of 6 4
40[deg]10' N. lat..............
Pacific whiting (shoreside)..... 15 ..................
Petrale sole.................... 4.5 ..................
Sablefish:
N. of 36[deg] N. lat. 4.5 ..................
(Monterey north)...........
S. of 36[deg] N. lat. 15 ..................
(Conception area)..........
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34[deg]27' N. lat..... 9 ..................
S. of 34[deg]27' N. lat..... 9 ..................
Splitnose rockfish S. of 15 ..................
40[deg]10' N. lat..............
Starry flounder................. 20 ..................
Widow rockfish.................. 8.5 5.1
Yelloweye rockfish.............. 11.4 5.7
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 7.5 ..................
40[deg]10' N. lat..............
Non-whiting groundfish species.. 3.2 ..................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
(5) Carryover. The carryover provision allows a limited amount of
surplus QP or IBQ pounds in a vessel account to be carried over from
one year to the next or allows a deficit in a vessel account in one
year to be covered with QP or IBQ pounds from a subsequent year, up to
a carryover limit. The carryover limit is calculated by multiplying the
carryover percentage by the cumulative total of QP or IBQ pounds (used
and unused) in a vessel account for the base year, less any transfers
out of the vessel account, any QP resulting from reapportionment of
whiting specified at Sec. 660.60(d) or release of additional QP during
the year specified at Sec. 660.60(c)(3)(ii), or any previous carryover
amounts. The percentage used for the carryover provision may be changed
during the biennial specifications and management measures process,
and, for the surplus carryover provision specified in paragraph
(e)(5)(i) of this section, the percentage is designated as a ``routine
management measure'' at Sec. 660.60(c)(1)(v) and may be changed
through an inseason action, but may not exceed 10 percent.
(i) Surplus QP or IBQ pounds. A vessel account with a surplus of QP
or IBQ pounds (unused QP or IBQ pounds) for any IFQ species at the end
of the fishing year may carryover for use in the immediately following
year an amount of unused QP or IBQ pounds up to its carry over limit.
The carryover limit for the surplus is calculated as 10 percent of the
cumulative total QP or IBQ pounds (used and unused, less any transfers
or any previous carryover
[[Page 68029]]
amounts) in the vessel account at the end of the year. Based on a
Council recommendation, NMFS will credit the carryover amount to the
vessel account in the immediately following year once NMFS has
completed its end-of-the-year account reconciliation. If NMFS disagrees
with all or part of the Council recommendation, NMFS will not credit
the vessel accounts, as appropriate, and will notify the Council in
writing, describing the basis for the decision. NMFS will notify vessel
account owners through the online IFQ system of any additional QP or
IBQ pounds resulting from a carryover of surplus pounds, and will not
issue those pounds above the vessel limits (specified at paragraph
(e)(4) of this section). If there is a decline in the ACL between the
base year and the following year in which the QP or IBQ pounds would be
carried over, the carryover amount will be reduced in proportion to the
reduction in the ACL. When surplus QP or IBQ pounds are issued, those
pounds are deposited directly into the vessel accounts and do not
increase the shorebased trawl allocation. Surplus QP or IBQ pounds may
not be carried over for more than one year. Any amount of QP or IBQ
pounds in a vessel account and in excess of the carryover amount will
expire on December 31 each year and will not be available for any
future use.
* * * * *
15. Table 1 (North) and 1 (South) to 660, subpart D are revised as
follows:
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 68030]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.022
[[Page 68031]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.023
16. In Sec. 660.230, paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2), and (c)(2)(ii)
and (c)(2)(iii) are revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.230 Fixed gear fishery--management measures.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(1) In addition to the requirements at Sec. 660.12(a)(8) the
States of Washington, Oregon, and California may also require that
vessels record their landings as sorted on their state landing
receipts.
(2) For limited entry fixed gear vessels, the following species
must be sorted:
* * * * *
(ii) North of 40[deg]10' N. lat.--POP, yellowtail rockfish, cabezon
(Oregon and California);
(iii) South of 40[deg]10' N. lat.--minor shallow nearshore
rockfish, minor deeper nearshore rockfish, California scorpionfish,
chilipepper, bocaccio, splitnose rockfish, Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish, blackgill rockfish and cabezon.
* * * * *
17. In Sec. 660.231, introductory text and paragraph (b)(3)(i) is
revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.231 Limited entry fixed gear sablefish primary fishery.
This section applies to the sablefish primary fishery for the
limited entry fixed gear fishery north of 36[deg] N. lat. Limited entry
and open access fixed gear sablefish fishing outside of the sablefish
primary season north of 36[deg] N. lat. is governed by management
measures imposed under Sec. Sec. 660.230, 660.232, 660.330 and
660.332.
* * * * *
[[Page 68032]]
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) A vessel participating in the primary season will be
constrained by the sablefish cumulative limit associated with each of
the permits registered for use with that vessel. During the primary
season, each vessel authorized to fish in that season under paragraph
(a) of this section may take, retain, possess, and land sablefish, up
to the cumulative limits for each of the permits registered for use
with that vessel (i.e., stacked permits). If multiple limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements are registered for use with a
single vessel, that vessel may land up to the total of all cumulative
limits announced in this paragraph for the tiers for those permits,
except as limited by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. Up to 3
permits may be registered for use with a single vessel during the
primary season; thus, a single vessel may not take and retain, possess
or land more than 3 primary season sablefish cumulative limits in any
one year. A vessel registered for use with multiple limited entry
permits is subject to per vessel limits for species other than
sablefish, and to per vessel limits when participating in the daily
trip limit fishery for sablefish under Sec. 660.232. In 2013, the
following annual limits are in effect: Tier 1 at 34,513lb (15,665 kg),
Tier 2 at 15,688 lb (7,116 kg), and Tier 3 at 8,964 lb (4,066 kg). For
2014 and beyond, the following annual limits are in effect: Tier 1 at
37,441 lb (16,983 kg), Tier 2 at 17,019 lb (7,720 kg), and Tier 3 at
9,725 lb (4,411 kg).
* * * * *
18. In Sec. 660.232, paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) are revised to
read as follows:
Sec. 660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit (DTL) fishery for
sablefish.
(a) * * *
(2) Following the start of the primary season, all landings made by
a vessel authorized by Sec. 660.231(a) of this subpart to fish in the
primary season will count against the primary season cumulative
limit(s) associated with the permit(s) registered for use with that
vessel. A vessel that is eligible to fish in the sablefish primary
season may fish in the DTL fishery for sablefish once that vessels'
primary season sablefish limit(s) have been taken, or after the close
of the primary season, whichever occurs earlier. A vessel's primary
season cumulative limit(s) are considered to be taken when the total
amount remaining is less than the daily trip limit for sablefish north
of 36[deg] N. lat., if one is specified, in Table 2 (North) and Table 2
(South) to this subpart. If no daily limit is specified, the primary
season cumulative limit(s) are considered to be taken when the total
amount remaining is less than 300 pounds. Any subsequent sablefish
landings by that vessel will be subject to the restrictions and limits
of the limited entry DTL fishery for sablefish for the remainder of the
fishing year.
(3) No vessel may land sablefish against both its primary season
cumulative sablefish limits and against the DTL fishery limits within
the same 24 hour period of 0001 hours local time to 2400 hours local
time.
* * * * *
19. Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) to Part 660, subpart E are
revised to read as follows:
[[Page 68033]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.024
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.025
[[Page 68034]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.026
[[Page 68035]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.027
20. In Sec. 660.330, paragraph (c) is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.330 Open access fishery--management measures.
* * * * *
(c) Sorting requirements.
(1) In addition to the requirements at Sec. 660.12(a)(8) the
States of Washington, Oregon, and California may also require that
vessels record their landings as sorted on their state landing
receipts.
(2) For open access vessels, the following species must be sorted:
(i) Coastwide--widow rockfish, canary rockfish, darkblotched
rockfish, yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish, black rockfish, blue
rockfish, minor nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish, minor slope
rockfish, shortspine and longspine thornyhead, Dover sole, arrowtooth
flounder, petrale sole, starry flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny dogfish, longnose skate, other
fish, Pacific whiting, and Pacific sanddabs;
(ii) North of 40[deg]10' N. lat.--POP, yellowtail rockfish, cabezon
(Oregon and California);
(iii) South of 40[deg]10' N. lat.--minor shallow nearshore
rockfish, minor deeper nearshore rockfish, chilipepper, bocaccio,
splitnose rockfish, cowcod, bronzespotted rockfish, blackgill rockfish
and cabezon.
* * * * *
21. In Sec. 660.332, paragraphs (a) and (b) are revised to read as
follows:
Sec. 660.332 Open access daily trip limit (DTL) fishery for
sablefish.
(a) Open access DTL fisheries both north and south of 36[deg] N.
lat. Open access vessels may fish in the open access, daily trip limit
fishery for as long as that fishery is open during the year, subject to
the routine management measures imposed under Sec. 660.60.
(b) Trip limits.
(1) Daily and/or weekly trip limits for the open access fishery
north and south of 36[deg] N. lat. are provided in Tables 3 (North) and
3 (South) of this subpart.
(2) Trip and/or frequency limits may be imposed in the limited
entry fishery on vessels that are not participating in the primary
season under Sec. 660.60.
(3) Trip and/or size limits to protect juvenile sablefish in the
limited entry or open access fisheries also may be imposed at any time
under Sec. 660.60.
(4) Trip limits may be imposed in the open access fishery at any
time under Sec. 660.60.
22. Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South), to subpart F, are revised to
read as follows:
[[Page 68036]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.028
[[Page 68037]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.029
[[Page 68038]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.030
[[Page 68039]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.031
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14NO12.032
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C++
23. In Sec. 660.360, paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(A) and (B), (c)(3)
introductory text, (c)(3)(i)(A)(1), and (2), (c)(3)(i)(B),
(c)(3)(ii)(A)(1) and (2), (c)(3)(ii)(B) through (D), (c)(3)(iii)(A)(1)
and (2),
[[Page 68040]]
(c)(3)(v)(A)(1) through (3) are revised to read as follows:
Sec. 660.360 Recreational fishery-management measures.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) Between the U.S./Canada border and 48[deg]10' N. lat. (Cape
Alava) (Washington Marine Area 4), recreational fishing for lingcod is
open, for 2013, from April 16 through October 12, and for 2014, from
April 16 through October 15. Lingcod may be no smaller than 24 inches
(61 cm) total length.
(B) Between 48[deg]10' N. lat. (Cape Alava) and 46[deg]16' N. lat.
(Washington/Oregon border) (Washington Marine Areas 1-3), recreational
fishing for lingcod is open for 2013, from March 16 through October 12,
and for 2014, from March 15 through October 18. Lingcod may be no
smaller than 22 inches (56 cm) total length.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(3) California. Seaward of California, California law provides
that, in times and areas when the recreational fishery is open, there
is a 20 fish bag limit for all species of finfish, within which no more
than 10 fish of any one species may be taken or possessed by any one
person. [Note: There are some exceptions to this rule. The following
groundfish species are not subject to a bag limit: Petrale sole,
Pacific sanddab and starry flounder.] For groundfish species not
specifically mentioned in this paragraph, fishers are subject to the
overall 20-fish bag limit for all species of finfish and the depth
restrictions at paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section. Recreational
spearfishing for all federally-managed groundfish, is exempt from
closed areas and seasons, consistent with Title 14 of the California
Code of Regulations. This exemption applies only to recreational
vessels and divers provided no other fishing gear, except spearfishing
gear, is on board the vessel. California state law may provide
regulations similar to Federal regulations for the following state-
managed species: Ocean whitefish, California sheephead, and all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos. Kelp greenling is the only
federally-managed greenling. Retention of cowcod, yelloweye rockfish,
bronzespotted rockfish, and canary rockfish is prohibited in the
recreational fishery seaward of California all year in all areas. For
each person engaged in recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward of
California, the following closed areas, seasons, bag limits, and size
limits apply:
* * * * *
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42[deg] N. lat. (California/Oregon border) and
40[deg]10' N. lat. (Northern Management Area), recreational fishing for
all groundfish (except ``other flatfish'' as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited seaward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour along the mainland coast and along islands and offshore
seamounts from May 15 through October 31 (shoreward of 20 fm is open);
and is closed entirely from January 1 through May 14 and from November
1 through December 31.
(2) Between 40[deg]10' N. lat. and 38[deg]57.50' N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing for all groundfish (except
``other flatfish'' as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section) is prohibited seaward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth contour along
the mainland coast and along islands and offshore seamounts from May
15, 2013 through September 2, 2013 (shoreward of 20 fm is open), and is
closed entirely from January 1, 2013 through May 14, 2013 and from
September 3, 2013 through December 31, 2013; Recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of 20 fm (37 m) and from May 15, 2014
through September 1, 2014 (shoreward of 20 fm is open); and is closed
entirely from January 1, 2014 through May 14, 2014 and from September
2, 2014 through December 31, 2014.
* * * * *
(B) Cowcod conservation areas. The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs) boundaries are
specified at Sec. 660.70. In general, recreational fishing for all
groundfish is prohibited within the CCAs, except that fishing for
``other flatfish'' is permitted within the CCAs as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section. However, recreational fishing for
the following species is permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour when the season for those species is open south of 34[deg]27'
N. lat.: Minor nearshore rockfish, cabezon, kelp greenling, lingcod,
California scorpionfish, shelf rockfish and ``other flatfish'' (subject
to gear requirements at paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section during
January-February). Retention of canary rockfish, yelloweye rockfish,
bronzespotted rockfish and cowcod is prohibited within the CCA. [NOTE:
California state regulations also permit recreational fishing for
California sheephead, ocean whitefish, and all greenlings of the genus
Hexagrammos shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth contour in the CCAs
when the season for the RCG complex is open south of 34[deg]27' N.
lat.] It is unlawful to take and retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species authorized in this section.
* * * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42[deg] N. lat. (California/Oregon border) and
40[deg]10' N. lat. (North Management Area), recreational fishing for
the RCG complex is open from May 15 through October 31 (i.e., it's
closed from January 1 through May 14 and from November 1 through
December 31.
(2) Between 40[deg]10' N. lat. and 38[deg]57.50' N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing for the RCG Complex is open from
May 15, 2013 through September 2, 2013 (i.e., it's closed from January
1 through May 14 and September 3 through December 31 in 2013), and from
May 15, 2014 through September 1, 2014 (i.e., it's closed from January
1 through May 14 and September 2 through December 31 in 2014).
* * * * *
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times and areas when the
recreational season for the RCG Complex is open, there is a limit of 2
hooks and 1 line when fishing for the RCG complex and lingcod. The bag
limit is 10 RCG Complex fish per day coastwide. Retention of canary
rockfish, yelloweye rockfish, bronzespotted rockfish and cowcod is
prohibited. Within the 10 RCG Complex fish per day limit, no more than
3 may be bocaccio and no more than 3 may be cabezon. Multi-day limits
are authorized by a valid permit issued by California and must not
exceed the daily limit multiplied by the number of days in the fishing
trip.
(C) Size limits. The following size limits apply: Cabezon may be no
smaller than 15 in (38 cm) total length; and kelp and other greenling
may be no smaller than 12 in (30 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Cabezon, kelp greenling, and rock greenling
taken in the recreational fishery may not be filleted at sea. Rockfish
skin may not be removed when filleting or otherwise dressing rockfish
taken in the recreational fishery. The following rockfish filet size
limits apply: Brown-skinned rockfish fillets may be no smaller than 6.5
in (16.6 cm). ``Brown-skinned'' rockfish include the following species:
Brown, calico, copper, gopher, kelp, olive, speckled, squarespot, and
yellowtail.
* * * * *
[[Page 68041]]
(iii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42[deg] N. lat. (California/Oregon border) and
40[deg]10' N. lat. (Northern Management Area), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open from May 15 through October 31 (i.e., it's closed from
January 1 through May 14 and from November 1 through December 31).
(2) Between 40[deg]10' N. lat. and 38[deg]57.50' N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing for lingcod is open from May 15,
2013 through September 2, 2013 (i.e., it's closed from January 1
through May 14 and September 3 through December 31 in 2013) and from
May 15, 2014 through September 1, 2014 (i.e., it's closed from January
1 through May 14 and September 2 through December 31 in 2014).
* * * * *
(v) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 40[deg]10' N. lat. and 38[deg]57.50' N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing for California scorpionfish is
open from May 15 through September 2, 2013 (i.e., it's closed from
January 1 through May 14 and from September 3 through December 31, in
2013), and from May 15, 2014 through September 1, 2014 (i.e., it's
closed from January 1 through May 14 and September 2 through December
31 in 2014).
(2) Between 38[deg]57.50' N. lat. and 37[deg]11' N. lat. (San
Francisco Management Area), recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from June 1 through December 31 (i.e., it's closed
from January 1 through May 31).
(3) Between 37[deg]11' N. lat. and 34[deg]27' N. lat. (Central
Management Area), recreational fishing for California scorpionfish is
open from May 1 through December 31 (i.e., it's closed from January 1
through April 30).
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2012-27338 Filed 11-13-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P